Top Banner
˛˝˝Ó—¨ ̯˜¨Ö¨˝À „1 1 Underpinning the Onnuri medicine is the body of princi ples common to all philosophy, notably the Homo-Hetero theory, Triunit theory (Neutro, Hete- ro and Homo), Six-Origin theory (Six-Ki theory, emo- tion and reason theories), Eight-Origins theory, and H-particle theory. By virtue of the fact that the word ONNURI in- trinsically carries the meaning of what can be described as the «whole world», the notion of the Onnuri med- icine would involve any number of therapies devel- oped on the basis of the above mentioned theories. First of all, this is the Homo-system of the hu- man body, developed to cover any correspondence system to be found in it. These are fingertoe corre- spondence systems and their therapy (acupuncture); hand and foot correspondence systems and their re- flexotherapy and acupuncture (Su Jok Acupuncture). Besides, there are auricular correspondence systems and their therapy (acupuncture), head correspond- ence systems and their therapy (acupuncture), limbs correspondence systems and their therapy (acupunc- ture), trunk correspondence systems, their therapy (acupuncture). All of them stand as the Homo-sys- tem embodiment. Second, the conceptual interpretation of the bodily energy system as viewed by the Onnuri medicine will rest on the theory of the Diamond energy system that embraces the fundamental laws governing all creation. This Diamond energy system has the capacity to link all dimensions of energy systems together to form a single, unified framework incorporating the core me- ridians, chakras, border meridians, energy gateways (external chakras), 12 meridians of the body and their energy gateways (points). On the strength of this integrated energy system it has become possible to deal with a diverse range of ´ îæíîâå ˛ííóðL ìåäLöLíß ºåæàò îÆøåôLºî- æîôæŒLå ïðåäæòàâºåíLÿ: òåîðLÿ ˆîìî-ˆåòåðî, òåî- ðLÿ ÒðLåäLíæòâà (˝åØòðî, ˆåòåðî L ˆîìî), òåî- ðLÿ ØåæòL ˝à÷ຠ(òåîðLÿ ØåæòL ˚L, òåîðLÿ ýìî- öLØ L ïæLıLŒL), òåîðLÿ ´îæüìL ˝à÷ຠL òåîðLÿ ˆåòåðî-÷àæòLö. ÒàŒ ŒàŒ æºîâî ˛˝˝Ó—¨ îçíà÷àåò «âåæü ìLð», ˛ííóðL ìåäLöLíà ⌺þ÷àåò â æåÆÿ ìíîæåæòâî ðàç- ºL÷íßı ïîäıîäîâ Œ ºå÷åíLþ. ´î-ïåðâßı, ýòî ìåòîäß ºå÷åíLÿ ÷åðåç ˆîìî- æLæòåìó òåºà, æîæòîÿøóþ Lç Æîºülîªî ÷Læºà æL- æòåì æîîòâåòæòâLØ, ðàæïîºîæåííßı ïî âæåìó òåºó. ÑðåäL íLı ìîæíî âßäåºLòü æLæòåìß æîîòâåò- æòâLÿ ïàºüöåâ L ìåòîäß ºå÷åíLÿ ÷åðåç ýòL æLæ- òåìß ïàºüöåòåðàïLþ; ºå÷åÆíßå æLæòåìß æî- îòâåòæòâLÿ ŒLæòåØ L æòîï, â Œîòîðßı Læïîºüçó- þòæÿ ðåôºåŒæîòåðàïLÿ L àŒóïóíŒòóðà (Ñó ˜æîŒ àŒóïóíŒòóðà); ºå÷åÆíßå æLæòåìß æîîòâåòæòâLÿ ólíßı ðàŒîâLí (˛ííóðL àóðLŒóºîòåðàïLÿ); ºå- ÷åíLå ÷åðåç æLæòåìß æîîòâåòæòâLÿ ªîºîâß (˛í- íóðL ŒðàíLîïóíŒòóðà) L ºå÷åíLå ÷åðåç æLæòå- ìß æîîòâåòæòâLÿ Œîíå÷íîæòåØ L òóºîâLøà. ´æå îíL ïðLíàäºåæàò Œ âîïºîøåííßì ˆîìî-æLæòå- ìàì. ´î-âòîðßı, ïðåäæòàâºåíLÿ îÆ ýíåðªåòL÷åæŒîØ æLæòåìå òåºà â ˛ííóðL ìåäLöLíå îÆœåäLíåíß òåî- ðLåØ ÀºìàçíîØ ýíåðªåòL÷åæŒîØ æLæòåìß, çàŒºþ- ÷àþøåØ â æåÆå îæíîâîïîºàªàþøLå çàŒîíîìåðíî- æòL âæåªî æóøåªî. Àºìàçíàÿ ýíåðªåòL÷åæŒàÿ æLæòåìà æâÿçßâàåò ýíåðªåòL÷åæŒLå æLæòåìß ðàçíßı óðîâíåØ â îäíó åäLíóþ æåòü, æîæòîÿøóþ Lç æåðäöåâLííßı ìå- ðLäLàíîâ, ÷àŒð, ïîªðàíL÷íßı ìåðLäLàíîâ, ýíåðªåòL÷åæŒLı âîðîò (âíålíLı ÷àŒð), 12-òL ìå- ðLäLàíîâ òåºà L Lı ýíåðªåòL÷åæŒLı âîðîò (òî- ÷åŒ). IN QUEST OF THE WAY TO BE HEALTHY ´ ˇ˛¨Ñ˚¯ ˇÓÒ¨ ˚ ˙˜˛—˛´ÜÞ Prof. Park, Jae Woo ˇðîô. ˇàŒ ×æý ´ó
92
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 1

Underpinning the Onnuri medicine is the body ofprinciples common to all philosophy, notably theHomo-Hetero theory, Triunit theory (Neutro, Hete-ro and Homo), Six-Origin theory (Six-Ki theory, emo-tion and reason theories), Eight-Origins theory, andH-particle theory.

By virtue of the fact that the word ONNURI in-trinsically carries the meaning of what can be describedas the «whole world», the notion of the Onnuri med-icine would involve any number of therapies devel-oped on the basis of the above mentioned theories.

First of all, this is the Homo-system of the hu-man body, developed to cover any correspondencesystem to be found in it. These are fingertoe corre-spondence systems and their therapy (acupuncture);hand and foot correspondence systems and their re-flexotherapy and acupuncture (Su Jok Acupuncture).Besides, there are auricular correspondence systemsand their therapy (acupuncture), head correspond-ence systems and their therapy (acupuncture), limbscorrespondence systems and their therapy (acupunc-ture), trunk correspondence systems, their therapy(acupuncture). All of them stand as the Homo-sys-tem embodiment.

Second, the conceptual interpretation of the bodilyenergy system � as viewed by the Onnuri medicine �will rest on the theory of the Diamond energy system thatembraces the fundamental laws governing all creation.

This Diamond energy system has the capacity tolink all dimensions of energy systems together to forma single, unified framework incorporating the core me-ridians, chakras, border meridians, energy gateways(external chakras), 12 meridians of the body and theirenergy gateways (points).

On the strength of this integrated energy system ithas become possible to deal with a diverse range of

 îñíîâå Îííóðè ìåäèöèíû ëåæàò îáùåôèëî-ñîôñêèå ïðåäñòàâëåíèÿ: òåîðèÿ Ãîìî-Ãåòåðî, òåî-ðèÿ Òðèåäèíñòâà (Íåéòðî, Ãåòåðî è Ãîìî), òåî-ðèÿ Øåñòè Íà÷àë (òåîðèÿ Øåñòè Êè, òåîðèÿ ýìî-öèé è ïñèõèêè), òåîðèÿ Âîñüìè Íà÷àë è òåîðèÿÃåòåðî-÷àñòèö.

Òàê êàê ñëîâî ÎÍÍÓÐÈ îçíà÷àåò «âåñü ìèð»,Îííóðè ìåäèöèíà âêëþ÷àåò â ñåáÿ ìíîæåñòâî ðàç-ëè÷íûõ ïîäõîäîâ ê ëå÷åíèþ.

Âî-ïåðâûõ, ýòî ìåòîäû ëå÷åíèÿ ÷åðåç Ãîìî-ñèñòåìó òåëà, ñîñòîÿùóþ èç  áîëüøîãî ÷èñëà ñè-ñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèé, ðàñïîëîæåííûõ ïî âñåìó òåëó.Ñðåäè íèõ ìîæíî âûäåëèòü ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåò-ñòâèÿ ïàëüöåâ è ìåòîäû ëå÷åíèÿ ÷åðåç ýòè ñèñ-òåìû � ïàëüöåòåðàïèþ; ëå÷åáíûå ñèñòåìû ñî-îòâåòñòâèÿ êèñòåé è ñòîï, â êîòîðûõ èñïîëüçó-þòñÿ ðåôëåêñîòåðàïèÿ è àêóïóíêòóðà (Ñó Äæîêàêóïóíêòóðà); ëå÷åáíûå ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿóøíûõ ðàêîâèí (Îííóðè àóðèêóëîòåðàïèÿ); ëå-÷åíèå ÷åðåç ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ãîëîâû (Îí-íóðè êðàíèîïóíêòóðà) è ëå÷åíèå ÷åðåç ñèñòå-ìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ êîíå÷íîñòåé è òóëîâèùà. Âñåîíè ïðèíàäëåæàò ê âîïëîùåííûì Ãîìî-ñèñòå-ìàì.

Âî-âòîðûõ, ïðåäñòàâëåíèÿ îá ýíåðãåòè÷åñêîéñèñòåìå òåëà â Îííóðè ìåäèöèíå îáúåäèíåíû òåî-ðèåé Àëìàçíîé ýíåðãåòè÷åñêîé ñèñòåìû, çàêëþ-÷àþùåé â ñåáå îñíîâîïîëàãàþùèå çàêîíîìåðíî-ñòè âñåãî ñóùåãî.

Àëìàçíàÿ ýíåðãåòè÷åñêàÿ ñèñòåìà ñâÿçûâàåòýíåðãåòè÷åñêèå ñèñòåìû ðàçíûõ óðîâíåé â îäíóåäèíóþ ñåòü, ñîñòîÿùóþ èç ñåðäöåâèííûõ ìå-ðèäèàíîâ, ÷àêð, ïîãðàíè÷íûõ ìåðèäèàíîâ,ýíåðãåòè÷åñêèõ âîðîò (âíåøíèõ ÷àêð), 12-òè ìå-ðèäèàíîâ òåëà è èõ ýíåðãåòè÷åñêèõ âîðîò (òî-÷åê).

IN QUEST OF THE WAYTO BE HEALTHY

 ÏÎÈÑÊÅ ÏÓÒÈÊ ÇÄÎÐÎÂÜÞ

Prof. Park, Jae WooÏðîô. Ïàê ×æý Âó

Page 2: SU JOK

2 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

conditions using the body acupuncture (therapy) alongwith chakra acupuncture (therapy). Moreover, the saidenergy system has given rise to the energy-flow ther-apy, and profound therapeutic effects have becomeachievable through the use of each correspondenceacupuncture (therapy).

Third, constituting a separate subdivision of theOnnuri medicine will be other types of treatment,including that with herbs, homeopathy, pharmaco-logical therapy, and naturopathy.

In an effort to achieve the greatest efficacy of treat-ment in a most natural way we should � while apply-ing the therapies of choice to certain diseases � fol-low the order of nature, which is the main governingforce in any unit of existence.

Ever since the basic theoretical concepts of theOnnuri medicine were built up, the scope of the rel-evant data has been showing a rapid and steady growth.In this context, it is essential that the practitionersconsistently keep abreast in the ever-advancing knowl-edge and a wealth of information being accumulated.

I am most happy to know that the «Onnuri medi-cine» magazine will come out on a regular basis for thebenefit of the sick patients, and that it will find its faith-ful readers among medical practitioners and healers else-where and everywhere.

I am bringing my heartfelt thanks to the Moscow-based Su Jok Academy that spares no efforts for thedevelopment of the Onnuri-medicine and Su Jok ac-upuncture, to the Academy where the publication ofthis new magazine is underway.

Let the Spirit of Onnuri be always reigning in thismagazine, and let the magazine stand as a useful guideto all people, sustaining them in their drive for aserene and insured harmony of life.

Prof. Park, Jae WooMarch, 1999, Moscow

Íà îñíîâàíèè ýòîé îáúåäèíåííîé ýíåðãåòè÷åñ-êîé ñèñòåìû ñòàíîâèòñÿ âîçìîæíûì ëå÷åíèå ðàç-ëè÷íûõ çàáîëåâàíèé ñ ïîìîùüþ êîðïîðàëüíîéàêóïóíêòóðû, âêëþ÷àÿ èãëîòåðàïèþ íà ÷àêðàõ; ëå-÷åáíîå âîçäåéñòâèå íà ïðîåêöèè îáúåäèíåííîéýíåðãåòè÷åñêîé ñèñòåìû â ðàçëè÷íûõ ñèñòåìàõ ñî-îòâåòñòâèÿ; ïðîâåäåíèå òåðàïèè òåêóùèõ ýíåðãèé.

 òðåòüèõ, â îòäåëüíûé ðàçäåë Îííóðè ìåäè-öèíû áóäóò âêëþ÷åíû è äðóãèå âèäû ëå÷åíèÿ,òàêèå, êàê òðàâîëå÷åíèå, ãîìåîïàòèÿ, ôàðìàêî-ëîãèÿ è íàòóðîïàòèÿ.

Äëÿ òîãî ÷òîáû äîáèòüñÿ åñòåñòâåííîé è ìàê-ñèìàëüíîé ýôôåêòèâíîñòè, âûáèðàÿ ìåòîäû ëå-÷åíèÿ îïðåäåëåííûõ çàáîëåâàíèé, ìû äîëæíû ñëå-äîâàòü çàêîíàì ïðèðîäû, ÿâëÿþùèìñÿ ãëàâíîé ðå-ãóëèðóþùåé ñèëîé â êàæäîé åäèíèöå ñóùåñòâî-âàíèÿ.

Ñ òåõ ïîð êàê áûëè ðàçðàáîòàíû îñíîâíûå òåî-ðåòè÷åñêèå ïîäõîäû Îííóðè ìåäèöèíû, îáúåìñâÿçàííûõ ñ íèìè çíàíèé áûñòðî ðàñòåò.  ñâÿçè ñýòèì ñóùåñòâóåò íåîáõîäèìîñòü â ñâîåâðåìåííîìîçíàêîìëåíèè ïðàêòèêóþùèõ ñïåöèàëèñòîâ ñ ñî-âåðøåíñòâóþùèìèñÿ ïðåäñòàâëåíèÿìè è íàêàï-ëèâàþùåéñÿ èíôîðìàöèåé.

Ïðèÿòíî îñîçíàâàòü, ÷òî æóðíàë «Îííóðè ìå-äèöèíà» áóäåò ðåãóëÿðíî èçäàâàòüñÿ äëÿ áëàãà ïà-öèåíòîâ, ðàñïðîñòðàíÿÿñü ñðåäè âðà÷åé è öåëè-òåëåé.

ß î÷åíü áëàãîäàðåí Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè ã.Ìîñê-âû, êîòîðàÿ äåëàåò òàê ìíîãî äëÿ ðàçâèòèÿ Îííó-ðè ìåäèöèíû è Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû è êîòîðàÿíà÷èíàåò èçäàíèå íîâîãî æóðíàëà.

Æåëàþ, ÷òîáû ýòîò æóðíàë õðàíèë Äóõ Îííó-ðè, ïîìîãàë è ïîääåðæèâàë ëþäåé â èõ ñòðåìëå-íèè ê äîñòèæåíèþ ãàðìîíèè â æèçíè.

Ïðîôåññîð Ïàê ×æý ÂóÌàðò 1999, Ìîñêâà

IN QUEST OF THE WAY TO BE HEALTHY

Page 3: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 3

Dear readers!We are most happy that now you can pick up and

hold in your arms the first issue of the new magazine«Onnuri Medicine». It has just been launched � onlyto set out on a journey of its own.

As a matter of fact, it was intended to become aspecialized science edition of practical value. Alongwith the materials expected to be published specifi-cally for medical practitioners involved either in themain stream or alternative medicine � one can findhere the reviews and research papers of original na-ture, as well as the dedicated theoretical articles.

The magazine will also concentrate on the mostrecent events taking place in the realm of Onnurimedicine, on the seminars, conferences and congressesof interest. In our columns it will be possible to go infor discussions and exchanges between scientists, toshare the unique experience from the clinical settinggained by many doctors who follow the method of SuJok therapy.

We set out to inform you on the Onnuri Therapycenters located in different countries and cities of theworld. You will come to know about the new subject-oriented books to be published, and the way the treat-ment based on the use of ingenious instruments anddevices should be. And we do hope that the reader-ship will also take interest in our topical series un-der the heading of «Into the Remote Past».

We are going to bend every effort for the «OnnuriMedicine» magazine to be further developed and re-fined. Yet much will depend on your attitude as itsreaders and contributors. In other words, your re-marks and recommendations about the contents anddesign of the magazine � and above all your articlesand clinical observations � will be warmly welcome.

We earnestly hope that rather than become chancecompanions, our cooperation would make us goodfriends, always willing to share both the joys of mostheartening discoveries and the relentless quest for truth!

EDITORIAL NOTE

ÎÒ ÐÅÄÀÊÖÈÈ

Äîðîãèå ÷èòàòåëè!Ìû ðàäû, ÷òî âû äåðæèòå â ðóêàõ ïåðâûé íî-

ìåð íîâîãî æóðíàëà «Îííóðè ìåäèöèíà». Ýòîò æóð-íàë òîëüêî ÷òî ðîäèëñÿ è íà÷èíàåò ñâîþ ñàìî-ñòîÿòåëüíóþ æèçíü.

Îí çàäóìàí êàê íàó÷íî-ïðàêòè÷åñêîå èçäàíèå.Íàðÿäó ñ îðèãèíàëüíûìè íàó÷íûìè ñòàòüÿìè èîáçîðàìè, ïðîãðàììíûìè òåîðåòè÷åñêèìè âûñ-òóïëåíèÿìè ìû ïðåäïîëàãàåì è ïóáëèêàöèþ ìà-òåðèàëîâ, îðèåíòèðîâàííûõ íà ïðàêòè÷åñêèõ âðà-÷åé, ðàáîòàþùèõ â îáëàñòè òðàäèöèîííîé èëèàëüòåðíàòèâíîé ìåäèöèíû.

Ýòîò æóðíàë áóäåò èíôîðìèðîâàòü ÷èòàòåëåéî ñîáûòèÿõ, ïðîèñõîäÿùèõ â ìèðå Îííóðè ìåäè-öèíû, î ñåìèíàðàõ, êîíôåðåíöèÿõ, êîíãðåññàõ.Íà åãî ñòðàíèöàõ âðà÷è ñìîãóò îáìåíèâàòüñÿ îïû-òîì, äåëèòüñÿ ñ êîëëåãàìè èíòåðåñíûìè ñëó÷àÿ-ìè èç êëèíè÷åñêîé ïðàêòèêè, âåñòè äèñêóññèè.

Ìû ïëàíèðóåì ðàññêàçûâàòü î öåíòðàõ Îííó-ðè òåðàïèè, äåéñòâóþùèõ â ðàçíûõ ãîðîäàõ è ñòðà-íàõ. Âû óçíàåòå îá èçäàíèè íîâûõ êíèã, î òîì,êàê ïðîâîäèòü Ñó Äæîê ëå÷åíèå èíñòðóìåíòàëü-íûìè è àïïàðàòíûìè ìåòîäàìè. Íàäååìñÿ, ÷òî ÷è-òàòåëÿì áóäåò èíòåðåñíà çàäóìàííàÿ íàìè ñåðèÿïóáëèêàöèé «Èç ãëóáèíû âåêîâ».

Ìû ïîñòàðàåìñÿ ñäåëàòü âñå âîçìîæíîå, ÷òî-áû æóðíàë «Îííóðè ìåäèöèíà» ðàçâèâàëñÿ è íà-áèðàë ñèë, õîòÿ ìíîãîå çàâèñèò è îò âàñ, åãî ÷è-òàòåëåé. Æäåì âàøèõ ïðåäëîæåíèé ïî ñîäåðæà-íèþ è îôîðìëåíèþ æóðíàëà è, ðàçóìååòñÿ, �âàøèõ ñòàòåé è êëèíè÷åñêèõ íàáëþäåíèé.

Íàì áû î÷åíü õîòåëîñü, ÷òîáû ìû ñòàëè íåñëó÷àéíûìè ïîïóò÷èêàìè, à äîáðûìè äðóçüÿìè,ãîòîâûìè äåëèòü ðàäîñòü îòêðûòèé è òðóä ïîèñêà!

Page 4: SU JOK

We have been doing our utmost to make this issuetruly attractive and useful for you. Hopefully, we havemanaged to do that.

As a matter of fact, the topics covered in the firstissue of the magazine are by no means exhaustive interms of the problems of our great concern.

And we do look forward to hearing from you inwhat is understood to be your comments, recom-mendations and fresh ideas.

You are welcome to contribute to our magazinewith regard to:

a) practical outcome of your clinical activitiesb) experience gained in giving lectures and dis-

seminating the knowledge about Onnuri medicinec) science-oriented comments, questions and your

proposals regarding the publication of subject-mattersof your interest.

Your articles or papers in printed form will be wel-comed, along with the objective data contained in thefindings that were received at lab, instruments� appli-cation, or those of statistically significant character.

The photos and drawings should be inscribed in theback side.

Our editorial board reserves the right to have yourmaterials published in compliance with the publish-ing schedule.

You are mostly welcome to forward your articles,comments, scientific materials, clinical findings, shortstories and poems to our editorial board by mail, faxor E-mail.

The Onnuri-medicine magazine is compiled in as-sociation with our readership!

Address: Su Jok Academy, P.O. box 66,121614, Moscow, Russia

Phone: (7-095)-414-00-08Fax: (7-095)-413-85-20E-mail: [email protected]: www.sujok.ru

www.onnuri.ru.

Ìû ñòàðàëèñü ñäåëàòü ýòîò íîìåð äåéñòâèòåëü-íî èíòåðåñíûì è ïîëåçíûì äëÿ âàñ. Íàäååìñÿ,÷òî ýòî óäàëîñü.

Îñâåùåííûå â ïåðâîì íîìåðå æóðíàëà òåìû,áåçóñëîâíî, íå èñ÷åðïûâàþò âñåõ âîëíóþùèõ âàñâîïðîñîâ.

Î÷åíü æäåì âàøèõ îòçûâîâ, ïðåäëîæåíèé,èäåé.

Ìû ïðèíèìàåì ñòàòüè äëÿ íàøåãî æóðíàëà,êàñàþùèåñÿ:

à) ïðàêòè÷åñêèõ ðåçóëüòàòîâ âàøåé êëèíè÷åñ-êîé ðàáîòû;

á) îïûòà ïðåïîäàâàíèÿ è ðàñïðîñòðàíåíèÿ çíà-íèé ïî Îííóðè ìåäèöèíå;

â) íàó÷íûõ êîììåíòàðèåâ, âîïðîñîâ è ïðåä-ëîæåíèé ïî ïóáëèêàöèè èíòåðåñóþùèõ âàñ òåì.

Ïðèñûëàéòå âàøè ñòàòüè â ïå÷àòíîì âèäå, ñî-ïðîâîæäàÿ èõ îáúåêòèâíûìè äàííûìè ïîëó÷åí-íûõ ðåçóëüòàòîâ (ëàáîðàòîðíûìè, èíñòðóìåíòàëü-íûìè, ñòàòèñòè÷åñêèìè).

Èëëþñòðàòèâíûé ìàòåðèàë äîëæåí áûòü ïîä-ïèñàí.

Ðåäàêöèÿ æóðíàëà îñòàâëÿåò çà ñîáîé ïðàâîïóáëèêîâàòü âàøè ìàòåðèàëû ñîãëàñíî èçäàòåëü-ñêîìó ïëàíó.

Ïðèñûëàéòå ñòàòüè, îòçûâû, íàó÷íûå ìàòå-ðèàëû, êëèíè÷åñêèå íàáëþäåíèÿ, ôîòîãðàôèè,ðàññêàçû è ñòèõè â ðåäàêöèþ ïî ïî÷òå, ôàêñóèëè Å-mail.

Æóðíàë «Îííóðè ìåäèöèíà» ñîçäàåòñÿ âìåñòåñ ÷èòàòåëÿìè!

Àäðåñ: 121614, Ðîññèÿ, Ìîñêâà, à/ÿ 66Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèÿ,

Òåë: (7-095)-414-00-08Ôàêñ: (7-095)-413-85-20E-mail: [email protected]: www.sujok.ru

www.onnuri.ru.

FOR THE READER�S ATTENTION

ÈÍÔÎÐÌÀÖÈß ÄËß ×ÈÒÀÒÅËß

Page 5: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 5

HOMO-SYSTEM OF THE BODY

ÃÎÌÎ-ÑÈÑÒÅÌÀ ÒÅËÀ ×ÅËÎÂÅÊÀProf. Park Jae Woo (Seoul, Korea)

President of International Su Jok Acupuncture Association

Ïðîô. Ïàê ×æý Âó, (ã. Ñåóë, Ðåñïóáëèêà Êîðåÿ)Ïðåçèäåíò Ìåæäóíàðîäíîé àññîöèàöèè Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû

<Ãîìî-ñèëà � îñíîâíîé ôàêòîð, ñîçäàþùèé âñåâèäû ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ â òåëå>

Íàøà Âñåëåííàÿ ðàñøèðÿåòñÿ, ïðîäîëæàåòñÿïðîöåññ ýâîëþöèè, ðàçâèâàþòñÿ íàóêè. Çà âñåîá-ùèì ðàçâèòèåì íåèçáåæíî ñëåäóåò ìåäèöèíà, îä-íèì èç íîâûõ ïîäõîäîâ â êîòîðîé ÿâëÿåòñÿ ëå÷å-íèå ÷åðåç Ãîìî-ñèñòåìó òåëà.

Ëþáîå ÿâëåíèå âî Âñåëåííîé ïðåäñòàâëÿåò ñî-áîé ðåçóëüòàò âçàèìîäåéñòâèÿ äâóõ ïîëÿðíûõ ñèë �Ãîìî è Ãåòåðî. Ãîìî-ñèëà ñòðåìèòñÿ âñå îáúåäè-íèòü, ñäåëàòü íåèçìåííûì, ïîñòîÿííûì, ïðèâå-ñòè ê åäèíîìó íà÷àëó. Åå äåéñòâèå íàïðàâëåíî íàîãðàíè÷åíèå ðàçíîîáðàçèÿ, ïîýòîìó âñå âî Âñå-ëåííîé ïîñòðîåíî ïî åäèíîìó ïðèíöèïó è ïîä-÷èíÿåòñÿ îáùèì çàêîíàì. Ãåòåðî-ñèëà ÿâëÿåòñÿïðè÷èíîé èçìåíåíèé, ðàçíîîáðàçèÿ, îòäåëåíèÿè ðàçîáùåíèÿ. Îäíîâðåìåííîå äåéñòâèå ñèë Ãîìîè Ãåòåðî îáåñïå÷èâàåò ãàðìîíè÷íîå ðàçâèòèå ìèðàè ïðîÿâëÿåòñÿ áåñ÷èñëåííûìè ïðèìåðàìè ïîäî-áèÿ êàê óíèâåðñàëüíîãî ïðèíöèïà îðãàíèçàöèèÂñåëåííîé.

Íàø ìèð ðîäèëñÿ èç íåñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ (íóëåâî-ãî ñîñòîÿíèÿ) � Ãîìî, êîãäà â ðåçóëüòàòå ïðîèçî-øåäøåãî èçìåíåíèÿ âîçíèêëî íå÷òî îòëè÷íîå �Ãåòåðî. Âñå â äàëüíåéøåì ïîÿâèâøèåñÿ èç åäèíî-ãî íà÷àëà Ãåòåðî-ÿâëåíèÿ â ðàçíîé ñòåïåíè ïî-äîáíû äðóã äðóãó. Áëàãîäàðÿ ïðèñóòñòâèþ ôàêòî-ðîâ ïîäîáèÿ (Ãîìî-ôàêòîðîâ) îíè âñòóïàþò â ïðî-öåññ Ãîìî-âçàèìîäåéñòâèÿ. ×åì áîëüøå Ãîìî-ôàê-òîðîâ ìåæäó ïðåäìåòàìè è ÿâëåíèÿìè, òåì ãëóáæåèõ ðîäñòâî, ñèëüíåå ñâÿçü è âçàèìîäåéñòâèå. Ãîìî-âçàèìîäåéñòâèå îòäåëüíûõ ýëåìåíòîâ â ñèñòåìå �ýòî èñòî÷íèê åå öåëîñòíîñòè. Îíî ãàðàíòèðóåò åéñîõðàíåíèå, ñòàáèëüíîñòü è ðàçâèòèå.

Íåîáõîäèìî îòìåòèòü, ÷òî ÷àñòüþ òåõ ïðîöåñ-ñîâ, êîòîðûå ïðîèñõîäÿò â ñèñòåìå Ãîìî-âçàèìî-äåéñòâèé âñåãî ñóùåãî, ÿâëÿåòñÿ ñèñòåìà îáìåíàÃîìî-ýíåðãèåé, ïåðåíîñÿùåé íåîáõîäèìóþ äëÿðàçâèòèÿ èíôîðìàöèþ. Ïðè ýòîì ôîðìèðóåòñÿåäèíàÿ ñãàðìîíèçèðîâàííàÿ è óïîðÿäî÷åííàÿÃîìî-ñèñòåìà ìèðà.

Âçàèìîäåéñòâèå âûñòóïàåò êàê îäíî èç ÿâëå-íèé, îðãàíè÷åñêè ïðèñóùèõ Ãîìî-ñèñòåìå. Áëà-

<Homo-force stands as the main factorset to create all types of correspondence systemsin the body>

With our Universe constantly expanding, the proc-ess of evolution carrying on, and the sciences alwaysspeeding up in their advancement � medicine willunavoidably keep pace with the overall progress. Thus,one of the novel medical approaches involves treat-ment through the body�s Homo-system.

Any phenomenon you may come across in theUniverse would result from the interaction of two dia-metrically opposed forces called Homo and Hetero. TheHomo-force will tend to unite everything, to make itunchangeable and fixed and to reduce it to its initialOneness. This force would act with a view of limitingthe wide range of different things, therefore every-thing to be found in the Universe will follow a singleprinciple and will act in compliance with general lawsof nature. Conversely, the Hetero-force causes thechanges, variability, separation and disconnection. Sincethe Homo- and Hetero-forces are known to act simul-taneously, this would ensure a harmonious develop-ment of the world we live in, and would manifest itselfin the unnumerable examples of the similarity � theall-round principle underlying the organization of theUniverse.

The this world has come to be from the non-exist-ence (or in association with the null state), or Homo;then something different emerged � Hetero � as aresult of a change that took place. All the subsequent Heterophenomena that have the common origin will be similarto each other in varying degrees. And it is due to thepresence of the similarity factors � which are actuallyHomo-factors � the Hetero-phenomena would getinvolved in the process of Homo-correspondence. Themore Homo-factors there are between things and phe-nomena, the more intimate is their cross-correspond-ence, the stronger their connection and interaction.In point of fact, the Homo-correspondence of indi-vidual elements of a system is a single dominating con-tributor of its integrity. It is the Homo-interactionwhich acts to guarantee the preservation, stability andfurther development of the system.

ISSUES IN THEORY ÂÎÏÐÎÑÛ ÒÅÎÐÈÈ

Page 6: SU JOK

6 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

HOMO-SYSTEM OF THE BODY

It should also be noted that forming part of theprocesses that occur in the system of Homo-interac-tions of all existence will be the Homo energy systemthat exchanges and carries the information neededfor further development. In this doing, the unified,harmonized and orderly Homo-system of the worldwill be formed.

Correspondence does emerge as one of the phe-nomena essential to Homo-system, where by all theunits of Homo-system would be more closely con-nected. This will result in the more sustainable condi-tions for their existence being improved.

At the same time, the Homo-system would pro-vide and sustain the Hetero-existence. Basically, allthe phenomena do exist as an unfailing integrity dueto the said system, thus contributing to the supremecontrol functions being fulfilled and the goal of anyexistence being achieved.

Backed up in its potentiality by the Homo-origin,Hetero-force will have the ability to create things notedfor all differences, yet containing similarities betweenthem. Although always striving to oppose any chang-es, Homo-force would fail to avoid them because theworld around us is already that of Hetero.

It is due to the impact of Homo-force set to min-imize the differences and the capacity to bring chang-es that there would emerge in our world the identityand similarity phenomena. This very mechanism is beingorganized by Homo-force and will result in the Homo-system of the Universe being established. Homo-forcewill tend to make all objects and phenomena mostefficiently manageable. This is achieved by setting upthe Homo-system.

On the other hand, the Homo-system has provedquite indispenseble for the continuous and sustainedexistence of the world we live in. Basically, it is thecorrespondences involving the homo-factors sharedby different units of existence which is another im-portant factor in strengthening their unification andcontributing to their stable existence.

The prerequisite condition of the units of exist-ence having adequate strength and capacity to with-stand any hardship in order to survive will be theirforward development, ability to provide for a widerange of varieties, multiplication of their numbersand the expansion of space to be occupied. This doesseem to be one of the reasons behind the fact that theHomo-force has failed to preserve its original formand made it possible for the Hetero-force to createthis Hetero-world.

This world is permeated with the correspondencesenergy set to maintain the identity helpful in securingtheir unification. It is quite natural, therefore, thatthe Homo-system would play an important role in

ãîäàðÿ åìó âñå ýëåìåíòû ýòîé ñèñòåìû îáðàçóþòáîëåå ïðî÷íûå ñâÿçè, îáåñïå÷èâàÿ, ñòàáèëüíóþîñíîâó äëÿ ñâîåãî ñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ.

Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà îáåñïå÷èâàåò è ïîääåðæèâàåò Ãå-òåðî-ñóùåñòâîâàíèå. Áëàãîäàðÿ åé âñå ÿâëåíèÿíàõîäÿòñÿ â íåðàçðûâíîì åäèíñòâå, ÷òî ñïîñîá-ñòâóåò ðåàëèçàöèè âûñøèõ êîíòðîëèðóþùèõ ôóí-êöèé è äîñòèæåíèþ öåëè ëþáîãî ñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ.

Ãåòåðî-ñèëå, îïèðàÿñü íà Ãîìî-ñèëó, óäàåòñÿñîçäàòü ðàçíîîáðàçèå, â êîòîðîì ïðèñóòñòâóåòïîäîáèå. Ãîìî-ñèëà íå õî÷åò èçìåíåíèé, íî íåìîæåò èõ ïðåäîòâðàòèòü â ñâÿçè ñ òåì, ÷òî îêðó-æàþùèé ìèð � Ãåòåðî.

Èìåííî ïîä âëèÿíèåì Ãîìî-ñèëû, êîòîðàÿïûòàåòñÿ ñâåñòè ê ìèíèìóìó ðàçëè÷èå è ñïîñîá-íîñòü ê èçìåí÷èâîñòè, â íàøåì ìèðå åñòü ñõî-æåñòü è ïîäîáèå, ÿâëÿþùèåñÿ îñíîâîé äëÿ îáðà-çîâàíèÿ Ãîìî-ñèñòåìû Âñåëåííîé. Ãîìî-ñèëà ñòðå-ìèòñÿ ýôôåêòèâíî óïðàâëÿòü âñåìè îáúåêòàìè èÿâëåíèÿìè. Ýòîãî îíà äîñòèãàåò, ñîçäàâàÿ Ãîìî-ñèñòåìó.

Ñ äðóãîé ñòîðîíû, Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà àáñîëþòíî íå-îáõîäèìà äëÿ ïîääåðæàíèÿ ñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ íàøå-ãî ìèðà. Âçàèìîäåéñòâèå îòäåëüíûõ åäèíèö äðóãñ äðóãîì íà îñíîâå ïðèñóòñòâèÿ Ãîìî-ôàêòîðîâóêðåïëÿåò èõ îáúåäèíåíèå è ñïîñîáñòâóåò ñòàáèëü-íîñòè.

Ðàçâèòèå, ïðåîáðàçîâàíèå, ïðèóìíîæåíèå ÷èñ-ëåííîñòè è ïðîñòðàíñòâåííîå ðàñøèðåíèå äåëà-þò ýòè åäèíèöû ñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ äîñòàòî÷íî ñèëü-íûìè, ñïîñîáíûìè ïðîòèâîñòîÿòü ëþáûì òðóä-íîñòÿì è âûæèâàòü. Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü îäíîé èç ïðè-÷èí òîãî, ÷òî Ãîìî-ñèëà íå ñìîãëà ñîõðàíèòüñÿ âèñõîäíîì âèäå è ïîçâîëèëà Ãåòåðî-ñèëå ñîçäàòüíàø Ãåòåðî-ìèð.

Ýòîò ìèð íàïîëíåí ýíåðãåòè÷åñêèìè âçàèìî-äåéñòâèÿìè, ñîõðàíÿþùèìè ïîäîáèå, íåîáõîäè-ìîå äëÿ îáúåäèíåíèÿ. Ñîâåðøåííî åñòåñòâåííî,÷òî Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà âûïîëíÿåò âàæíóþ ðîëü â òåëå÷åëîâåêà, à ïðèñóòñòâèå áîëüøîãî ÷èñëà ñèñòåìñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ãàðàíòèðóåò ñîõðàíåíèå çäîðîâüÿ èïðîäîëæåíèå æèçíè.

Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà òåëà ñîçäàåò îñíîâó äëÿ âñåõ âè-äîâ ôóíêöèîíàëüíîé àêòèâíîñòè è â çíà÷èòåëü-íîé ìåðå ñïîñîáñòâóåò ïîääåðæàíèþ æèçíåñïî-ñîáíîñòè òåëà è ðàçóìà. Áåç íåå, êàê è áåç âîçäó-õà, æèçíü íåâîçìîæíà.

Îðãàíèçì ÷åëîâåêà ñîñòàâëÿåò åäèíîå öåëîå ñîêðóæàþùåé ñðåäîé è íàõîäèòñÿ ñ íåé â íåïðå-ðûâíîì Ãîìî-âçàèìîäåéñòâèè, îñíîâàííîì íàïðîöåññàõ îáìåíà ýíåðãèåé, èíôîðìàöèåé è ìà-òåðèåé. Îí ïðåäñòàâëÿåò ñîáîé ñîâîêóïíîñòü ôóíê-öèîíàëüíûõ ñèñòåì ðàçíûõ èåðàðõè÷åñêèõ óðîâ-íåé, ñðåäè êîòîðûõ Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà ÿâëÿåòñÿ ïåð-

Page 7: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 7

Fig. 2. The hand and foot standard correspondence tothe body

Ðèñ. 2.Ñòàíäàðòíàÿ ñèñòåìà ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ òåëóíà êèñòè è ñòîïå

âè÷íîé è íàèáîëåå ôóíäàìåíòàëüíîé. Áóäó÷è ÷à-ñòüþ Âñåëåíñêîé Ãîìî-ñèñòåìû, îíà îáúåäèíÿåòäóõ, ðàçóì, ýìîöèè, ñèñòåìû îðãàíîâ, òêàíåé,÷àñòåé òåëà, êëåòîê è ò.ä. â åäèíîå öåëîå, à òàêæåâûïîëíÿåò âàæíóþ ðîëü â æèçíåäåÿòåëüíîñòè îðãà-íèçìà, ïîääåðæèâàÿ ïðîöåññû ñàìîâîññòàíîâëå-íèÿ è ïîñòîÿíñòâî âíóòðåííåé ñðåäû.

Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà ÷åëîâåêà îðãàíèçîâàíà ïî îïðå-äåëåííûì ïðèíöèïàì.  åå ñîñòàâ âõîäÿò ôèçè-÷åñêèå è ìåòàôèçè÷åñêèå Ãîìî-ñèñòåìû. Ôèçè÷åñ-êàÿ Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà âêëþ÷àåò â ñåáÿ Ãîìî-ñèñòåìóõèìè÷åñêèõ ýëåìåíòîâ, Ãîìî-ñèñòåìó âåùåñòâ,Ãîìî-ñèñòåìó êëåòîê, Ãîìî-ñèñòåìó îðãàíîâ,Ãîìî-ñèñòåìó ñèñòåì òåëà, Ãîìî-ñèñòåìó ôóíê-öèé, Ãîìî-ñèñòåìó âîïëîùåíèé, Ãîìî-ñèñòåìóîñåé è Ãîìî-ñèñòåìó ôèçè÷åñêèõ ýíåðãèé. Ñ äðó-ãîé ñòîðîíû, â ìåòàôèçè÷åñêóþ Ãîìî-ñèñòåìóâõîäÿò Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà ìåòàôèçè÷åñêèõ ýíåðãèé,Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà èíòåðåñîâ, Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà ýìîöèé,Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà ðàçóìà è Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà äóõà.

Ýòà ñòàòüÿ ðàññìàòðèâàåò ÷àñòü Ãîìî-ñèñòåìûâîïëîùåíèé, ñóùåñòâóþùóþ íà ôèçè÷åñêîì óðîâ-íå òåëà.

Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà âîïëîùåíèé, ÿâëÿþùàÿñÿ ÷àñòüþÃîìî-ñèñòåìû òåëà, óñòðîåíà òàê, ÷òî êàæäàÿ ÷àñòüòåëà, îáëàäàþùàÿ ïðèçíàêîì ôóíêöèîíàëüíîé èëèñòðóêòóðíîé öåëîñòíîñòè, áëàãîäàðÿ ïðîöåññàìÃîìî-âçàèìîäåéñòâèÿ ñîäåðæèò â ñåáå èíôîðìà-öèþ î ñîñòîÿíèè âñåãî òåëà è îòäåëüíûõ åãî ÷àñ-òåé. Ýòà èíôîðìàöèÿ â âèäå ñâîåîáðàçíûõ ìåòàôè-çè÷åñêèõ êîïèé � ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ, îòðàæàþ-

the human body which benefits from it very much �while the availability of a great number of correspond-ence systems in it would guarantee good health andmaintain our living.

Indeed, the Homo system of our body has provedessential for all kinds of bodily activities and is by farconducive to keeping our body and mind viable. With-out this system � as without the air � there can beno life whatsoever.

The human organism forms an integral part withthe environment and is in permanent Homo-corre-spondence with it, based on the processes involvingthe exchange between energies, information and sub-stance. The organism represents the combination offunctional systems noted for a variety of hierarchicdimensions, among which the Homo-system is of pri-mary and most fundamental importance. This system,forming part of the Universal Homo-system, wouldcombine spirit, thoughtful mind, emotions, the sys-tems of organs, tissues, body parts, cells, etc. into asingle whole, and would play an important role in thevital activity of the body by maintaining the processesof self-healing and the consistency of internal medium.

The human Homo-system has been organized inline with a number of specific principles. Incorporat-ed in the Homo-system of the body there are twodimensional categories designated physical and meta-physical homo-systems.

As to the physical homo-system, it would includethe chemical elements homo-system, substance homo-system, cell homo-system, organ homo-system, bod-ily-system homo-system, functional homo-system,embodiment homo-system, axis homo-system and

Fig. 1. The leg, digit, nose, bone, muscle, stomach andtongue correspondences to the body

Ðèñ. 1.Ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ òåëó íà íîãå,ïàëüöå, íîñó, êîñòè, ìûøöå, æåëóäêå è ÿçûêå

ÃÎÌÎ-ÑÈÑÒÅÌÀ ÒÅËÀ ×ÅËÎÂÅÊÀ

Page 8: SU JOK

8 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

HOMO-SYSTEM OF THE BODY

Fig. 3. The brain correspondence to the bodyÐèñ. 3.Ñèñòåìà ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ òåëó íà ãîëîâíîì

ìîçãå

physical energy homo-system. On the other hand, themetaphysical homo-system would embrace the meta-physical energy homo-system, interest homo-system,emotion homo-system, reason homo-system, andspiritual homo-system.

The present article will be mainly focused on cer-tain aspects of the embodiment homo-system � allagainst the physical background of the human body.

The embodiment-related Homo-system, whichforms part of the body Homo-system, will be organ-ized so that each body part notable for functional orstructural integrity would � owing to the processes ofHomo-correspondence � contain the information onthe status of the whole body or some of its parts. Thisinformation is represented in the form of specific met-aphysical copies, or correspondence systems, capa-ble of reflecting not only the anatomical organizationof the body but its functional state as well. The citedinformation would be available throughout the body,including the limbs, head and trunk. It is to be foundin the skin, muscles, bony structures, and internalorgans (fig. 1).

The body or its individual part correspondencewill occupy the whole individual structure of the body,mimicking the size and outline of that structure. In-deed, any correspondence system would preserve theproportions of the body, organ or body part beingrepresented (fig. 2, 3).

The existence of similarity between certain partsof the body or its organs and the whole body, be-tween minor parts of the body and its major parts(take, for instance, a finger bearing resemblance tothe arm and trunk by the number of constituent partsrunning into three) � has led to the formation of theprocess of vertical Homo-correspondence. Illustratingthe case are the correspondence systems in which theentire body would be represented on its certain areas,

ùèõ íå òîëüêî àíàòîìè÷åñêîå ñòðîåíèå, íî è åãîôóíêöèîíàëüíîå ñîñòîÿíèå, � ïðèñóòñòâóåò ïî-âñåìåñòíî: íà êîíå÷íîñòÿõ, ãîëîâå, òóëîâèùå; ðàñ-ïîëàãàåòñÿ â êîæå, ìûøöàõ, êîñòíûõ ñòðóêòóðàõ,âî âíóòðåííèõ îðãàíàõ (ðèñ. 1).

Ñîòâåòñòâèå òåëó èëè åãî îòäåëüíîé ÷àñòè çà-íèìàåò âñþ îáëàñòü åäèíè÷íîé ñòðóêòóðû òåëà,ïîâòîðÿÿ åå ðàçìåðû è î÷åðòàíèÿ.  ëþáîé ñèñòå-ìå ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ñîõðàíÿþòñÿ ïðîïîðöèè îòðàæà-åìûõ òåëà, îðãàíà èëè ÷àñòè (ðèñ. 2, 3).

Áëàãîäàðÿ ïîäîáèþ îòäåëüíûõ ÷àñòåé òåëà èîðãàíîâ âñåìó òåëó, ìàëåíüêèõ ÷àñòåé òåëà � áîëü-øèì (íàïðèìåð, ïàëåö ïîõîæ íà ðóêó è íà òóëî-âèùå � âñå îíè ñîñòîÿò èç òðåõ ÷àñòåé), ñóùå-

Coldness stageÑòàäèÿ Õîëîäà

Fig. 4. The auricle-of-ear correspondences to the body «head-up»Ðèñ. 4. Ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ òåëó «ãîëîâà ââåðõó» íà óøíîé ðàêîâèíå

Dryness stageÑòàäèÿ Ñóõîñòè

Humidity stageÑòàäèÿ Âëàæíîñòè

Wind stageÑòàäèÿ Âåòðà

Heat stageÑòàäèÿ Òåïëà

Hotness stageÑòàäèÿ Æàðà

Page 9: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 9

or the systems in which individual organs (body parts)would be projected onto the whole body (fig. 4).

On the other hand, the similarity characteristic ofcertain constituent components of the body (head re-sembles the fist, foot resembles the kidney, etc.) willprovide a basis for the existence of horizontal Homo-correspondences. In this context, all the elements ofthe body Homo-system would have their correspond-ence not only with regard to the entire body, but alsoto its parts, internal organs, parts of organs, and soon (fig. 5).

The concurrent presence in the Homo-system ofvertical connections (existing between the structuresof different hierarchical dimensions) and horizontalconnections (existing between the structures of onedimension) would give rise to the microsystems, mac-rosystems and isosystems of correspondence. As to themicrosystems, the body or its parts projections wouldappear scaled down, in the macrosystems of corre-spondence the object to be represented will be of largersize, while in the isosystems the object to be repre-sented and the object�s projection are quite similar insize. For instance, the tongue correspondence to heartis a microsystem, the kidney correspondence to heartwill demonstrate an isosystem, while the heart corre-spondence on the trunk would form a correspondencemacrosystem. Thus, the current recognition of the cor-respondence systems as solely representative of themicrosystems does appear to be inadequate in terms

ñòâóåò ïðîöåññ âåðòèêàëüíîãî Ãîìî-âçàèìîäåé-ñòâèÿ. Ïðèìåðîì òàêîãî âçàèìîäåéñòâèÿ ÿâëÿþò-ñÿ ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ, â êîòîðûõ âñå òåëî îò-ðàæàåòñÿ íà îïðåäåëåííûå ó÷àñòêè èëè, íàîáî-ðîò, îòäåëüíûå îðãàíû (÷àñòè òåëà) ïðîåöèðóþò-ñÿ íà âñå òåëî (ðèñ. 4).

Ïîäîáèå îòäåëüíûõ ñîñòàâëÿþùèõ òåëà (ãîëî-âà ïîõîæà íà êóëàê, ñòîïà íà ïî÷êó è ò.ä.) ÿâëÿ-åòñÿ îñíîâîé äëÿ ãîðèçîíòàëüíîãî Ãîìî-âçàèìî-äåéñòâèÿ.  ñâÿçè ñ ýòèì âñå ýëåìåíòû Ãîìî-ñèñ-òåìû òåëà ñîäåðæàò ñîîòâåòñòâèå íå òîëüêî âñåìóòåëó, íî è îòäåëüíûì åãî ÷àñòÿì, âíóòðåííèìîðãàíàì, ÷àñòÿì îðãàíîâ è ò.ä. (ðèñ. 5).

Îäíîâðåìåííîå ïðèñóòñòâèå â Ãîìî-ñèñòåìåâåðòèêàëüíûõ (ìåæäó ñòðóêòóðàìè ðàçíûõ èåðàð-õè÷åñêèõ óðîâíåé) è ãîðèçîíòàëüíûõ (ìåæäóñòðóêòóðàìè îäíîãî óðîâíÿ) ñâÿçåé ïðèâîäèò êñóùåñòâîâàíèþ ìèêðîñèñòåì, ìàêðîñèñòåì è èçî-ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ.  ìèêðîñèñòåìàõ ïðîåêöèèòåëà èëè åãî ÷àñòåé ïðåäñòàâëåíû â óìåíüøåí-íîì âèäå, â ìàêðîñèñòåìàõ ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ïðîèñ-õîäèò óâåëè÷åíèå îáúåêòà îòðàæåíèÿ, à â èçîñèñ-òåìàõ ðàçìåðû îáúåêòà îòðàæåíèÿ è åãî ïðîåêöèèñõîäíû ïî âåëè÷èíå. Íàïðèìåð, ñîîòâåòñòâèå ñåð-äöó íà ÿçûêå � ýòî ìèêðîñèñòåìà, ñîîòâåòñòâèåñåðäöó íà ïî÷êå � ýòî èçîñèñòåìà, à ïðîåêöèÿñåðäöà íà òóëîâèùå � ìàêðîñèñòåìà ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ.Òàêèì îáðàçîì, ñëîæèâøååñÿ â íàñòîÿùåå âðåìÿïðåäñòàâëåíèå î ñèñòåìàõ ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ êàê òîëüêî

Cerebral cortex base correspondenceÑîîòâåòñòâèå îñíîâàíèþ ãîëîâíîãî ìîçãà

Right cerebral hemisphere correspondenceÑîîòâåòñòâèå ïðàâîìó ïîëóøàðèþ ãîëîâíîãî ìîçãà

Fig. 5. The auricles-of-ear correspondences to the cerebral cortex base and sagittal section of the brainÐèñ. 5.Ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ îñíîâàíèþ ìîçãà è ñàãèòòàëüíîìó ñå÷åíèþ ìîçãà íà óøíûõ ðàêîâèíàõ

Lobule (Ìî÷êà)

Helix (Çàâèòîê)

Right auricleof ear

Ïðàâàÿ óøíàÿðàêîâèíà

Left auricleof earËåâàÿ óøíàÿðàêîâèíà

Helix (Çàâèòîê)

Lobule (Ìî÷êà)

Right auricleof earÏðàâàÿ óøíàÿðàêîâèíà

CerebellumÌîçæå÷îê

Frontal lobeËîáíàÿ äîëÿ

ÃÎÌÎ-ÑÈÑÒÅÌÀ ÒÅËÀ ×ÅËÎÂÅÊÀ

Page 10: SU JOK

10 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

HOMO-SYSTEM OF THE BODY

of the processes going on in the Homo-system of thehuman body (fig. 6).

On the strength of the hierarchical organization ofthe organism, any part of the body would form a clus-ter of similar structures related by the commonnessof functions and the oneness of their origination. Withthe correspondence system of its own, a body partwould form a constituent part of a larger bodily struc-ture, which is the seat of a larger correspondence sys-tem. The said structure is, in turn, broken down intointegral individual parts having the correspondencesystems of their own � but of a lesser scale. Accord-ingly, the Homo-system of correspondences will benoted for superposition of correspondence systems ofdifferent levels (fig. 7).

Another characteristic of the Homo-system struc-ture will be evident in the fact that each individualstructure of the body can boast not a single, but a greatnumber of projections from the body or its part beingrepresented. In relation to the three major axes, theseare the vertical type (upper-lower), sagittal type (front-back), and frontal type (left-right) correspondencesystems along with a number of intermediate systems.Incidentally, they are best presented in those bodyparts which are rounded in shape, or in what is de-scribed as the round correspondence systems (fig. 8).

The same phenomenon is responsible for a greatnumber of the correspondences to be found in thebody or its organ which would correspond to the bodyor its organ proper (designated the internal corre-spondence systems). The existence of internal corre-spondences will represent those processes of active

î ìèêðîñèñòåìàõ íåïîëíî îòðàæàåò ïðîöåññû, ïðî-èñõîäÿùèå â Ãîìî-ñèñòåìå òåëà (ðèñ. 6).

 ñèëó èåðàðõè÷åñêîãî ñòðîåíèÿ îðãàíèçìà ëþ-áàÿ ÷àñòü òåëà ïðåäñòàâëÿåò ñîáîé îáúåäèíåíèåïîäîáíûõ ñòðóêòóð, ñâÿçàííûõ îáùíîñòüþ ôóí-êöèé è åäèíñòâîì ïðîèñõîæäåíèÿ. Èìåÿ ñâîþñîáñòâåííóþ ñèñòåìó ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ, îíà îäíîâðå-ìåííî ÿâëÿåòñÿ ÷àñòüþ áîëåå êðóïíîé ñòðóêòó-ðû òåëà, íà êîòîðîé ðàñïîëàãàåòñÿ ñèñòåìà ñî-îòâåòñòâèÿ áîëüøåãî ðàçìåðà, à òàêæå ñàìà ñî-ñòîèò èç îòäåëüíûõ öåëîñòíûõ ÷àñòåé, èìåþùèõñâîè ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ìåíüøåãî ìàñøòàáà.Ñëåäîâàòåëüíî, â Ãîìî-ñèñòåìå ñîîòâåòñòâèéïðîèñõîäèò ñîâìåùåíèå ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿðàçíûõ óðîâíåé (ðèñ. 7).

Åùå îäíîé îñîáåííîñòüþ ñòðîåíèÿ Ãîìî-ñèñ-òåìû ÿâëÿåòñÿ òî, ÷òî íà êàæäîé åäèíè÷íîé ñòðóê-òóðå òåëà íàõîäèòñÿ íå îäíà, à ìíîæåñòâî ïðîåê-öèé òåëà èëè åãî îòäåëüíîé ÷àñòè. Ýòî ñèñòåìûñîîòâåòñòâèÿ (ïî îòíîøåíèþ ê òðåì ãëàâíûì îñÿì)âåðòèêàëüíîãî òèïà (âåðõíå-íèæíèå), ñàãèòòàëü-íîãî òèïà (ïåðåäíå-çàäíèå), ôðîíòàëüíîãî òèïà(ëåâî-ïðàâûå) è ðÿä ïðîìåæóòî÷íûõ ñèñòåì. Ëó÷-øå âñåãî âñå îíè ïðåäñòàâëåíû íà ó÷àñòêàõ òåëà,èìåþùèõ îêðóãëóþ ôîðìó, â òàê íàçûâàåìûõ «êðóã-ëûõ» ñèñòåìàõ ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ (ðèñ. 8).

Ýòî æå ÿâëåíèå îáóñëàâëèâàåò ïðèñóòñòâèå íàòåëå (èëè îðãàíå) ìíîæåñòâà ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿåìó æå ñàìîìó (âíóòðåííèå ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ).Ñóùåñòâîâàíèå âíóòðåííèõ ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿîòðàæàåò òå ïðîöåññû àêòèâíîãî Ãîìî-âçàèìîäåé-ñòâèÿ, êîòîðûå ïîñòîÿííî ïðîèñõîäÿò ìåæäó ó÷à-

Fig. 6. The kidney correspondence to the heart (isosystem), the trunk correspondence to the heart (macrosystem)and the tongue corespondence to the heart (microsystem)

Ðèñ. 6.Ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ñåðäöó íà ïî÷êå (èçîñèñòåìà), íà òóëîâèùå (ìàêðîñèñòåìà) è íà ÿçûêå(ìèêðîñèñòåìà)

Page 11: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 11

Fig. 7. Matching the correspondence systems of different dimensions at the head regionÐèñ. 7. Ñîâìåùåíèå ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ðàçíûõ óðîâíåé â îáëàñòè ãîëîâû

EyebrowsÁðîâè

IrisÐàäóæíàÿ

îáîëî÷êà ãëàçà

Auricle of earÓøíàÿ ðàêîâèíà

NoseÍîñ

Tongueßçûê

LipsÃóáû

Eye (system correspondingto Eight Energies)

Ãëàç (ñèñòåìà ñîîòâåòñòâèÿÂîñüìè Ýíåðãèÿì)

Auricle of earÓøíàÿ ðàêîâèíà

ÃÎÌÎ-ÑÈÑÒÅÌÀ ÒÅËÀ ×ÅËÎÂÅÊÀ

Page 12: SU JOK

12 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

HOMO-SYSTEM OF THE BODY

ñòêàìè, çîíàìè è òî÷êàìè âíóòðè êàæäîé îòäåëü-íîé ñòðóêòóðû.

 òåëå ÷åëîâåêà ñóùåñòâóåò âîñåìü îñåé îòðàæå-íèÿ (ðèñ. 9). Ïîä èõ âëèÿíèåì ôîðìèðóþòñÿ òàê íà-çûâàåìûå «îñåâûå» ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ. Ýòè ñèñ-òåìû îòëè÷àåò òî, ÷òî îñíîâîé äëÿ âçàèìîäåéñòâèÿÿâëÿþòñÿ ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèå îñè îòðàæåíèÿ. Îíè îá-ëåã÷àþò è óñèëèâàþò âçàèìîäåéñòâèå ìåæäó âíóò-ðåííèìè îðãàíàìè è ó÷àñòêàìè òåëà äàæå â òåõ ñëó-÷àÿõ, êîãäà ïðèçíàêè ïîäîáèÿ ñëàáî âûðàæåíû.

Ñðåäè îñåâûõ ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ íàèáîëüøååïîäîáèå èìåþò ñèììåòðè÷íûå (ëåâî-ïðàâûå) ñè-ñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ, òåñíî ñâÿçûâàþùèå ìåæäóñîáîé ïàðíûå îðãàíû è ñèììåòðè÷íûå ñòðóêòóðûòåëà. Òàê, íà ëåâîé ïî÷êå íàõîäèòñÿ ñèñòåìà ñî-îòâåòñòâèÿ ïðàâîé ïî÷êå, â îáëàñòè ïðàâîãî ãëàçàíàõîäèòñÿ ñîîòâåòñòâèå ëåâîìó ãëàçó. Íà ëåâóþ òå-ìåííóþ êîñòü îòðàæàåòñÿ ïðàâàÿ òåìåííàÿ êîñòüè ò.ä. (ðèñ. 10).

Øèðîêî ðàñïðîñòðàíåíû â òåëå òàêæå äèàãî-íàëüíûå ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ, òàêèå, íàïðèìåð,

Homo-correspondence that are always taking placebetween the areas, zones and points inside every in-dividual structure.

The human body is known to have eight reflectingaxes (fig. 9). What we call the «axial» correspondencesystems will be formed as a result of their influence.The «axial» systems are notable for the fact that thebasis for correspondence will be formed by means ofthe relevant reflecting axes. The said basis would facil-itate and intensify the interaction, or correspondence,between internal organs and body parts even in thosecases when the signs of similarity are but slightly pro-nounced.

From among the axial correspondence systems thesymmetrical (left-right) correspondences share themost identical property together with the most simi-lar structure between them; they are responsible forproviding a close communication between the pairedorgans and bodily symmetrical structures. Thus, avail-able to the left kidney is the correspondence to theright kidney, and the right-eye area has its correspond-

Fig. 8. The upper surface of the brain correspondences to the bodyÐèñ. 8.Ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ òåëó íà âåðõíåé ïîâåðõíîñòè ìîçãà

Correspondence to the fronthalf of the body

Ñîîòâåòñòâèå ïåðåäíåéïîëîâèíå òåëà

Correspondence to the righthalf of the body

Ñîîòâåòñòâèå ïðàâîéïîëîâèíå òåëà

Correspondence to the upperhalf of the body

Ñîîòâåòñòâèå âåðõíåéïîëîâèíå òåëà

Correspondence to the backhalf of the body

Ñîîòâåòñòâèå çàäíåéïîëîâèíå òåëà

Correspondence to the lefthalf of the body

Ñîîòâåòñòâèå ëåâîéïîëîâèíå òåëà

Correspondence to the lowerhalf of the body

Ñîîòâåòñòâèå íèæíåéïîëîâèíå òåëà

Page 13: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 13

Fig. 10. Symmetrical correspondence systemsÐèñ. 10. Ñèììåòðè÷íûå ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ

ence to the left eye. The left parietal bone has the rightparietal bone projected to it (fig.10).

Commonly found in the body there are also thediagonal correspondence systems. To name but few isthe left foot correspondence to the right hand, theright kidney correspondence to the left lung, the leftovary correspondence to the right kidney, the leftmammary gland correspondence to the right ovary,and so on.

Apart from the symmetrical and diagonal corre-spondence systems, the bodily Homo-system can alsoboast the front-back, upper-lower, in-out and othertypes of axial correspondences. So we can see fromthe above that the activities performed by the reflect-ing axes would appreciably add to the number of cor-respondence systems in the body, thereby providingthe basis for the wholesome and stable way of life.

Along with the individual correspondence systemsin which the whole body or its organ view would befound on an integral anatomical organization � theso-called united correspondence related to one halfof the body or one half of a body part � whereas theother paired formation would be corresponding toanother half of the body or its part. The united corre-spondences can also be categorized as the vertical type(upper-lower), sagittal type (front-back), frontal type(left-right), etc. (fig. 11, 12).

Thus we can see that the human body is notablefor the concurrent presence of a great number of en-ergetically interconnected correspondence systems. Inthe long run, any point of the body would correspondto any other point in it. And this is how the existence

êàê ñîîòâåòñòâèå ïðàâîé êèñòè íà ëåâîé ñòîïå,ñîîòâåòñòâèå ëåâîìó ëåãêîìó íà ïðàâîé ïî÷êå,ñîîòâåòñòâèå ïðàâîé ïî÷êå íà ëåâîì ÿè÷íèêå,ñîîòâåòñòâèå ïðàâîìó ÿè÷íèêó íà ëåâîé ìîëî÷-íîé æåëåçå è äð.

Êðîìå ñèììåòðè÷íûõ è äèàãîíàëüíûõ ñèñòåìñîîòâåòñòâèÿ, â Ãîìî-ñèñòåìå òåëà ïðèñóòñòâóþòòàêæå ïåðåäíå-çàäíèå, âåðõíå-íèæíèå, âíóòðåí-íå-íàðóæíûå è äðóãèå âèäû îñåâûõ ñîîòâåòñòâèé.

Vertical axisÂåðòèêàëüíàÿ îñü

Left diagonal axisËåâàÿ äèàãîíàëüíàÿ

îñü

Frontal axisÔðîíòàëüíàÿ îñü

Sagittal axisÑàãèòòàëüíàÿ îñü

Right diagonal axisÏðàâàÿ äèàãîíàëüíàÿ

îñü

Front diagonal axisÏåðåäíÿÿ äèàãîíàëüíàÿ

îñü

Back diagonal axisÇàäíÿÿ äèàãîíàëüíàÿ

îñü

Vertical axisÂåðòèêàëüíàÿ îñü

In-Out axisÂíóòðåííå-

íàðóæíàÿ îñü

Fig. 9. Reflecting axes of the bodyÐèñ. 9. Îñè îòðàæåíèÿ òåëà

In-Out axisÂíóòðåííå-

íàðóæíàÿ îñü

ÃÎÌÎ-ÑÈÑÒÅÌÀ ÒÅËÀ ×ÅËÎÂÅÊÀ

Page 14: SU JOK

14 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

HOMO-SYSTEM OF THE BODY

Òàêèì îáðàçîì, äåéñòâèå îñåé îòðàæåíèÿ ïðèóì-íîæàåò êîëè÷åñòâî ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ â òåëå,ñîçäàâàÿ îñíîâó äëÿ öåëîñòíîãî è ñòàáèëüíîãîñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ.

Íàðÿäó ñ èíäèâèäóàëüíûìè ñèñòåìàìè ñîîò-âåòñòâèÿ, â êîòîðûõ íà öåëîñòíîé àíàòîìè÷åñêîé

of the body as a self-acting single entity of integralnature is secured and its health is maintained.

But how the knowledge concerning the essence ofthe cited functional system could be applied in clini-cal practice? And what are the guiding principles intrying to localize the most effective treatment pointsof the greatest potential Homo-correspondence with adiseased area?

Here the aid of paramount importance � whichis most helpful in an effort to choose the adequatecorrespondence system and the relevant treatmentpoints � will be a measure of similarity. The morepronounced is the similarity, the stronger is theHomo-connection and the more amenable appearsan affected area to treatment underway. As a matterof fact, the said similarity could be expressed in termsof the identity of form and structure (hand corre-spondence to body, foot correspondence to kidney,ear correspondence to stomach, etc.), in terms ofthe commonness in functions (treatment of the lungsusing the nose correspondence systems, of the intes-tines using the oral cavity correspondences, etc.). Theabove similarity could also be expressed in the Homo-disposition (the brain is likely to undergo efficienttreatment through the ear correspondence systems,the heart and lungs may be provided treatment usingthe chest correspondences, the arm could be healedthrough the hand correspondence system, and soon). At the same time, the lesion area and that of thetreatment application can bear similarity in terms of

Fig. 12. The arms unified Side Correspondenceto the body

Ðèñ. 12. Îáúåäèíåííàÿ áîêîâàÿ ñèñòåìàñîîòâåòñòâèÿ òåëó íà ðóêàõ

Fig. 11. The feet unified standard correspondence to the kidneysÐèñ. 11. Îáúåäèíåííàÿ ñòàíäàðòíàÿ ñèñòåìà ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ïî÷êàì íà ñòîïàõ

The right foot correspondence to the back half of theright kidney (or to the front half of the left kidney)

Ñîîòâåòñòâèå çàäíåé ïîëîâèíå ïðàâîé ïî÷êè (èëèñîîòâåòñòâèå ïåðåäíåé ïîëîâèíå ëåâîé ïî÷êè) íà

ïðàâîé ñòîïå

The left foot correspondence to the front half of the rightkidney (or to the back half of the left kidney)

Ñîîòâåòñòâèå ïåðåäíåé ïîëîâèíå ïðàâîé ïî÷êè (èëèñîîòâåòñòâèå çàäíåé ïîëîâèíå ëåâîé ïî÷êè) íà

ëåâîé ñòîïå

Page 15: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 15

specific nature of the response (for example, in caseof Coldness disease in the heart when the patient�shands are cold the therapy of choice would be oneinvolving the hand correspondence to heart; (the sen-sation of heat in the head is associated with the feettoes hyperemia � the way of managing the conditionwill be the stimulation of correspondence points tobe found on the toes, etc.

A further aid in establishing the effectiveness of acorrespondence system will be the area occupied, lo-calization with respect to the body center, and thedegree of functional activity of the body part which isthe seat of the correspondence. Since the permanentcure of a patient is supposed to alter his status, andgiven that all the relevant alterations will be influ-enced by Hetero, the more preferable for treatmentare correspondence systems of those body parts wherethe presence of Hetero-force would be most clearlymanifest. These correspondences are in fact small insize, and notable for distal or superficial location tobe found on the functionally active and protrudingparts of the body. There is the compelling evidence topoint out that the smaller correspondences are fasterand more efficient to deal with disease than the big-

ñòðóêòóðå íàõîäèòñÿ ïðîåêöèÿ âñåãî òåëà èëè îðãà-íà, íà ïàðíûõ îðãàíàõ è ÷àñòÿõ òåëà ôîðìèðóþòñÿîáúåäèíåííûå ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ.  ýòèõ ñèñ-òåìàõ íà îäíîì èç ïàðíûõ îáðàçîâàíèé íàõîäèòñÿñîîòâåòñòâèå îäíîé ïîëîâèíå òåëà èëè ïîëîâèíååãî îòäåëüíîé ÷àñòè, íà äðóãîì � ñîîòâåòñòâèåâòîðîé ïîëîâèíå. Îáúåäèíåííûå ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåò-ñòâèÿ òàêæå áûâàþò ñàãèòòàëüíîãî, ôðîíòàëüíî-ãî è âåðòèêàëüíîãî òèïîâ (ðèñ. 11, 12).

Òàêèì îáðàçîì, â òåëå ÷åëîâåêà îäíîâðåìåííîïðèñóòñòâóåò îãðîìíîå ÷èñëî ýíåðãåòè÷åñêè âçà-èìîñâÿçàííûõ ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ.  êîíå÷íîìèòîãå ëþáàÿ òî÷êà òåëà âçàèìîäåéñòâóåò ñ êàæ-äîé äðóãîé òî÷êîé òåëà. Òàê îáåñïå÷èâàåòñÿ ñóùå-ñòâîâàíèå òåëà êàê íåçàâèñèìîãî öåëîñòíîãî åäè-íîãî ÿâëåíèÿ è ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ åãî çäîðîâüå.

Íî êàê ïðèìåíèòü â êëèíè÷åñêîé ïðàêòèêå çíà-íèÿ î ñóùåñòâîâàíèè äàííîé ôóíêöèîíàëüíîé ñè-ñòåìû? Êàêèìè ïðèíöèïàìè ðóêîâîäñòâîâàòüñÿ äëÿòîãî, ÷òîáû âûáðàòü ñàìûå ýôôåêòèâíûå ëå÷åáíûåòî÷êè, òå, êîòîðûå âñòóïàþò â íàèáîëåå àêòèâíîåÃîìî-âçàèìîäåéñòâèå ñ îáëàñòüþ ïîðàæåíèÿ?

Îñíîâíûì êðèòåðèåì ïðè âûáîðå ñèñòåìû ñî-îòâåòñòâèÿ è ëå÷åáíûõ òî÷åê â íåé ÿâëÿåòñÿ ñòå-ïåíü ïîäîáèÿ. ×åì âûðàæåííåå ïîäîáèå, òåì ñèëü-íåå Ãîìî-ñâÿçü, òåì âûøå âîñïðèèì÷èâîñòü îá-ëàñòè ïîðàæåíèÿ ê ïðîâîäèìîìó ëå÷åíèþ. Ïîäî-áèå ìîæåò âûðàæàòüñÿ â èäåíòè÷íîñòè ôîðìû èñòðîåíèÿ (ñèñòåìà ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ òåëó íà êèñòè, ñè-ñòåìà ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ïî÷êå íà ñòîïå, ñèñòåìà ñîîò-âåòñòâèÿ æåëóäêó íà óõå è äð.); â îáùíîñòè ôóíê-öèè (ýôôåêòèâíî ëå÷åíèå ëåãêèõ ÷åðåç ñèñòåìûñîîòâåòñòâèÿ íîñà, ëå÷åíèå êèøå÷íèêà ÷åðåç ñè-ñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ðîòîâîé ïîëîñòè è äð.); âÃîìî-ðàñïîëîæåíèè (ýôôåêòèâíî ëå÷åíèå ìîçãà÷åðåç ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ óõà, ëå÷åíèå ñåðäöàè ëåãêèõ ÷åðåç ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ãðóäèíû, ëå-÷åíèå ðóêè ÷åðåç ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ êèñòè èäð.); îáëàñòü ïîðàæåíèÿ è îáëàñòü ïðîâåäåíèÿ ëå-÷åíèÿ ìîãóò áûòü ïîäîáíû ïî îñîáåííîñòÿì ðåà-ãèðîâàíèÿ (íàïðèìåð, áîëåçíü Õîëîäà â ñåðäöåïðè õîëîäíûõ êèñòÿõ ïàöèåíòà ëó÷øå ëå÷èòü ÷å-ðåç ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ñåðäöó íà êèñòÿõ; îùó-ùåíèå æàðà â ãîëîâå, ñîïðîâîæäàåìîå ãèïåðåìè-åé áîëüøèõ ïàëüöåâ ñòîï, óñïåøíî óñòðàíÿåòñÿñòèìóëÿöèåé òî÷åê ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ íà áîëüøèõ ïàëü-öàõ) è ò.ä.

Åùå îäíèì êðèòåðèåì ýôôåêòèâíîñòè ñèñòå-ìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ÿâëÿåòñÿ åå ðàçìåð, ëîêàëèçà-öèÿ ïî îòíîøåíèþ ê öåíòðó òåëà è ñòåïåíü ôóíê-öèîíàëüíîé àêòèâíîñòè òîãî ó÷àñòêà òåëà, íà êî-òîðîì îíà ðàñïîëîæåíà. Ïîñêîëüêó èçëå÷åíèå ïîä-ðàçóìåâàåò èçìåíåíèå ñîñòîÿíèÿ áîëüíîãî, à âñåèçìåíåíèÿ ïðîèñõîäÿò ïîä âëèÿíèåì Ãåòåðî, òî

Fig. 13. The diagram characterizing the body corre-spondence systems (the farther from thecenter of the body, the more manifest thepresence of the Hetero-force which is the fastestand most influential force to generate changesleading to health restoration)

Ðèñ. 13. Äèàãðàììà, õàðàêòåðèçóþùàÿ ñèñòåìûñîîòâåòñòâèÿ òåëà (÷åì äàëüøå îòöåíòðà òåëà, òåì áîëüøå ïðîÿâëÿåòñÿïðèñóòñòâèå Ãåòåðî-ñèëû, ñïîñîáíîéâûçûâàòü áûñòðûå è çíà÷èòåëüíûåèçìåíåíèÿ, íàïðàâëåííûå íà èçëå÷åíèå)

Homo

Ãîìî

Ãåòåðî

Hetero

ÃÎÌÎ-ÑÈÑÒÅÌÀ ÒÅËÀ ×ÅËÎÂÅÊÀ

Page 16: SU JOK

16 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

Fig. 15. The fingertoe individual Side Correspondenceto the body

Ðèñ. 15. Èíäèâèäóàëüíàÿ áîêîâàÿ ñèñòåìàñîîòâåòñòâèÿ òåëó íà ïàëüöàõ

ger correspondence systems � localized deep inside,proximally to the center of the body and at those itsparts which are far less active in their potentialitiesThis is largely associated with the fact that the partsdistal from the center of the body will be noted forHetero-characteristics, whereas those close to the bodycenter will demonstrate Homo-characteristics (fig. 13).

Indeed, with the hands, feet and their digits be-ing notable for the most vividly manifest similarity tothe human body in as far as their anatomical organ-ization is concerned, notable for a higher degree, offunctional activity and smaller size, and also for theirdistal and superficial disposition � in theory theircorrespondence systems really do appear to be one ofthe most efficient in the Homo-system of the body.The high efficacy of the hands, feet and digits corre-spondence system have been amply confirmed fol-lowing their practical application (fig. 14, 15).

The correspondence system theory came in as aresult of an effort to search for something integraland fundamental showing itself in a living organism asan essential part of all being. Accordingly, a penetrat-ing, persistent and systematic study of this theory islikely to become the most potent way to improve theoutlook for patients suffering from a wide range ofdiseases and disorders.

When the Homo-system becomes intimately in-volved in our medical practice � this would appearas one of the ways to follow the laws of nature ourefforts will be rewarded by nature�s assistance in ourability to provide the more effective treatment.

âûáèðàòü äëÿ ëå÷åíèÿ ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ ñèñòåìû ñî-îòâåòñòâèÿ òåõ ó÷àñòêîâ òåëà, â êîòîðûõ íàèáîëååèíòåíñèâíî ïðîÿâëÿåòñÿ ïðèñóòñòâèå Ãåòåðî-ñèëû.Ýòî ìàëûå ïî âåëè÷èíå ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ,ðàñïîëîæåííûå äèñòàëüíî è ïîâåðõíîñòíî íà ôóí-êöèîíàëüíî âûñîêîàêòèâíûõ è âûñòóïàþùèõ ó÷à-ñòêàõ òåëà. Îíè äåéñòâóþò áûñòðåå è ñèëüíåå, ÷åìáîëüøèå ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ, íàõîäÿùèåñÿ ãëó-áîêî, ïðîêñèìàëüíî è íà ìàëîàêòèâíûõ ó÷àñòêàõòåëà.  îñíîâíîì ýòî ñâÿçàíî ñ òåì, ÷òî ó÷àñòêè,óäàëåííûå îò öåíòðà òåëà, îáëàäàþò Ãåòåðî-ñâîé-ñòâàìè, à áëèçêèå ê öåíòðó òåëà � Ãîìî-ñâîé-ñòâàìè (ðèñ. 13).

Òàê êàê êèñòè, ñòîïû è èõ ïàëüöû èìåþò íàè-áîëåå âûðàæåííîå ïîäîáèå ñ òåëîì ïî ñòðîåíèþ,îáëàäàþò âûñîêîé ñòåïåíüþ ôóíêöèîíàëüíîé àê-òèâíîñòè, èìåþò íåáîëüøèå ðàçìåðû, ðàñïîëà-ãàþòñÿ äèñòàëüíî è ïîâåðõíîñòíî, òî òåîðåòè÷åñ-êè èõ ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ÿâëÿþòñÿ îäíèìè èçñàìûõ ýôôåêòèâíûõ â Ãîìî-ñèñòåìå òåëà. Ïðàê-òè÷åñêîå ïðèìåíåíèå ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ êèñ-òåé, ñòîï è ïàëüöåâ ïîäòâåðæäàåò èõ âûñîêóþýôôåêòèâíîñòü (ðèñ. 14, 15).

Òåîðèÿ ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ÿâèëàñü ðåçóëüòà-òîì ïîïûòêè íàéòè íå÷òî åäèíîå è ôóíäàìåí-òàëüíîå, ïðîÿâëÿþùååñÿ â æèâîì îðãàíèçìå êàêíåîòúåìëåìîé ÷àñòè áûòèÿ. Àêòèâíîå è ñèñòåìà-òèçèðîâàííîå åå èçó÷åíèå ìîæåò íàèëó÷øèì îá-ðàçîì èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ äëÿ ëå÷åíèÿ áîëåçíåé.

Àêòèâíîå ïðèìåíåíèå Ãîìî-ñèñòåìû â íàøåéëå÷åáíîé ïðàêòèêå � ýòî îäèí èç ñïîñîáîâ ñëå-äîâàíèÿ åñòåñòâåííûì çàêîíàì, ïðèðîäà ïîäàðèòíàì â êà÷åñòâå âîçíàãðàæäåíèÿ âûñîêóþ ýôôåê-òèâíîñòü â ëå÷åíèè.

Fig. 14. The fingertoe Standard Correspondence tothe body («insect» system)

Ðèñ. 14. Ñòàíäàðòíàÿ ñèñòåìà ñîîòâåòñòâèÿòåëó íà ïàëüöàõ (ñèñòåìà «íàñåêîìîãî»)

HOMO-SYSTEM OF THE BODY

Page 17: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 17

EIGHT-ORIGINS THEORY (1)� FUNDAMENTAL ORDER OF NATURE �

ÒÅÎÐÈß ÂÎÑÜÌÈ ÍÀ×ÀË (1)� ÎÑÍÎÂÎÏÎËÀÃÀÞÙÈÉ ÇÀÊÎÍ ÏÐÈÐÎÄÛ �

Prof. Park, Jae Woo, (Seoul, Korea)Ïðîô. Ïàê ×æý Âó, (ã. Ñåóë, Ðåñïóáëèêà Êîðåÿ)

The comprehension of uniform, fundamental lawsthat lie at the heart of the mystery of our existencehas appropriately led to the empirical facts pooledbeing adequately systematized. What is more, this com-prehension does emerge as the largest contributor tothe more rapid accumulation of fresher knowledge.

At this distance of time, the humankind has suc-ceeded in accumulating a wealth of newer knowledge �the huge body of factual data, the sound judgement ofwhich solely in terms of specific philosophy and theo-ries including the Yin-Yang law and the Five-Elementstheory would prohibit certain aspects of the informa-tion obtained from being explicitly absorbed. This, asin the case of the dim and distant past, has inspired thedrive and determination to ponder again over the mostfundamental, primary laws of nature. The relevant ef-forts have in the long run proved efficient so as to pro-vide the rationale for the existence of the Homo-Hete-ro law and to make the Eight-Origins theory a reality.

In fact, it is the availability in nature and the co-existence of two forces � Homo and Hetero � thatare responsible for the phenomena of similarities anddifferences with which the real world is permeated.

Homo-force is trying to arrest any change and tokeep original form. As a result, its goal is to simplifythings elsewhere and everywhere, and make themuniform; this force tends to maintain everything sameand in orderly stability. Conversely, Hetero-force seeksto produce diversity in everything, to make thingsself-contained, highly developed and sophisticated. TheHetero-force goal is to bring change to everything inits search for the newness.

Where the Hetero-force appears to be predomi-nant, the objects and phenomena (or events) willundergo intense changes, get multiplied, and newunits of existence will emerge. With the Homo-forceprevailing, the processes that promote the forwarddevelopment of things are slowed down, which con-tributes to their changelessness in the form and con-tent, to keeping them stable.

Immutability is one of the main characteristics ofHomo-force. This characteristic would bring about threemajor phenomena, including the slow-down, circu-lation (spin and repetition) and identity (similarity).

Ïîñòèæåíèå åäèíûõ ôóíäàìåíòàëüíûõ çàêîíîâ,ëåæàùèõ â îñíîâå ñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ, ïðèâîäèò íåòîëüêî ê cèñòåìàòèçàöèè ýìïèðè÷åñêèõ ôàêòîâ,íî è ñëóæèò èñòî÷íèêîì íàèáîëåå áûñòðîãî íà-êîïëåíèÿ íîâûõ çíàíèé.

Çà ïðîøåäøèå âåêà ÷åëîâå÷åñòâî íàêîïèëîìíîãî íîâûõ çíàíèé, ãðîìàäíûé ôàêòè÷åñêèéìàòåðèàë, îñìûñëåíèå êîòîðîãî ñ ïîçèöèé ñîîò-âåòñòâóþùèõ ôèëîñîôñêèõ íàïðàâëåíèé è òåîðèé,âêëþ÷àÿ çàêîí Èíü-ßí è òåîðèþ Ïÿòè Ïåðâî-ýëåìåíòîâ, îñòàâëÿåò íåêîòîðûå âîïðîñû íåÿñ-íûìè. Ðàçìûøëåíèÿ î íàèáîëåå ôóíäàìåíòàëüíûõïåðâè÷íûõ åñòåñòâåííûõ çàêîíàõ ïîçâîëèëè îáî-ñíîâàòü ñóùåñòâîâàíèå çàêîíà Ãîìî-Ãåòåðî è ðàç-ðàáîòàòü òåîðèþ Âîñüìè Íà÷àë.

Ê ÿâëåíèÿì ïîäîáèÿ è ðàçëè÷èÿ, êîòîðûìè íà-ïîëíåí ðåàëüíûé ìèð, ïðèâîäèò ïðèñóòñòâèå âïðèðîäå è îäíîâðåìåííîå äåéñòâèå äâóõ ñèë �Ãîìî è Ãåòåðî.

Ñèëà Ãîìî ñòðåìèòñÿ ïðåäîòâðàòèòü ëþáûåèçìåíåíèÿ è ñîõðàíèòü âñå òàêèì, êàê îíî åñòü.Åå öåëü � îáåñïå÷èòü è ðàñïðîñòðàíèòü ïðîñòîòóè åäèíîîáðàçèå, âñå ñäåëàòü îäèíàêîâûì è ñòà-áèëüíûì. Ñèëà Ãåòåðî äåëàåò âñå ðàçíîîáðàçíûì,íåçàâèñèìûì, ðàçâèòûì è ñëîæíûì. Åå öåëü �âñå èçìåíèòü â ïîèñêå íîâîãî.

Åñëè ïðåîáëàäàåò ñèëà Ãåòåðî, îáúåêòû è ÿâ-ëåíèÿ àêòèâíî èçìåíÿþòñÿ, óñëîæíÿþòñÿ, ìíî-æàòñÿ, ïîÿâëÿþòñÿ íîâûå åäèíèöû ñóùåñòâîâà-íèÿ. Äîìèíèðîâàíèå ñèëû Ãîìî çàìåäëÿåò ïðî-öåññ ðàçâèòèÿ, ñïîñîáñòâóåò ñîõðàíåíèþ íåèçìåí-íîñòè ôîðìû è ñîäåðæàíèÿ, ñòàáèëèçàöèè èëèæå âîçâðàùàåò ê èñòîêó. Îäíèì èç ãëàâíûõ ñâîéñòâÃîìî-ñèëû ÿâëÿåòñÿ åå ñïîñîáíîñòü âñå ïîääåð-æèâàòü â íåèçìåííîì âèäå. Áëàãîäàðÿ ýòîìó ñâîé-ñòâó â îêðóæàþùåì ìèðå ïðîèñõîäÿò òàêèå ÿâëå-íèÿ, êàê çàìåäëåíèå, öèðêóëÿöèÿ (âðàùåíèå èïîâòîðåíèå) è èäåíòè÷íîñòü (ïîäîáèå).

Ãîìî-ñèëà íå õî÷åò èçìåíåíèé. Ïîä åå âëèÿ-íèåì çàìåäëÿþòñÿ ïðîöåññû ïðåîáðàçîâàíèé, íà-÷àòûå Ãåòåðî-ñèëîé. Êðîìå òîãî, Ãîìî-ñèëà ñòðå-ìèòñÿ âñå ñîõðàíèòü â èçíà÷àëüíîì âèäå, ïîýòî-ìó âñå èçìåíåíèÿ èíèöèèðîâàííûå Ãåòåðî-ñèëîé,â êîíå÷íîì èòîãå âîçâðàùàþòñÿ â ñâîþ èñõîäíóþ

Page 18: SU JOK

18 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

EIGHT-ORIGINS THEORY (1)

First of all, because Homo-force will tend to resistany change, the changing speed initiated by Hetero-force is bound to be slowed down owing to the effectsgenerated by Homo-force.

Secondly, the Homo-force seeks to preserve every-thing in its original form, therefore any change causedby Hetero-force would return to the original point,eventually coming full circle, and Hetero-force gets itmoving (change) again. This is the way the mechanismof circulation and repetition would operate.

Finally, the Hetero-force would contribute to anever-increasing number of objects and phenomena in

òî÷êó, ïîñëå ÷åãî Ãåòåðî-ñèëà âûçûâàåò íîâûå èç-ìåíåíèÿ. Èìåííî òàêîâ ìåõàíèçì ÿâëåíèé öèð-êóëÿöèè è ïîâòîðåíèÿ.

È, íàêîíåö, Ãåòåðî-ñèëà, ñòðåìÿñü äîñòè÷ü ðàç-íîîáðàçèÿ è ðàçëè÷èÿ, ìíîæèò ÷èñëåííîñòü îáúåê-òîâ è ÿâëåíèé. Ïðîèñõîäÿùèå â íàøåì Ãåòåðî-ìèðåèçìåíåíèÿ Ãîìî-ñèëà íå ìîæåò ïîëíîñòüþ îñòàíî-âèòü. Âìåñòî ýòîãî ñðåäè óâåëè÷èâàþùåéñÿ ÷èñëåí-íîñòè îíà óìåíüøàåò èçìåí÷èâîñòü è ñîçäàåò ïîäî-áèå (íàïðèìåð, ïðè äåëåíèè êëåòêè). Òàêèì îáðà-çîì ïîÿâëÿþòñÿ èäåíòè÷íîñòü è ñõîæåñòü, ñïîñîá-ñòâóþùèå îáðàçîâàíèþ Ãîìî-ñèñòåìû Âñåëåííîé.

Fig. 1. Eight-Origins classification in the evolutionary process of the plants and animalsÐèñ. 1. Ýâîëþöèîííàÿ êëàññèôèêàöèÿ ðàñòåíèé è æèâîòíûõ ñîãëàñíî òåîðèè Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

HA(ÕÀ)

AH(À)

LA(ËÀ)

MA(ÌÀ)

SUM(ÑàÌ)

ARM(ÀÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

AH(À) HA

(ÕÀ)

LA(ËÀ)

MA(ÌÀ)

ARM(ÀÌ)

SUM(ÑàÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

SUM(ÑàÌ)ARM

(ÀÌ)

MA(ÌÀ)

LA(ËÀ)

HA(ÕÀ)

AH(À)

Page 19: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 19

its drive to bring on the multiple variability and dif-ferences. In this hetero world the Homo-force will failto entirely stop the multiple changes going on. In-stead, the Homo-force would rather try to enforcethe identity to each multiplied number and bring aboutless changeable effectiveness (such as cell division). Inthis way, identity and similarity phenomena would beoccurring which will contribute to the establishmentof the Homo-system of the Universe.

The processes of an ever-lasting movement, evo-lution and formation of new phenomena will be set tomotion through the combined functioning of Homo-and Hetero-forces.

In the course of progressive evolution any heterophenomenon has as its origin its starting Homo-point.An embryo would develop from a single cell, a plant �from its seed, a leaf � from the single point in thespace. The original Homo of the existing world mightbe assumed to mean the absolute Homo (null state),in which the time, space, or any other entity arenon-existent whatsoever.

Underlying each branch of the evolutionary treewill be the original ancestral Homo-forms. Once anew Hetero-phenomenon has come to be, it willimmediately become a new starting Homo-point withthe inherent Homo-property for the phenomena tocome (fig. 1). Furthermore, the regular patterns man-ifest in the ancestral form (original Homo) will betransmitted and retained through the action of Homo-force in all the successive generations of the daugh-ter � or branch � phenomena. It should be pointedout that the earlier the original Homo makes itselffelt in the process of evolution, the greater is thenumber of the objects and phenomena expected tofollow its regular patterns. Considering the atom thatpredates appearance of the cell, it can be seen thatthe atomic structure is characteristic of both the an-imated and inanimate nature, whereas the cellularstructure would be only found in the living organ-isms. This is indicative of the fact that the compre-hension of the fundamental laws embodied into anyexisting object or phenomenon calls for the study-ing of the characteristics and regular patterns of theHetero-entity which is the first to come from theabsolute Homo.

Given that mathematics has the capacity for sim-ulating the phenomena, the image of the primaryentity will be most conveniently constructed in thegeometrical terms. Now let us have a good look at theprimordial form of being and its inherent regularpatterns.

Basically, the primary and tangible Hetero com-ing from the absolute Homo will be found under anextreme influence of Homo-force. Therefore the pri-

Ñîâìåñòíîå ôóíêöèîíèðîâàíèå ñèë Ãîìî èÃåòåðî îáåñïå÷èâàåò äâèæåíèå, ýâîëþöèþ è ôîð-ìèðîâàíèå íîâûõ ÿâëåíèé.

 ïðîöåññå ïðîãðåññèâíîé ýâîëþöèè ëþáîåÃåòåðî-ÿâëåíèå áåðåò íà÷àëî èç ñâîåé Ãîìî-òî÷-êè. Çàðîäûø ðàçâèâàåòñÿ èç åäèíîé êëåòêè, ðàñ-òåíèå � èç ñåìåíè, ëèñò � èç ïî÷êè, Âñåëåííàÿðàçâîðà÷èâàåòñÿ èç åäèíîé òî÷êè ïðîñòðàíñòâà.Èñõîäíîå Ãîìî ñóùåñòâóþùåãî ìèðà ìû ìîæåìóñëîâíî ïðèíÿòü çà àáñîëþòíîå Ãîìî (íóëåâîåñîñòîÿíèå), â êîòîðîì ïîëíîñòüþ îòñóòñòâóåò âðå-ìÿ, ïðîñòðàíñòâî, êàêîå-ëèáî ñóùåñòâîâàíèå.

 îñíîâàíèè êàæäîé âåòâè ýâîëþöèîííîãî äå-ðåâà ëåæàò èñõîäíûå ïðåäêîâûå Ãîìî-ôîðìû. Êàêòîëüêî ïîÿâëÿåòñÿ íîâîå Ãåòåðî-ÿâëåíèå, îíîòîò÷àñ ñòàíîâèòñÿ äëÿ ïîñëåäóþùèõ ÿâëåíèé èñ-õîäíîé Ãîìî-òî÷êîé ñ ïðèñóùèìè åé Ãîìî-ñâîé-ñòâàìè (ðèñ. 1). Íî çàêîíîìåðíîñòè, ïðîÿâëÿþùè-åñÿ â ïðåäêîâîé ôîðìå (èñõîäíîì Ãîìî), ïåðåäà-þòñÿ è ñîõðàíÿþòñÿ Ãîìî-ñèëîé âî âñåõ ñëåäóþ-ùèõ ïîêîëåíèÿõ äî÷åðíèõ ÿâëåíèé. Íåîáõîäèìîîòìåòèòü, ÷òî ÷åì ðàíåå â ïðîöåññå ýâîëþöèè ïðî-ÿâëÿåòñÿ èñõîäíîå Ãîìî, òåì íà áîëüøåå ÷èñëîîáúåêòîâ è ÿâëåíèé ðàñïðîñòðàíÿþòñÿ åãî çàêî-íîìåðíîñòè. Íàïðèìåð, àòîì ïîÿâèëñÿ íà áîëååðàííåì ýòàïå ðàçâèòèÿ, ÷åì êëåòêà, ïîýòîìó àòî-ìàðíîå ñòðîåíèå ñâîéñòâåííî ìèðó êàê æèâîé,òàê è íåæèâîé ïðèðîäû, à êëåòî÷íîå õàðàêòåðíîòîëüêî äëÿ æèâûõ îðãàíèçìîâ. Ýòî çíà÷èò, ÷òî äëÿïîñòèæåíèÿ ôóíäàìåíòàëüíûõ çàêîíîâ, âîïëî-ùåííûõ âî âñåõ ñóùåñòâóþùèõ îáúåêòàõ è ÿâëå-íèÿõ, íåîáõîäèìî èçó÷èòü õàðàêòåðèñòèêè è çà-êîíîìåðíîñòè òîé Ãåòåðî-ñóùíîñòè, êîòîðàÿ ïî-ÿâëÿåòñÿ ïåðâîé èç àáñîëþòíîãî Ãîìî (ñîñòîÿíèÿíåñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ).

Ïîñêîëüêó ìàòåìàòèêà ïîçâîëÿåò ìîäåëèðîâàòüÿâëåíèÿ, òî îáëèê ïåðâè÷íîé ñóùíîñòè óäîáíîðàññìîòðåòü ñ òî÷êè çðåíèÿ ãåîìåòðè÷åñêîé ôîð-ìû. Èòàê, êàêîâà Ïåðâè÷íàÿ Ôîðìà áûòèÿ è êà-êèå çàêîíîìåðíîñòè åé ñâîéñòâåííû?

Ïåðâè÷íîå ðåàëüíîå Ãåòåðî, ïîÿâëÿþùååñÿ èçàáñîëþòíîãî Ãîìî, íàõîäèòñÿ ïîä ÷ðåçâû÷àéíîñèëüíûì âëèÿíèåì Ãîìî-ñèëû. Ïîýòîìó Ïåðâî-ôîðìà äîëæíà îáëàäàòü âûðàæåííûìè Ãîìî-ñâîé-ñòâàìè. À èìåííî: íåèçìåííîé ñòàáèëüíîñòüþ,ïðîÿâëÿþùåéñÿ â ñèììåòðè÷íîñòè ôîðìû, à òàê-æå èìåòü î÷åíü ïðîñòîå ñòðîåíèå (ñëîæíîñòü, ðàç-íîîáðàçèå � Ãåòåðî) è ðàâåíñòâî, îäèíàêîâîñòüñòðóêòóðíûõ ýëåìåíòîâ. Êðîìå òîãî, îíà äîëæíàèìåòü îáúåì, òàê êàê òðåõìåðíîå ïðîñòðàíñòâîÿâëÿåòñÿ íåîòúåìëåìîé ÷àñòüþ áûòèÿ.

 ïðèðîäå òàêèå ôîðìû âñòðå÷àþòñÿ â âèäåêðèñòàëëîâ è âèðóñîâ. À â ãåîìåòðèè îíè èçâåñò-íû êàê ïðàâèëüíûå è ïîëóïðàâèëüíûå òåëà, èçó-

ÒÅÎÐÈß ÂÎÑÜÌÈ ÍÀ×ÀË (1)

Page 20: SU JOK

20 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

EIGHT-ORIGINS THEORY (1)

mordial form is bound to possess the clearly pro-nounced Homo-characteristics, which are: the invar-iable stability working its way into the symmetry ofform; the simplicity of structure (while the complex-ity and diversity are the indicators of Hetero); and theequation, sameness of the structural elements. More-over, the primordial form is supposed to represent athree-dimensional figure, in as much as the three-dimensional space is an integral part of our being.

The said forms occur naturally as crystals or vi-ruses; in geometry they are known as regular andsemiregular solids, and were given a thorough studyby Theaetetus, Plato, Euclid and Pappus.

The influence exerted by Homo-force is most viv-idly evidenced in Plato�s regular polyhedrons or sol-ids. These regular solids are noted for equal anglesand are bounded by a single-type regular polygons(with all their sides equal and all their angles equal).Incidentally, the semiregular polyhedrons or Archime-dean solids will be distinct from the regular ones bythe fact that they � though bounded by regular pol-ygons � are notable for the latter being of severaltypes.

The interesting thing is that Euclid�s «Elements» werewritten to begin with the description of how the con-struction of regular triangle can be carried out, endingin the studies of five regular polyhedral solids and thedemonstration that there are but five regular polyhe-drons. These are: the tetrahedron, with four triangles asfaces; the hexahedron, with six quadrangular faces; theoctahedron, with eight triangular faces; the dodecahe-dron, with twelve pentagonal faces; and the icosahe-dron, with twenty triangular faces (fig. 2).

A regular polygon of the simplest type is the equi-lateral triangle. In this context, one of the three Pla-to�s solids noted for triangular faces � the tetrahe-dron, octahedron or icosahedron � could be ap-proached as the primordial form.

However, even the tetrahedron � the simplest typeof geometrical structure from among Plato�s solids �will beyond doubt fail to meet the condition of beingsymmetrical in form about any sectional plane pass-ing through its center, and will loose the perfectHomo-status as the origin for further developmentalpotentiality. Meanwhile, the number of the icosahe-dron�s faces would run into twenty, which is too manyfor a fundamental structure. Thus we are led to con-clude that out of the five regular polyhedrons availa-ble it is the octahedron that can boast the more clear-cut Homo-characteristics.

This does mean that the first thing to come fromthe infinite and invariable Homo (the ultimate) is theoctahedron which, viewed in its geometrical aspect,has eight faces oriented to different sides. These faces

÷åíèåì êîòîðûõ çàíèìàëèñü Òåýòåò, Ïëàòîí, Åâ-êëèä è Ïàïï.

 ïðàâèëüíûõ ìíîãîãðàííèêàõ èëè òåëàõ Ïëà-òîíà íàèáîëåå ñèëüíî ïðîÿâëÿåòñÿ âëèÿíèå Ãîìî-ñèëû. Îíè èìåþò ðàâíûå óãëû è îãðàíè÷åíû ïðà-âèëüíûìè (èìåþùèìè ðàâíûå ñòîðîíû è ðàâíûåóãëû) ìíîãîóãîëüíèêàìè îäíîãî òèïà. Îòëè÷èåìïîëóïðàâèëüíûõ ìíîãîãðàííèêîâ èëè òåë Àðõè-ìåäà ÿâëÿåòñÿ òî, ÷òî îíè îãðàíè÷åíû ïðàâèëü-íûìè ìíîãîóãîëüíèêàìè, íî íåñêîëüêèõ òèïîâ.

Èíòåðåñíî, ÷òî «Íà÷àëà» Åâêëèäà îòêðûâàþò-ñÿ îïèñàíèåì ïîñòðîåíèÿ ïðàâèëüíîãî òðåóãîëü-íèêà è çàêàí÷èâàþòñÿ èçó÷åíèåì ïÿòè ïðàâèëü-íûõ ìíîãîãðàííûõ òåë è äîêàçàòåëüñòâîì òîãî,÷òî ñóùåñòâóåò ïÿòü è òîëüêî ïÿòü ïðàâèëüíûõìíîãîãðàííèêîâ. Ýòî: òåòðàýäð (èìååò ÷åòûðå òðå-óãîëüíûå ãðàíè), ãåêñàýäð (èìååò øåñòü ÷åòûðåõ-óãîëüíûõ ãðàíåé), îêòàýäð (èìååò âîñåìü òðåóãîëü-íûõ ãðàíåé), äîäåêàýäð (èìååò äâåíàäöàòü ïÿòè-óãîëüíûõ ãðàíåé), èêîñàýäð (èìååò äâàäöàòü òðå-óãîëüíûõ ãðàíåé) (ðèñ. 2).

Ïðîñòåéøèì ïðàâèëüíûì ìíîãîóãîëüíèêîìÿâëÿåòñÿ ðàâíîñòîðîííèé òðåóãîëüíèê. Ïîýòîìó âêà÷åñòâå Ïåðâîôîðìû ìîæåò áûòü ðàññìîòðåíîîäíî èç òðåõ Ïëàòîíîâûõ òåë, èìåþùèõ òðåóãîëü-íûå ãðàíè: òåòðàýäð, îêòàýäð ëèáî èêîñàýäð.

Ó òåòðàýäðà, ÿâëÿþùåãîñÿ ïðîñòåéøèì ìíî-ãîãðàííèêîì, îòñóòñòâóåò ñèììåòðè÷íîñòü ôîð-ìû ïî îòíîøåíèþ ê ëþáîé ïëîñêîñòè ñå÷åíèÿ,ïðîõîäÿùåé ÷åðåç åãî öåíòð. Ýòî çíà÷èò, ÷òî óíåãî íåò ïîòåíöèàëà äëÿ äàëüíåéøåãî ðàçâèòèÿ èîí íå ìîæåò áûòü ïðèçíàí ñîâåðøåííîé Ãîìî-ôîðìîé. Ñ äðóãîé ñòîðîíû, ó èêîñàýäðà ñëèøêîììíîãî äëÿ îñíîâîïîëàãàþùåé ñòðóêòóðû ãðàíåé �äâàäöàòü. Òàêèì îáðàçîì, ìîæíî ïðèéòè ê çàê-

tetrahedronòåòðàýäð

hexahedronãåêñàýäð

octahedronîêòàýäð

dodecahedronäîäåêàýäð

icosahedronèêîñàýäð

Fig. 2. Five Plato's (symmetrical) solidsÐèñ. 2.Ïÿòü Ïëàòîíîâûõ (ñèììåòðè÷íûõ) òåë

Page 21: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 21

ëþ÷åíèþ, ÷òî ñðåäè ñóùåñòâóþùèõ ïÿòè ïðàâèëü-íûõ ìíîãîãðàííèêîâ Ãîìî-ñâîéñòâà íàèáîëååâûðàæåíû ó îêòàýäðà.

Ýòî îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî ñ òî÷êè çðåíèÿ ãåîìåòðèèïåðâîé ôîðìîé, ïîÿâëÿþùåéñÿ èç íåîïðåäåëåí-íîãî è íåèçìåííîãî âå÷íîãî Ãîìî, äîëæåí áûòüîêòàýäð � ãåîìåòðè÷åñêàÿ ôèãóðà ñ âîñåìüþ ãðà-íÿìè, îðèåíòèðîâàííûìè â ðàçíûå ñòîðîíû. Êàæ-äàÿ èç ãðàíåé îêòàýäðà îäíîâðåìåííî ïðèíàäëå-æèò îäíîìó èç ñîñòàâëÿþùèõ åãî òåòðàýäðîâ. Âî-ñåìü òåòðàýäðîâ îáðàçóþò îäèí îêòàýäð, ðàñïîëà-ãàÿñü â ïðîñòðàíñòâå òàê, ÷òî òðè óãëà êàæäîãîòåòðàýäðà îáðàùåíû íàðóæó, à îäèí � âíóòðü.Êàæäûé èç ýòèõ âîñüìè òåòðàýäðîâ ñèìâîëèçèðó-åò îäíî èç Âîñüìè Íà÷àë, ÿâëÿþùèõñÿ îñíîâîéìèðà (ðèñ. 3).

Ïðîöåññ ïåðâè÷íîãî ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ òðåõìåð-íîãî ðåàëüíîãî ìèðà íà÷èíàåòñÿ ïîÿâëåíèåì èçòî÷êè ñíà÷àëà âåðòèêàëüíîé, ïîòîì ôðîíòàëüíîéëèíèè, âìåñòå îáðàçóþùèõ äâóõìåðíóþ ïëîñêîñòü. çàâåðøåíèå ïîÿâëÿåòñÿ ñàãèòòàëüíàÿ ëèíèÿ,ïðèâîäÿùàÿ ê òðåõìåðíîìó ñóùåñòâîâàíèþ ñ ðå-àëüíûì îáúåìíûì ïðîñòðàíñòâîì (ðèñ. 4).

Íà îñíîâàíèè ýòèõ òðåõóðîâíåâûõ îñåé îáðà-çóåòñÿ ïåðâàÿ â Ãåòåðî-ìèðå îáúåìíàÿ ãåîìåòðè-÷åñêàÿ ôîðìà � îêòàýäð. Íà ïåðâîì ýòàïå öåíò-ðàëüíàÿ òî÷êà Íåéòðî ïðåâðàùàåòñÿ â äâà óãëà �âåðõíèé è íèæíèé (äâå ïîëÿðíîñòè). Íà âòîðîìýòàïå ôîðìèðóþòñÿ åùå ÷åòûðå óãëà � ïåðåäíèé,

each represent one of the tetrahedrons forming theoctahedron. A tetrahedron has three exposed anglesand one hidden angle. It is these eight tetrahedrons inthe octahedron that have come to symbolize EightOrigins � the basis of all creation (fig. 3).

From this point of view, the tetrahedrons are thebasic units of Eight Origins and will be integrated intoone unified form of the octahedron.

In the three-dimensional development process offirst existence, the primary thing coming to be fromthe one point is the vertical line only to develop intothe frontal line, thus creating two-dimensional plane.

Fig. 4. Appearance of Octahedron in the process of three-�dimensional development to the First existence

Ðèñ. 4.Ôîðìèðîâàíèå îêòàýäðà â ïðîöåññå òðåõ-óðîâíåâîãî ðàçâèòèÿ Ïåðâè÷íîé ñóùíîñòè

1

2 3 4

HA (ÕÀ) AH (À)

LA (ËÀ)MA (ÌÀ)

SUM (ÑàÌ) ARM (ÀÌ)

OM (ÎÌ)UM (ÓÌ)

Fig. 3. Eight Tetrahedrons in Octahedron that symbolize Eight OriginsÐèñ. 3. Âîñåìü òåòðàýäðîâ îêòàýäðà, ñèìâîëèçèðóþùèå Âîñåìü Íà÷àë

ÒÅÎÐÈß ÂÎÑÜÌÈ ÍÀ×ÀË (1)

Page 22: SU JOK

22 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

EIGHT-ORIGINS THEORY (1)

This is finally followed by the sagittal line giving riseto the three-dimensional existence with practical vol-ume of space (fig. 4).

These three-dimensional axes will produce the pri-mary geometrically structured form � which is octa-hedron in this hetero world around us. At first thecenter point � Neutro � is developing to form twoangles, one at the top and another at the bottom,representing two polarities. Then four more angleswould emerge, which are designated left, right, frontand back. In fact, the six angles of the octahedron areindicative of the existence of pre-origins. Subsequent-ly, one center-point of the octahedron and its six an-gles will form eight tetrahedrons which are tantamountto Eight Origins. In this way six pre-origins will triggerthe formation of Eight Origins.

This means that the octahedron consists of eighttetrahedrons which are the simplest polyhedrons withminimum angles and faces.

As pointed out above, each tetrahedron has onehidden angle which is unified at the center-point,and three exposed angles. From among four faces ofthe tetrahedron, three of them are also exposed, withone face hidden at the bottom (the tetrahedron actu-ally rests on it).

Because of these hidden factors, such as hiddenangle or face in the tetrahedron, we can usually seebut three factors in the objects and phenomena.

This regular pattern of tetrahedron is essential toeach and every unit of existence, and has come to beknown as the Three-Unit Order. It should be empha-sized, though, that subsequent upon this Order thereare virtually four factors to be taken into account,with the fourth being the hidden factor of crucial(controlling) importance.

For example, forming the atoms are three typesof particles: protons, neutrons and electrons, and thereis also an additional subatomic group such as neutri-nos, etc. A proton consists of three quarks and gluon.Our arms and legs consist of three parts connected by

çàäíèé, ëåâûé è ïðàâûé. Øåñòü óãëîâ îêòàýäðàóêàçûâàþò íà ñóùåñòâîâàíèå Ïðåíà÷àë. Íà äàëü-íåéøèõ ýòàïàõ öåíòðàëüíàÿ òî÷êà îêòàýäðà è øåñòüåãî óãëîâ îáðàçóþò âîñåìü òåòðàýäðîâ, êîòîðûåîòîæäåñòâëÿþòñÿ ñ âîñåìüþ Íà÷àëàìè. Òàêèì îá-ðàçîì, èç Øåñòè Ïðåíà÷àë îáðàçóåòñÿ ÂîñåìüÍà÷àë.

Ñëåäîâàòåëüíî, îêòàýäð ñîñòîèò èç âîñüìè òåò-ðàýäðîâ, ÿâëÿþùèõñÿ ïðîñòåéøèìè ìíîãîãðàí-íèêàìè ñ ìèíèìàëüíûì êîëè÷åñòâîì óãëîâ è ãðà-íåé.

Êàê óæå îòìå÷àëîñü âûøå, ó òåòðàýäðà îäèíóãîë îáðàùåí âíóòðü è êàñàåòñÿ öåíòðàëüíîé òî÷êèîêòàýäðà, à îñòàëüíûå òðè óãëà íàïðàâëåíû íàðó-æó. Òðè ãðàíè òåòðàýäðà òàêæå íàõîäÿòñÿ ñíàðó-æè, à ãðàíü ó îñíîâàíèÿ òåòðàýäðà � ñêðûòà, êîãäàîí íà íåé ñòîèò. Òî÷íî òàê æå, êàê ó òåòðàýäðàèìååòñÿ ñêðûòûé óãîë èëè ãðàíü, â îáúåêòàõ èÿâëåíèÿõ âñåãäà ïðèñóòñòâóåò ñêðûòûé ôàêòîð. Ïî-ýòîìó ÷àùå âñåãî íàì óäàåòñÿ âûÿâèòü â íèõ òîëü-êî òðè ôàêòîðà.

Ýòîé çàêîíîìåðíîñòè òåòðàýäðà, ðàñïðîñòðà-íÿþùåéñÿ íà âñå ðåàëüíûå ñóùíîñòè, äàíî íà-çâàíèå Çàêîíà Òðèåäèíñòâà. Îäíàêî â Çàêîíå Òðè-åäèíñòâà â äåéñòâèòåëüíîñòè ïðèíèìàåòñÿ âîâíèìàíèå âëèÿíèå ÷åòûðåõ ôàêòîðîâ, âêëþ÷àÿñêðûòûé, êîòîðîìó ïðèíàäëåæèò âåäóùàÿ (êîí-òðîëèðóþùàÿ) ðîëü.

Òàê, àòîìû âêëþ÷àþò â ñåáÿ òðè ÷àñòèöû: ïðî-òîí, íåéòðîí è ýëåêòðîí, à òàêæå ñóáàòîìíóþñòðóêòóðó � íåéòðèíî. Ïðîòîí ñîñòîèò èç òðåõêâàðêîâ è ãëþîíà. Êîíå÷íîñòè òåëà ÷åëîâåêà ñî-ñòîÿò èç òðåõ ÷àñòåé, ñîåäèíåííûõ òðåìÿ ñóñòàâà-ìè, íî âàæíîå âëèÿíèå íà íèõ îêàçûâàåò òóëîâè-ùå � îñíîâà êîíå÷íîñòåé.

Òàêèì îáðàçîì, â Çàêîíå Òðèåäèíñòâà ðå÷ü èäåòî ÷åòûðåõ ôàêòîðàõ ñ ðàçëè÷íûìè ñâîéñòâàìè: îÍåéòðî, Ãåòåðî, Ãîìî è Íåéòðèî � äóõå Íåéò-ðî, áëàãîäàðÿ êîòîðîìó ìîãóò ñóùåñòâîâàòü îñ-òàëüíûå òðè ôàêòîðà.

Çàêîí Òðèåäèíñòâà íàðÿäó ñ Âîñåìüþ Íà÷àëà-ìè îïðåäåëÿåò ãëàâíûå çàêîíîìåðíîñòè íàøåãîÃåòåðî-ìèðà.  äàëüíåéøåì îí áóäåò ïîäðîáíîðàññìîòðåí â îòäåëüíîé ñòàòüå.

 òî æå âðåìÿ äðóãîé ïðàâèëüíûé ìíîãîóãîëü-íèê � êóá (ãåêñàýäð) èìååò øåñòü ãðàíåé è âî-ñåìü óãëîâ. Åñëè ñîåäèíèòü öåíòðàëüíûå òî÷êèâîñüìè òðåóãîëüíûõ ãðàíåé îêòàýäðà, òî ïîëó÷èòñÿêóá. À åñëè ñîåäèíèòü öåíòðàëüíûå òî÷êè øåñòèêâàäðàòíûõ ñòîðîí êóáà, òî ïîëó÷èòñÿ îêòàýäð.Òàêèì îáðàçîì, ñóùåñòâóåò êóá â îêòàýäðå è îê-òàýäð â êóáå. Ýòî ÿâëåíèå ñâèäåòåëüñòâóåò î òîì,÷òî êóá ñ åãî âîñåìüþ óãëàìè äîëæåí áûòü ïðè-çíàí åùå îäíîé îñíîâîïîëàãàþùåé ôîðìîé, îêà-

Fig. 5. Relationship between Cube and OctahedronÐèñ. 5.Âçàèìîîòíîøåíèÿ ìåæäó êóáîì è

îêòàýäðîì

Page 23: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 23

three joints, with the trunk standing as the origin ofextremities and greatly influencing them.

Thus there are four different characteristic factorsinherently present in the Three-Unit Order, includ-ing Neutro, Hetero, Homo, and Neutrio (it is thespirit of Neutro by which the other three factors wouldcome into being).

In this context the Three-Unit Order will have itsown fundamental base and will provide, along withEight Origins, the one basic order to this hetero worldwe live in. This Three-Unit Order theory will be dealtwith in another article later on.

At the same time the cube (hexahedron) � an-other type of a regular polyhedron � consists of sixfaces and eight angles. As we connect the center-point of the eight triangles to be found in the octa-hedron, there still emerge the pure and simple cube.By providing connection of the center-points of sixsquares in a cube we would have the octahedron. Ineffect, there is a cube in the octahedron and an octa-hedron in the cube. In this sense, a cube with itseight angles must be another form of the fundamen-tal geometrical structure implemented in all units ofexistence (fig. 5).

çûâàþùåé âëèÿíèå íà âñå ñóùåñòâóþùèå ÿâëå-íèÿ (ðèñ. 5).

Òîëüêî êóá ñðåäè ìíîãîãðàííèêîâ ìîæåò áûòüðàçäåëåí íà òàêèå æå, êàê îí, êóáû ìåíüøåãîðàçìåðà. Ýòèõ óìåíüøåííûõ êóáîâ ïîëó÷àåòñÿ ðîâ-íî âîñåìü. Êàæäûé èç íèõ, â ñâîþ î÷åðåäü, òîæåñîñòîèò èç âîñüìè. Òàêîå äåëåíèå êóáà ìîæåò ïðî-äîëæàòüñÿ áåñêîíå÷íî.  íåì îòðàæàåòñÿ èåðàðõè-÷åñêàÿ ñèñòåìà Âîñüìè Íà÷àë. Ïîäîáíîå ïîñëåäî-âàòåëüíîå äåëåíèå, ñîãëàñíî èåðàðõè÷åñêîé ñèñ-òåìå Âîñüìè Íà÷àë, ìîæåò áûòü ïðîèçâåäåíî òàê-æå ñ òåòðàýäðîì è îêòàýäðîì (ðèñ. 6, 7).

Èòàê, òåòðàýäð, îêòàýäð è ãåêñàýäð ÿâëÿþòñÿîñíîâíûìè ïðîñòåéøèìè ãåîìåòðè÷åñêèìè ôè-ãóðàìè, çàêëþ÷àþùèìè â ñåáå ôóíäàìåíòàëüíûåçàêîíû è òàéíû ñóùåãî.

Äàííîå ãåîìåòðè÷åñêîå ÿâëåíèå � âîçìîæíîñòüïîñëåäîâàòåëüíîãî äåëåíèÿ ïðàâèëüíûõ ìíîãî-ãðàííèêîâ íà âîñåìü � óêàçûâàåò íà òî, ÷òî ñóù-íîñòè ëþáîãî óðîâíÿ îðãàíèçàöèè èìåþò âîñü-ìèýëåìåíòíóþ ñòðóêòóðó. Ýòà ñòðóêòóðà ñîõðàíÿ-åòñÿ è ïåðåäàåòñÿ äàëüøå â ïðîöåññå ýâîëþöèîí-íîãî ðàçâèòèÿ êàê íåèçìåííûé ôóíäàìåíòàëüíûéçàêîí. Âñå îáúåêòû è ÿâëåíèÿ ðåàëüíîãî ìèðà äîë-

HA(ÕÀ)

AH(À)

LA(ËÀ)MA

(ÌÀ)

SUM(ÑàÌ) ARM

(ÀÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

Fig. 6. Eight-Origins hierarchy system in the Cube divisionsÐèñ. 6. Èåðàðõè÷åñêàÿ ñèñòåìà Âîñüìè Íà÷àë â äåëåíèÿõ êóáà

HA (ÕÀ) AH (À)

LA (ËÀ)MA (ÌÀ)

SUM (ÑàÌ) ARM (ÀÌ)

OM (ÎÌ)UM (ÓÌ)

Eight-Origins in CubeÂîñåìü Íà÷àë êóáà

Hierarchic divisions of Eight-Origins in CubeÈåðàðõè÷åñêîå âîñüìèýëåìåíòíîå äåëåíèå êóáà

ÒÅÎÐÈß ÂÎÑÜÌÈ ÍÀ×ÀË (1)

Page 24: SU JOK

24 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

EIGHT-ORIGINS THEORY (1)

In the realm of polyhedrons, only cube can bedivided into smaller cubes of the same scaled-downproportional shape. As a result, a total of eight smallercubes will be formed at any time. So the cube is likelyto be infinitely divided in the similar way therebyrepresenting the Eight-Origins hierarchy system. Con-sistent with this system, the tetrahedron in the octa-hedron can likewise undergo a successive division ofthe cited type (fig 6, 7).

Thus, the tetrahedron, octahedron and hexahe-dron will stand as the main simplest geometrical struc-tures whose intrinsic qualities would contribute tomaintaining the most fundamental orders and secretsof all existence.

This geometrical phenomenon involving the fea-sibility of sequential division of regular polyhedronsinto eight would imply that there is the Eight-Ori-gins framework in every dimensional unit of exist-ence. This framework is preserved and handed downto the development stages to come as an unchange-able fundamental order, so that all objects and phe-nomena have to follow this order � the prerequisiteof their continuous and stable existence. All exist-ence units emerging subsequently from the primary

æíû ñëåäîâàòü ýòîìó çàêîíó, ÷òîáû ñîõðàíÿòü èïðèîáðåòàòü ñòàáèëüíîñòü. Âñå, ÷òî â äàëüíåéøåìïîÿâëÿåòñÿ èç ïåðâè÷íîé Ãåòåðî-ñóùíîñòè Âñå-ëåííîé, ïðèîáðåòàåò ñòðóêòóðó Âîñüìè Íà÷àë.Ñèìâîëèçèðóåìûå îêòàýäðîì Âîñåìü Íà÷àë, âñâîþ î÷åðåäü, ïîñòîÿííî è íàñòîé÷èâî òðåáóþòîò âñåãî ñóùåãî ïîääåðæèâàòü äàííóþ çàêîíîìåð-íîñòü è ïåðåäàâàòü åå â ïîñëåäóþùèå ïîêîëåíèÿ.

Ãåòåðî-ñèëà ïîä÷èíÿåòñÿ ýòîìó àáñîëþòíîìóíàìåðåíèþ Ãîìî-ñèëû, ÷òî ïîçâîëÿåò åé ñóùåñòâî-âàòü è âûðàæàòü ñåáÿ â Ãåòåðî-ïðîöåññå ðàçâèòèÿ.

Âîñåìü Íà÷àë î÷åíü áëèçêè àáñîëþòíîìó Ãîìî,ïðîÿâëÿÿ ñâîéñòâà ãàðìîíèè, ïðîñòîòû è ñòàáèëü-íîñòè, óñòîé÷èâîñòè è ñïîñîáíîñòè ñîõðàíÿòüñÿâ íåèçìåííîì âèäå. Ïîýòîìó âñå ñóùåñòâóþùèå âíàñòîÿùåå âðåìÿ ïðåäìåòû è ÿâëåíèÿ ñîäåðæàòñòðóêòóðó Âîñüìè Íà÷àë, èëè ðàçâèâàþòñÿ (ýâî-ëþöèîíèðóþò) â íàïðàâëåíèè åå äîñòèæåíèÿ, èëèæå, îáúåäèíÿÿñü â ãðóïïû, ñîâìåñòíî îáðàçóþòâîñüìèýëåìåíòíûå ñòðóêòóðû. Ýòî ïîçâîëÿåò èìñòàòü ñîñòàâíûìè çâåíüÿìè Ãîìî-ñèñòåìû íàøå-ãî ìèðà.  ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå îíè íå ïîëó÷àò ïîä-äåðæêè àáñîëþòíîãî Ãîìî, ÷òî ïðèâåäåò èõ ê èçî-ëÿöèè, à â êîíå÷íîì ñ÷åòå � ê èñ÷åçíîâåíèþ.

Fig. 7. Eight-Origins Hierarchy system in the Octahedron divisionsÐèñ. 7. Èåðàðõè÷åñêàÿ ñèñòåìà Âîñüìè Íà÷àë â äåëåíèÿõ îêòàýäðà

HA(ÕÀ)

AH(À)

LA(ËÀ)

MA(ÌÀ)

SUM(ÑàÌ)

ARM(ÀÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

Eight-Origins in OctahedronÂîñåìü Íà÷àë îêòàýäðà

Branch Eight-OriginsÎòðàñëåâûå Âîñåìü Íà÷àë

Hierachic Eight-Origins divisions of Tetrahedron in OctahedronÈåðàðõè÷åñêîå âîñüìèýëåìåíòíîå äåëåíèå òåòðàýäðà â îêòàýäðå

HA(ÕÀ)

AH(À)

MA(ÌÀ)

LA(ËÀ)

ARM(ÀÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

SUM(ÑàÌ)

Page 25: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 25

Hetero entity that stands out in the Universe as theorigin of all creation will become consistent withthat Eight-Origins framework. Furthermore, the EightOrigins symbolized by the octahedron shape wouldthereafter constantly and firmly influence all unitsof existence to maintain that regular pattern to befollowed by next generations.

And Hetero-force will have to follow this absoluteintentional message from Homo-force, which con-tributes to its existence and finding itself meaningfulin the hetero process of development.

In fact, the Eight Origins do indeed appear to bevery close to the absolute Homo in their ability ofdemonstrating such characteristics as harmonioussimplification and stability, consistency and invaria-bility. This is why all the objects and phenomena cur-rently in existence would be either notable for theircorporate identity in terms of their Eight Origins-based structure, or would develop forward to ac-quire it in the long run; these objects or phenomenamight also come together and form the groups set tobuild up the eight-elements structures. This will en-able them to become the constituent units of theHomo-system of our world. Otherwise, they wouldfail to have support from the ultimate Homo, whichis bound to bring about their isolation, and eventu-ally � their disappearance. Therefore, it is the questfor the structure of Eight Origins (in an effort tomake provision for the soughtafter consistency andstability) which becomes the driving force for thedevelopment processes.

The case in point is how chemical elements spurredon by this very quest would make their bonds bycombining into molecules. The chemical bonds wouldaccordingly be responsible for filling the external or-bitals of the atoms with eight electrons. Where a sin-gle unit of existence is not potent enough to makean Eight-Origins formation, it is highly likely to findappropriate partners to set up the Eight-Originsframework in order to provide for their stable andcontinuous existence. Chemical elements are forcedto bond in this manner to produce all sort of mole-cules (fig. 8).

It is noteworthy that representing the structure ofthe crystal lattice of the most invariable and the hard-est Homo-crystal � the natural diamond of 10 inMohs� scale � is the pure and simple octahedron.Moreover, according to the crystallography sciencethe harder a crystal, the more its form tends to showthe geometrical pattern of octahedron. Given that con-traction is one of the most typical Homo-characteris-tics � the more powerful Homo-force is applied inthe material level, the harder substances are formedunder the impact. In this context, the diamond would

Òàêèì îáðàçîì, ñòðåìëåíèå èìåòü ñòðóêòóðó Âîñü-ìè Íà÷àë (äëÿ óñòîé÷èâîñòè è ñòàáèëüíîñòè) ÿâ-ëÿåòñÿ äâèæóùåé ñèëîé ýâîëþöèè.

Òàê, õèìè÷åñêèå ýëåìåíòû, ñëåäóÿ èìåííî ýòî-ìó ñòðåìëåíèþ, îáðàçóþò ñâÿçè, ñîåäèíÿÿñü â ìî-ëåêóëû. Õèìè÷åñêèå ñâÿçè îáåñïå÷èâàþò çàïîë-íåíèå âíåøíèõ îðáèòàëåé àòîìîâ âîñåìüþ ýëåêò-ðîíàìè (ðèñ. 8).

Èíòåðåñíî, ÷òî ó ñàìîãî íåèçìåííîãî è òâåð-äîãî Ãîìî-êðèñòàëëà, èìåþùåãî äåñÿòü áàëëîâïî ìèíåðàëîãè÷åñêîé øêàëå, � ïðèðîäíîãî àë-ìàçà � â îñíîâå êðèñòàëëè÷åñêîé ðåøåòêè ëå-æèò ñòðóêòóðà îêòàýäðà. Áîëåå òîãî, íàóêà êðèñ-òàëëîãðàôèÿ óòâåðæäàåò, ÷òî ÷åì ïëîòíåå êðèñ-òàëë, òåì áëèæå åãî ôîðìà ê îêòàýäðè÷åñêîé.Ïîñêîëüêó îäíèì èç ñàìûõ õàðàêòåðíûõ Ãîìî-ñâîéñòâ ÿâëÿåòñÿ ñæàòèå, òî ÷åì ñèëüíåå ïðîÿâ-ëÿåòñÿ Ãîìî, òåì áîëåå òâåðäûå ñóáñòàíöèè îá-ðàçóþòñÿ ïîä åå âëèÿíèåì. Èç ýòîãî ñëåäóåò, ÷òîâ àëìàçå Ãîìî-äóõ ïðèñóòñòâóåò â íàèáîëåå ÷èñ-òîì âèäå, ïðèäàâàÿ åìó ôîðìó àëìàçà. Òàêèì îá-ðàçîì, ïðåîáëàäàíèå Ãîìî-ñèëû ïðîÿâëÿåòñÿ íåòîëüêî â Ãîìî-ñâîéñòâàõ, íî è â Ãîìî-ôîðìå �ôîðìå âîñüìèãðàííèêà.

Âîñåìü Íà÷àë ñîñòàâëÿþò öåëîñòíóþ ñèñòåìóè âñåãäà ïðèñóòñòâóþò âìåñòå, íî êàæäîìó èç íèõïðèñóùè îïðåäåëåííûå èíäèâèäóàëüíûå ñâîéñòâà.Ïðåäñòàâëåíèÿ î ñâîéñòâàõ Âîñüìè Íà÷àë ìîæíî

Two Hydrogen Atoms (H)Äâà àòîìà âîäîðîäà

VacanciesÍåçàíÿòûåîðáèòàëè

ElectronsÝëåêòðîíû

One Oxygen Atom (O)Îäèí àòîì êèñëîðîäà

Water MoleculeÌîëåêóëà âîäû

Fig. 8. The mechanism whereby the water moleculeis formed. Its stability is ensured by theEight-Origins framework

Ðèñ. 8.Ìåõàíèçì îáðàçîâàíèÿ ìîëåêóëû âîäû,íàïðàâëåííûé íà ïðèîáðåòåíèå ñòàáèëüíîñòèñ ïîìîùüþ ñòðóêòóðû Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

ElectronÝëåêòðîí

H2O

ÒÅÎÐÈß ÂÎÑÜÌÈ ÍÀ×ÀË (1)

Page 26: SU JOK

26 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

EIGHT-ORIGINS THEORY (1)

Fig. 9. Characteristics of Eight OriginsÐèñ. 9. Ñâîéñòâà Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

MA (ÌÀ) LA (ËÀ) HÀ (ÕÀ)

AH (À)

Energy (Ýíåðãèÿ) Space (Ïðîñòðàíñòâî) Time (Âðåìÿ)

AH (À) Diversification (Ðàçíîîáðàçèå)Separation (Îòäåëåíèå)

Variation (Èçìåíåíèå)Differentiation (Äèôôåðåíöèàöèÿ)

Expansion (Ðàñøèðåíèå)Dispersion (Äèñïåðñèÿ)

Moving (Äâèæåíèå)Activation (Àêòèâàöèÿ)

HA (ÕÀ)

LA (ËÀ)

MA (ÌÀ)

ARM (ÀÌ) SUM (ÑàÌ) OM (ÎÌ)

UM (ÓÌ)

Factor (Ôàêòîð) System (Ñèñòåìà) Matter (Ìàòåðèÿ)

UM (ÓÌ) Simplification (Óïðîùåíèå)Unification (Îáúåäèíåíèå)

Contraction (Ñæàòèå)Realization (Ðåàëèçàöèÿ)

Connection (Ñâÿçü)Systematization (Ñèñòåìàòèçàöèÿ)

Gathering (Ñîáèðàíèå)Appearance (Ïîÿâëåíèå)

OM (ÎÌ)

SUM (ÑàÌ)

ARM (ÀÌ)

Hetero (Ãåòåðî) Homo (Ãîìî)

Immutability(Íåèçìåííîñòü)

Oneness(Åäèíñòâî)

Stability(Ñòàáèëüíîñòü)

Changeability(Èçìåí÷èâîñòü)

Multiplicity(Ìíîãîîáðàçèå)

Instability(Íåñòàáèëüíîñòü)

contain the Homo-spirit of greatest purity and its shapeis bound to be octahedron embodied by inspiration ofthe absolute Homo. The Homo-force predominancewould thus reveal itself not only in the realm of Homo-characteristics, but in the Homo-form as well � whichis actually the form of the octahedron.

Although the Eight Origins do stand as an inte-gral system and always come in together, each ofthem will be noted for individual properties of itsown. Our present notion of the characteristics spe-cific to the Eight Origins can be inferred from theirphysical and metaphysical manifestations in the formof visible material objects and phenomena of the ex-ternal world (fig. 9).

The basic characteristic of AH-Origin (and this iswhere the Hetero-properties are most clearly pro-nounced) lies in its capacity for producing diversi-ty, causing separation and sophistication. This Ori-gin serves as the basis for variability, and providesfor the appearance of new units existence related todifferent dimensions of their organization. Each andevery unit, in its turn, would represent a multidi-mensional system.

The characteristics of UM-Origin (notable forHomo-properties) are those of simplification, unifi-cation and immutability. The UM-Origin would re-veal itself in the phenomena of integrity, similarity,and cyclic recurrence typical of all forms of existence.This Origin will be instrumental in having all exist-ence united into a single system of oneness.

As to MA-Origin, it possesses the characteristicsof moving and activation. As a matter of fact, transi-tion of things from the latency and potentiality statusinto Hetero-status would call for a certain amount of

ñîñòàâèòü íà îñíîâàíèè èõ ôèçè÷åñêèõ è ìåòàôè-çè÷åñêèõ ïðîÿâëåíèé â âèäèìûõ îáúåêòàõ è ÿâëå-íèÿõ ìàòåðèàëüíîãî ìèðà (ðèñ. 9).

Îñíîâíîé õàðàêòåðèñòèêîé Íà÷àëà À (èìåííîâ íåì íàèáîëåå âûðàæåíû Ãåòåðî-ñâîéñòâà) ÿâ-ëÿåòñÿ ñïîñîáíîñòü âûçûâàòü ðàçëè÷èÿ, âñå ðàç-äåëÿòü è óñëîæíÿòü. Îíî ñëóæèò îñíîâîé ðàçíî-îáðàçèÿ, îáåñïå÷èâàÿ ïîÿâëåíèå íîâûõ åäèíèöñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ ðàçíûõ óðîâíåé îðãàíèçàöèè. Êàæ-äàÿ èç íèõ, â ñâîþ î÷åðåäü, òîæå ïðåäñòàâëÿåòñîáîé ìíîãîóðîâíåâóþ ñèñòåìó.

Ñâîéñòâàìè Íà÷àëà ÓÌ (â íåì íàèáîëåå âû-ðàæåíû Ãîìî-ñâîéñòâà) ÿâëÿþòñÿ óïðîùåíèå,îáúåäèíåíèå, ñîõðàíåíèå â íåèçìåííîì âèäå.Íà÷àëî Óì ïðîÿâëÿåòñÿ â ÿâëåíèÿõ öåëîñòíîñòè,ïîäîáèÿ, öèêëè÷íîñòè, õàðàêòåðíûõ äëÿ âñåõôîðì ñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ. Îíî ñïîñîáñòâóåò îáúåäè-íåíèþ âñåãî ñóùåãî â åäèíóþ ñèñòåìó.

Íà÷àëî ÌÀ îáëàäàåò ñâîéñòâàìè äâèæåíèÿ èàêòèâàöèè. Ïåðåõîä èç ëàòåíòíîñòè è ïîòåíöèàëü-íîñòè â Ãåòåðî-ñîñòîÿíèå òðåáóåò ýíåðãèè. Íà÷à-ëî Ìà ÿâëÿåòñÿ èñòî÷íèêîì âîçíèêíîâåíèÿ âñåõâèäîâ ýíåðãèè.

Íà÷àëî ËÀ îáëàäàåò ñâîéñòâàìè ðàñøèðåíèÿè ðàñïðîñòðàíåíèÿ. Îíî îáðàçóåò ïðîñòðàíñòâî �íåîáõîäèìóþ îñíîâó, âìåñòèëèùå êàê ïðîÿâëåí-íîãî, òàê è íåïðîÿâëåííîãî ñóùåãî.

Íà÷àëî ÕÀ, íàèáîëåå áëèçêîå ïî ñâîèì ñâîé-ñòâàì ê Íà÷àëó À, ñïîñîáíî ïðèâîäèòü âñå ê ñî-âåðøåíñòâîâàíèþ è äèôôåðåíöèðîâàíèþ. Îíîÿâëÿåòñÿ èñòî÷íèêîì âðåìåíè, èçìåíÿþùèì âñåè âñÿ.

Íà÷àëî ÀÌ èìååò ñâîéñòâà ïðîÿâëåíèÿ è ñî-áèðàíèÿ è âûçûâàåò ïîÿâëåíèå ôàêòîðîâ. Áî-

Page 27: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 27

energy. The MA-Origin will stand for the source of allkinds of energy that come into life.

LA-Origin has the ability for expansion and dis-persion. It is responsible for the creation of the spaceentity, which is the indispensable basis, the reservoirfor both the manifest and non-manifest existence.

HA-Origin � the closest in its characteristics toAH-Origin � has the ability to bring everything toperfection of fullness and differentiation. In effect, itis the source of the time entity capable of changing alland sundry.

ARM-Origin has the capacity for manifestationand gathering and brings about the appearance of fac-tors. The notion of the factor in its narrower sense isthe unit of individual information.

SUM-Origin will be noted for integration and sys-tematization. The processes of unification and the set-ting up of links are carried out under its influence.Underlying the orderly systems of the world aroundus is the SUM-Origin. These systems will be responsi-ble for bringing together and having all factors com-bined, thus providing the ground to create the order,law, principle, or formula � which is a harmoniouswhole. Furthermore, the said systems will make pro-visions for the information exchange.

Contraction and realization stand as characteris-tics of OM-Origin, nearing UM-Origin (Homo) inits potentialities. It is due to the OM-Origin that theprocess of unification is enhanced, which would even-tually lead to the emergence of the material world.

Ñæàòèå è ðåàëèçàöèÿ � ýòî ñâîéñòâà Íà÷àëàÎÌ, íàèáîëåå áëèçêîãî ê Íà÷àëó ÓÌ (Ãîìî). Áëà-ãîäàðÿ Íà÷àëó Îì ïðîèñõîäèò óñèëåíèå ïðîöåññàîáúåäèíåíèÿ, êîòîðîå â êîíå÷íîì èòîãå ïðèâî-äèò ê âîçíèêíîâåíèþ ìàòåðèàëüíîãî ìèðà.

Âîñåìü çàêîíîìåðíîñòåé Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

 ñèñòåìå Âîñüìè Íà÷àë ïðîÿâëÿþò ñâîå äåé-ñòâèå âîñåìü çàêîíîìåðíîñòåé, êîòîðûå ÿâëÿþò-ñÿ îñíîâîïîëàãàþùèìè ïðèíöèïàìè, ïîääåðæè-âàþùèìè ïîðÿäîê â íàøåì Ãåòåðî-ìèðå.

Çíàíèå è ïîíèìàíèå ýòèõ âîñüìè çàêîíîìåð-íîñòåé ïîçâîëÿåò ñèñòåìàòèçèðîâàòü è êëàññèôè-öèðîâàòü ÿâëåíèÿ è îáúåêòû ðàçíûõ óðîâíåé îðãà-íèçàöèè, à òàêæå ïðàâèëüíî îïðåäåëÿòü èõ ìåñ-òîïîëîæåíèå â èåðàðõè÷åñêîé ñèñòåìå ÂîñüìèÍà÷àë íà îñíîâå ñïåöèôè÷åñêèõ ñâîéñòâ è êà÷åñòâ.

1. Çàêîíîìåðíîñòü öèðêóëÿöèè è ïîâòîðåíèÿ.Âîñåìü Íà÷àë îáëàäàþò ñïîñîáíîñòüþ öèðêó-

ëèðîâàòü è ïîâòîðÿòüñÿ. Ñóùåñòâóåò äâà òèïà öèð-êóëÿöèè (ðèñ. 10, 11):

à) ñïèíîâûé èëè âîëíîâîé òèï, îáóñëàâëèâà-þùèé âñå öèêëè÷åñêèå âèäû èçìåíåíèé (ñìåíàñåçîíîâ ãîäà, æèçíåííûå öèêëû è ò.ä.);

á) ïðîãðåññèâíûé òèï, îïðåäåëÿþùèé ïîýòàï-íîå ðàçâèòèå (ìóçûêàëüíàÿ ãàììà, öâåòîâîéñïåêòð, ðàçâèòèå ýìáðèîíà è ò.ä.).

Fig. 11. Progressive repetition of Eight OriginsÐèñ. 11. Ïðîãðåññèâíîå ïîâòîðåíèå Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

SUMARM

OM

HAAH

LAMA

UM

HAAH

LAMA

UM

OMSUM

ARM

HAAH

LAMA

OMSUM

ARMMA

HA(ÕÀ)

AH(À)

LA(ËÀ)

MA(ÌÀ)

SUM(ÑàÌ)

ARM(ÀÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

Fig. 10. Circulations of Eight OriginsÐèñ. 10. Öèðêóëÿöèè Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

HAAH

LAMA

SUM

ARM

OMUM

HA AH

LA

MAUM

ëåå óçêîå ïîíÿòèå ôàêòîðà � åäèíèöà èíôîð-ìàöèè.

Íà÷àëî ÑàÌ èìååò ñâîéñòâî èíòåãðàöèè è ñè-ñòåìàòèçàöèè. Ïîä åãî âëèÿíèåì ïðîèñõîäÿò ïðî-öåññû îáúåäèíåíèÿ, îáðàçîâàíèÿ ñâÿçåé. Îíî ëå-æèò â îñíîâå ñèñòåìíîñòè ñóùåñòâóþùåãî ìèðà.Ñèñòåìû ñîáèðàþò âîåäèíî è îáúåäèíÿþò âñå ôàê-òîðû, ñîçäàâàÿ ïîðÿäîê, çàêîí, ïðèíöèï, ôîð-ìóëó � ãàðìîíè÷íîå öåëîå. Îíè òàêæå îáåñïå÷è-âàþò âîçìîæíîñòü èíôîðìàöèîííîãî îáìåíà.

ÒÅÎÐÈß ÂÎÑÜÌÈ ÍÀ×ÀË (1)

Page 28: SU JOK

28 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

EIGHT-ORIGINS THEORY (1)

Eight Orders of the Eight-Origins

Essential to the Eight-Origins, there are eight reg-ular patterns which stand as the fundamental princi-ples set to maintain order in this hetero world.

The knowledge and adequate interpretation of theseeight patterns would allow for the more systematicalapproach to the objects and phenomena of differentdimension, and make it possible to classify them intotheir appropriate position according to their intrinsicqualities and specific properties.

1. The Circulation and Repetition Order.Eight origins have the capacity for circulating, and

are noted for their repeating patterns. There are twotypes of circulation (fig. 10, 11):

a) Spin or wave type. It is responsible for all typesof cyclical changes (e.g. spin, seasons, life cycle, ets).

b) Progress type (e.g. musical scale, range of colors,embryo, ets).

2. Çàêîíîìåðíîñòü ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ îñåé.Íà÷àëà îáúåäèíÿþòñÿ â ïàðû çà ñ÷åò îñåé. Ôîð-

ìèðîâàíèå îñè ìåæäó Íà÷àëàìè îçíà÷àåò èõ îáúå-äèíåíèå è ïðèñóòñòâèå ó íèõ ïîäîáíûõ Ãîìî-ñâîéñòâ (êàê ó ñåìåéíîé ïàðû). Îñè îáåñïå÷èâà-þò ÿâëåíèÿ ïîëÿðíîñòè, ïàðíîñòè è ãàðìîíèèÍà÷àë. Ñóùåñòâóåò òðè òèïà îñåé:

à) ïåðåêðåñòíûå îñè îáíàðóæèâàþòñÿ â ñòðîå-íèè ìîëåêóëû ÄÍÊ, â ðàñïîëîæåíèè âíóòðåííèõîðãàíîâ â òåëå (ðèñ. 12);

á) âåðòèêàëüíûå îñè îïðåäåëÿþò ïîðÿäîêðàñïîëîæåíèÿ âíóòðåííèõ ÷àêð â òåëå, öâåòîâ âðàäóãå, çâóêîâ â ìóçûêàëüíîé ãàììå;

â) ãîðèçîíòàëüíûå îñè îáóñëàâëèâàþò îáðàçî-âàíèå ìîëåêóëÿðíûõ ñâÿçåé (ðèñ. 13).

3. Çàêîíîìåðíîñòü ôóíêöèîíàëüíîãî ñòàòóñàÂîñüìè Íà÷àë.

 ñèñòåìå Âîñüìè Íà÷àë êàæäîå îòäåëüíîåÍà÷àëî âûïîëíÿåò ñâîþ ñîáñòâåííóþ ðîëü. Âûäå-ëÿþò äâå ôóíêöèîíàëüíûå ãðóïïû Íà÷àë:

à) ãðóïïà Íà÷àë ñ èíäèâèäóàëüíîé ôóíêöèåé(ãàðìîíèçèðóþùåé);

á) ãðóïïà Íà÷àë ñ êîíòðîëèðóþùåé ôóíêöè-åé (ýêñòðåìàëüíîé). Íà÷àëà À è ÎÌ ìîãóò ïðèñî-åäèíÿòüñÿ ê ãðóïïå Íà÷àë ñ ãàðìîíèçèðóþùåéôóíêöèåé (òàáë. 1).

 íåêîòîðûõ ñëó÷àÿõ Íà÷àëà ñ êîíòðîëèðóþ-ùåé ôóíêöèåé òðóäíî îïðåäåëÿåìû. Íàèáîëååñêðûòûì è òàéíûì ÿâëÿåòñÿ íà÷àëî ÓÌ, çà íèìñëåäóåò íà÷àëî À, çàòåì � íà÷àëî ÕÀ.

4. Çàêîíîìåðíîñòü âçàèìîäåéñòâèÿ Âîñüìè Íà÷àë.Âñå Íà÷àëà òåñíî âçàèìîäåéñòâóþò äðóã ñ äðó-

ãîì, îáúåäèíÿÿñü â öåëîñòíóþ èñõîäíóþ åäèíèöóñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ (ðèñ. 14).

HA(ÕÀ)

AH(À)

LA(ËÀ)

MA(ÌÀ)

SUM(ÑàÌ)

ARM(ÀÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

Fig. 12. Cross Axes of Eight OriginsÐèñ. 12. Ïåðåêðåñòíûå îñè Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

HA(ÕÀ)

AH(À)

LA(ËÀ)

MA(ÌÀ)

SUM(ÑàÌ)

ARM(ÀÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

Fig. 13. Horizontal Axes of Eight OriginsÐèñ. 13. Ãîðèçîíòàëüíûå îñè Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

2. The Axes Formation Order.All the Origins have their own pair of axes.Establishing an axis between origins means that

they are united and would share similar Homo prop-erties (like a married couple). They would provide forthe phenomena of polarity, capacity to form pairs andharmony of origins connected by a single axis.

There are three types of the axes, including crosstype, vertical type and horizontal type.

a) Cross type Axis (e.g. DNA molecule structureand internal organs location) (fig. 12).

b) The Vertical Type Axes. These would entrainthe arrangement of internal chakras in the body, rain-bow colors, sounds in the musical scale.

Page 29: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 29

c) The Horizontal Type Axes (e.g. chemical ele-ments to form a molecule) (fig. 13).

3. The Eight-Origins Functional Order.Each and every origin has its own functional role

in the Eight-Origins framework.There are two functional groups of the Origins,

namely: individual (or harmony) function group andcontrol (or extreme) function group.

The Origins HA and OM can make part of theset of Origins noted for the harmonizing function(table 1).

Sometimes the control function origin factors arenot easily detectable. The UM-Origin is deemed to be

5. Çàêîíîìåðíîñòü èåðàðõè÷åñêîãî ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ.Âîñåìü Íà÷àë îáðàçóþò ñëîæíóþ èåðàðõè÷åñ-

êóþ ñèñòåìó. Êàæäîå èç Íà÷àë â îòäåëüíîñòè èâñå âìåñòå âçàèìîäåéñòâóþò ñ Ïðåíà÷àëàìè âûñ-øåãî óðîâíÿ, à òàêæå ñ Íà÷àëàìè ïîñëåäóþùèõ(íèçøèõ) óðîâíåé.  èåðàðõè÷åñêîé ñèñòåìå Âî-ñåìü Íà÷àë ìîãóò ñâîáîäíî âçàèìîäåéñòâîâàòü(êîíòàêòèðîâàòü) äðóã ñ äðóãîì.

Âîñåìü Íà÷àë âûïîëíÿþò ðîëü ïîñðåäíèêîâ,âîïëîùàÿ â ðåàëüíîñòü çàìûñåë Ïðåíà÷àë è àá-ñîëþòíîãî Ãîìî, à òàêæå äåéñòâóþò â îáðàòíîìíàïðàâëåíèè (ðèñ. 15).

6. Çàêîíîìåðíîñòü ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ êîíñòèòóöèè.Ñïîñîáíîñòü Íà÷àë ôîðìèðîâàòü êîíñòèòóöèþ

ÿâëÿåòñÿ îñíîâíûì èñòî÷íèêîì ðàçíîîáðàçèÿ ñó-ùåñòâóþùåãî ìèðà. Ýòà æå çàêîíîìåðíîñòü îáúÿñ-íÿåò ñïîñîáíîñòü ðàçëè÷íûõ íà ïåðâûé âçãëÿäîáúåêòîâ îáúåäèíÿòüñÿ, à òàêæå òîò ôàêò, ÷òîñâîþ ñîáñòâåííóþ êîíñòèòóöèþ èìååò ëþáîåÿâëåíèå èëè îáúåêò ðåàëüíîãî ìèðà, âêëþ÷àÿ÷åëîâåêà.

Çàêîíîìåðíîñòü ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ îñåé ðàçäåëÿ-åò Âîñåìü Íà÷àë íà äâå ãðóïïû.  ýòè ãðóïïû îíèîáúåäèíÿþòñÿ â ñîîòâåòñòâèè ñ çàêîíîì Ãîìî-Ãåòåðî è ïî ñòðîãî îïðåäåëåííûì ôîðìóëàì. Ñó-ùåñòâóåò âîñåìü âèäîâ ñòàíäàðòíûõ îñåâûõ êîí-ñòèòóöèé (ðèñ. 16, 17).

7. Çàêîíîìåðíîñòü ñèñòåìû òðîéñòâåííîñòè.Íà óðîâíå Âîñüìè Íà÷àë ïðèñóòñòâóþò òðè

îñíîâíûå âåäóùèå ñèëû: Ãåòåðî-ñèëà, Ãîìî-ñèëàè Íåéòðî-ñèëà.

Individual Èíäèâèäóàëüíàÿ Control Êîíòðîëèðóþùàÿ Functions (harmony) function (extreme) function Ôóíêöèè (ãàðìîíèçèðóþùàÿ) ôóíêöèÿ (ýêñòðåìàëüíàÿ) ôóíêöèÿ

initial progress practical spiritual, Origins control supreme control Íà÷àëà íà÷àëüíàÿ ïîñëåäóþùàÿ íåïîñðåäñòâåí- äóõîâíîå,

íîå ðóêîâîäñòâî âûñøååðóêîâîäñòâî

Hetero-group of Origins MA (ÌÀ) LA (ËÀ) HA (ÕÀ) AH (À)Ãðóïïà Ãåòåðî-Íà÷àë (initiation) (progress) (practical (+)) (spiritual (+))

(èíèöèèðóþùàÿ) (ðàçâèâàþùàÿ) (ðåàëüíàÿ (+)) (äóõîâíàÿ (+))

Homo-group of Origins ARM (ÀÌ) SUM (ÑàÌ) OM (ÎÌ) UM (ÓÌ)Ãðóïïà Ãîìî-Íà÷àë (organizing) (maintain) (practical (�)) (spiritual (�))

(îðãàíèçóþùàÿ) (ïîääåðæèâàþùàÿ) (ðåàëüíàÿ (�)) (äóõîâíàÿ (�))

Table. 1. Functional status of Eight OriginsÒàáëèöà. 1. Ôóíêöèîíàëüíûé ñòàòóñ Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

HA(ÕÀ)

AH(À)

LA(ËÀ)

MA(ÌÀ)

SUM(ÑàÌ)

ARM(ÀÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

Fig. 14. Interactions of Eight OriginsÐèñ. 14. Âçàèìîäåéñòâèå Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

ÒÅÎÐÈß ÂÎÑÜÌÈ ÍÀ×ÀË (1)

Page 30: SU JOK

30 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

EIGHT-ORIGINS THEORY (1)

Fig. 15. Diagram of the Eight-Origins hierarchy systemÐèñ. 15. Äèàãðàììà èåðàðõè÷åñêîé ñèñòåìû

Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

Fig. 16. Constitution Axes of Eight-OriginsÐèñ. 16. Êîíñòèòóöèîíàëüíûå îñè Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

HA(ÕÀ)

AH(À)

LA(ËÀ)

MA(ÌÀ)

SUM(ÑàÌ)

ARM(ÀÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

the most hidden and secret, and next is AH-Originfollowed by HA-Origin.

4. The Eight-Origins Interaction Order.Each origin is interacting with the other, thus con-

tributing to a communication and integration of eachOrigin as one unit (fig. 14).

Ïðåîáëàäàíèå òîé èëè èíîé ñèëû çíà÷èòåëü-íî èçìåíÿåò ðîëü êàæäîãî èç Íà÷àë, à òàêæå îñî-áåííîñòè ïðîÿâëåíèÿ çàêîíîìåðíîñòåé ÂîñüìèÍà÷àë.

 ñëó÷àÿõ, êîãäà ïðåèìóùåñòâåííî ïðîÿâëÿþòñÿäâå ñèëû � Ãîìî è Ãåòåðî, ðàññìàòðèâàåòñÿ ñèñ-òåìà äâîéñòâåííîñòè.

Ñèñòåìû òðîéñòâåííîñòè (äâîéñòâåííîñòè)ïðîÿâëÿþòñÿ â öèðêóëÿöèè; â íàïðàâëåíèè è ìå-ñòîðàñïîëîæåíèè; â ôóíêöèè; â ïîëÿðíîñòè èîñÿõ; â ðàçâèòèè; âî âçàèìîäåéñòâèè è â êîíñòè-òóöèè.

8. Çàêîíîìåðíîñòü óïðàâëåíèÿ.Êàæäîå èç Íà÷àë â îòäåëüíîñòè è âñå âìåñòå

àêòèâèçèðóþò è ïîääåðæèâàþò âûøåïåðå÷èñëåí-íûå çàêîíîìåðíîñòè äëÿ òîãî, ÷òîáû îíè ýôôåê-òèâíî ðåàëèçîâûâàëè ñåáÿ â íàøåì Ãåòåðî-ìèðå.

Ê ñîæàëåíèþ, â íàñòîÿùåå âðåìÿ åùå íåäî-ñòàòî÷íî õîðîøî ïîíÿòû è èçó÷åíû âçàèìîîòíî-øåíèÿ ìåæäó ðàçíûìè çàêîíîìåðíîñòÿìè, ïóòèèõ ïðåòâîðåíèÿ â æèçíü, ïðèîðèòåòíîñòü è îá-ùèé ìåõàíèçì óïðàâëåíèÿ.

Òåîðèÿ Òðèãðàìì, îïèñûâàþùàÿ ôåíîìåíîëî-ãè÷åñêóþ ðåàëüíîñòü âîñåìüþ ñèìâîëàìè, òàêæåñîäåðæèò óêàçàíèå íà íàëè÷èå âîñüìè èñòî÷íè-êîâ ñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ. Ñîãëàñíî «Êíèãå Ïåðåìåí»(«È-Öçèí»), êàæäàÿ èç Òðèãðàìì îáëàäàåò îïðå-äåëåííûìè ñâîéñòâàìè, ñèìâîëè÷åñêè âîïëîùåí-íûìè â åå çíàêå. Íà îñíîâàíèè ýòèõ ñâîéñòâ ìîæ-íî âîñåìü Òðèãðàìì ïðèâåñòè â ñîîòâåòñòâèå ñÂîñåìüþ Íà÷àëàìè (ðèñ. 18).

5. The Hierarchy Corresponding Order.Eight-Origins would form a highly sophisticated

hierarchy system. Each and every origin would corre-spond to the higher dimensional pre-origins and tothe subsequent lower dimensional post-origins. Theyare freely communicating with each other in thisEight-Origins hierarchy system.

Eight-Origins are noted for their messenger role,since they are set to deliver the messages of pre-ori-gins and absolute Homo for realization of its master-plan, and vice versa (fig. 15).

6. The Constitution Formation Order.Another principal contributor to multiplicity of

the existing world will be the capacity of the Originsto form a constitution. The same would account forthe ability of the seemingly disparate objects to be-come united, and for the fact that any phenomenonor object � including human being � would possesstheir own constitution.

Eight origins are being divided into two groups inkeeping with the constitution formation order. There

Page 31: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 31

are specific formulas set to get the Origins united intogroups according to the Homo-Hetero law. There areeight kinds of standard axis constitutions (fig. 16, 17).

7. The Triple System Order.There are three major leading forces in the Eight-

Origins, namely: Hetero-force, Homo-force andNeutro-force.

The role played by each of the Origins, as well asspecific nature of the Eight Origins� regular patternswould depend on which type of force is being pre-dominant.

Where only two forces � Homo and Hetero � arefound to be dominating, the dual system order wouldemerge.

The triple (or dual) system orders would worktheir way into the circulation, direction and loca-tion, the function, polarity and axes, the develop-ment, interaction and constitution.

8. The Management order.Each and every Origin is involved in activating

and supporting the cited orders or regular patterns tomake sure that they are efficiently implemented inthe hetero world.

Unfortunately, what still remains to be adequatelyinterpreted and thoroughly studied is the relationshipsbetween different orders, the ways they are to be im-plemented, the best priorities established with regardto the regular orders, and the general mechanism ofmanagement functions.

The Trigrams theory, which describes the phe-nomenological reality with eight symbols, would alsopoint out to the presence of eight sources of existence.

Êàæäîå èç Íà÷àë, â ñâîþ î÷åðåäü, ïðåäñòàâëÿ-åò ñîáîé âîñüìèýëåìåíòíóþ ñèñòåìó. Òàêèì îáðà-çîì, ïîÿâëÿþòñÿ 64 îòðàñëåâûõ Íà÷àëà, êàæäîå èçêîòîðûõ ñîñòîèò èç ñóáîòðàñëåâûõ è ò.ä. (ðèñ. 19). Ñäðóãîé ñòîðîíû, êàê èçâåñòíî, âîñåìü ðàçëè÷íûõïîïàðíûõ êîìáèíàöèé âîñüìè Òðèãðàìì ôîðìè-ðóþò 64 ãåêñàãðàììû. Ïîñëåäîâàòåëüíîå ðàçâèòèåÂîñüìè Íà÷àë òàêæå ôîðìèðóåò 64 îòðàñëåâûõÍà÷àëà, ñ ïîìîùüþ êîòîðûõ ìîæíî îïèñàòü îñ-íîâû ñòðîåíèÿ îêðóæàþùåãî ìèðà (ðèñ. 15).

Ïîääåðæèâàåìàÿ è ñîõðàíÿåìàÿ Ãîìî-ñèëîéâîñüìèýëåìåíòíàÿ àëìàçíàÿ ñòðóêòóðà ÿâëÿåòñÿîñíîâîé óïîðÿäî÷åííîãî åäèíñòâà ðàçíîóðîâíå-

AH - brightness(À - ñâåò)

UM - darkness(ÓÌ - òüìà)

SUM -dryness(ÑàÌ -ñóõîñòü)

LA -heat(ËÀ-òåïëî)

HA - hotness(ÕÀ - æàð)

ARM - humidity(ÀÌ - âëàæíîñòü)

MA - wind(ÌÀ - âåòåð)

OM - coldness(ÎÌ - õîëîä)

Hetero -AH

(Ãåòåðî -À)

Homo -UM

(Ãîìî -ÓÌ)

Fig. 18. Trigrams versus Eight OriginsÐèñ. 18. Ñîîòíîøåíèå òðèãðàìì ñ Âîñåìüþ

Íà÷àëàìè

MA (ÌÀ) ARM (ÀÌ)LA (ËÀ) SUM (ÑàÌ)HA (ÕÀ) OM (ÎÌ)AH (À) UM (ÓÌ)

} {AH (À) HA (ÕÀ)LA (ËÀ) MA (ÌÀ)ARM (ÀÌ) SUM (ÑàÌ)OM (ÎÌ) UM (ÓÌ)

} {LA (ËÀ) AH (À)MA (ÌÀ) HA (ÕÀ)OM (ÎÌ) ARM (ÀÌ)UM (ÓÌ) SUM (ÑàÌ)

} {AH (À) UM (ÓÌ)HA (ÕÀ) OM (ÎÌ)LA (ËÀ) SUM (ÑàÌ)ARM (ÀÌ) MA (ÌÀ)

} {HA (ÕÀ) OM (ÎÌ)AH (À) UM (ÓÌ)MA (ÌÀ) ARM (ÀÌ)SUM (ÑàÌ) LA (ËÀ)

} {LA (ËÀ) SUM (ÑàÌ)AH (À) UM (ÓÌ)MA (ÌÀ) ARM (ÀÌ)OM (ÎÌ) HA (ÕÀ)

} {MA (ÌÀ) ARM (ÀÌ)HA (ÕÀ) OM (ÎÌ)LA (ËÀ) SUM (ÑàÌ)UM (ÓÌ) AH (À)

} {AH (À) UM (ÓÌ)MA (ÌÀ) ARM (ÀÌ)SUM (ÑàÌ) LA (ËÀ)OM (ÎÌ) HA (ÕÀ)

} {

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8

Fig. 17. Eight Axes Constitutions in the Eight-OriginsÐèñ. 17. Âîñåìü îñåâûõ êîíñòèòóöèé Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

ÒÅÎÐÈß ÂÎÑÜÌÈ ÍÀ×ÀË (1)

Page 32: SU JOK

32 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

EIGHT-ORIGINS THEORY (1)

According to the Book of Changes (I-Ching), each ofthe Trigrams would have specific properties that aresymbolically represented in its sign. Based on the citedcharacteristics, the eight trigrams can be put into cor-respondence with the Eight Origins (fig. 18).

Each Origin, in its turn, would represent an eight-element system. In this way we can tell about 64 branchOrigins, each of them consisting of subbranch Ori-gins, and so on (fig. 19). On the other hand, the eightdifferent paired combinations of the eight trigramsare known to form 64 hexagrams. The developmentalsequence of Eight Origins would also generate 64branch Origins which could be helpful in describingthe basic architecture of the whole world (fig. 15).

The diamond eight-element structure, as sustainedand preserved by the Homo-force, would form thebasis of the orderly arranged unity of multidimen-sional units of existence. Indeed, whatever existingphenomenon of different nature we choose to consid-er, we are sure to find the hierarchical multidimen-sional eight-element system embodied in it.

The Chinese Five Elements have symbolized Wood,Fire, Earth, Metal and Water, epitomized in theOrigins MA, LA, ARM, SUM and OM, respectively.All of them, however, would exist in the air environ-ment. In this eight-elements system the air representsthe sixth element and is to be referred to the categoryof the HA-Origin. Available to the cosmic space isalso the ether, which is even more difficult to cognize(it is categorized as the seventh AH-Origin). Wherethere can be found nothing at all, the issue of vacuumwould arise, epitomizing the eighth UM-Origin. Anespecially hard problem to resolve is the exposure ofthe UM-element, because it has to do with the orig-inal point of development, nearing the non-existence.Characteristic of it is the greatest degree of contrac-tion, non-manifestation, latency and isolation. Notinfrequently, the UM-element will fail to be manifest

âûõ åäèíèö ñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ. Êàêîå áû èç ðàçíîîá-ðàçíûõ ñóùåñòâóþùèõ ÿâëåíèé ìû íè ðàññìîòðå-ëè, íåïðåìåííî óâèäèì â íåì âîïëîùåíèå èåðàð-õè÷åñêîé ìíîãîóðîâíåâîé âîñüìèýëåìåíòíîé ñè-ñòåìû. Ïÿòü Ïåðâîýëåìåíòîâ � ýòî Äåðåâî, Îãîíü,Çåìëÿ, Ìåòàëë è Âîäà. Îíè ñîîòâåòñòâóþò Íà÷à-ëàì ÌÀ, ËÀ, ÀÌ, ÑàÌ è ÎÌ. Îäíàêî âñå îíèñóùåñòâóþò â âîçäóøíîé ñðåäå. Âîçäóõ â ýòîé Âîñü-ìèýëåìåíòíîé ñèñòåìå ÿâëÿåòñÿ øåñòûì ýëåìåí-òîì è îòíîñèòñÿ ê êàòåãîðèè Íà÷àëà ÕÀ.  êîñìè-÷åñêîì ïðîñòðàíñòâå ïðèñóòñòâóåò òàêæå ýôèð,êîòîðûé åùå ñëîæíåå ïîçíàâàåì (ñåäüìîå Íà÷à-ëî À). À åñëè íåò íè÷åãî, òî ãîâîðÿò î âàêóóìå,âîïëîùàþùåì âîñüìîå Íà÷àëî ÓÌ.

Âûÿâëåíèå ÓÌ-ýëåìåíòà ïðåäñòàâëÿåò îñîáîñëîæíóþ çàäà÷ó, òàê êàê îí èìååò îòíîøåíèå êèñõîäíîé òî÷êå ðàçâèòèÿ, áëèçêîé ê îòñóòñòâèþñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ. Äëÿ íåãî õàðàêòåðíî ìàêñèìàëü-íîå ñæàòèå, íåïðîÿâëåííîñòü, ñêðûòîñòü, óåäè-íåíèå. Íåðåäêî â ôèçè÷åñêèõ ñèñòåìàõ ÓÌ-ýëå-ìåíò íå âûðàæåí èëè ñîçäàåòñÿ âïå÷àòëåíèå, ÷òîîí ïðèñóòñòâóåò îòäåëüíî, ïîðîé â íåîáû÷íîé èëèñêðûòîé ôîðìå. Èíîãäà åãî óäàåòñÿ îïðåäåëèòüëèøü òåîðåòè÷åñêèì ïóòåì íà îñíîâàíèè åãîñâîéñòâ (ïðèìåðîì ýòîìó ìîæåò áûòü «÷åðíàÿäûðà»).

Åñëè æå ïðîÿâëåíèÿ Íà÷àëà ÓÌ ñòàíîâÿòñÿäîñòóïíûìè äëÿ ïîíèìàíèÿ, îáíàæàÿ ïðèñóòñòâèåâîñüìèýëåìåíòíîé ñòðóêòóðû, ýòî çíà÷èò, ÷òî îðàññìàòðèâàåìîì ÿâëåíèè ïîëó÷åíî äîñòàòî÷íîïîëíîå ïðåäñòàâëåíèå, ïîçâîëÿþùåå ïîíÿòü, èí-äèâèäóàëüíûå îñîáåííîñòè, îïðåäåëèòü, íà êà-êîì ýòàïå ðàçâèòèÿ îíî íàõîäèòñÿ, ïðåäâèäåòü,êàê îíî áóäåò èçìåíÿòüñÿ â áóäóùåì.

Óæå äàâíî ó÷åíûìè-õèìèêàìè ôàêòè÷åñêèîáîñíîâàíî âîñüìèýëåìåíòíîå ñòðîåíèå ìàòåðè-àëüíîãî ìèðà. Äîêàçàòåëüñòâîì ýòîìó ñëóæàò õî-ðîøî èçó÷åííûå ê íàñòîÿùåìó âðåìåíè ñâîéñòâà

Branch OriginsÎòðàñëåâûå Íà÷àëà

Subbranch OriginsÑóáîòðàñëåâûå Íà÷àëà

Fig. 19. The hierarchic system of Eight OriginsÐèñ. 19. Èåðàðõè÷åñêàÿ ñèñòåìà Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

Ma La Ha AH Arm Sum Om UmÌÀ ËÀ ÕÀ À ÀÌ ÑàÌ ÎÌ ÓÌ

Absolute HomoÀáñîëþòíîå Ãîìî

{{ { { { { { { {........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........

{ { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {

Eight OriginsÂîñåìü Íà÷àë

Page 33: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 33

in the physical systems, or it is likely to be expressedsomewhere else in some unusual or hidden form; itspresence could sometimes only be established theo-retically on the strength of its properties (such as inthe case of a black hole).

In the event the manifestations of the Origin UMare becoming comprehensible, and the presence ofthe eight-elements structure is unveiled, this meansthat the phenomenon under consideration could beinterpreted fairly adequately. As a result, we are likelyto understand the individual features of the phenom-enon being examined, to find out the stage of its de-velopment and visualize the way it is expected to un-dergo changes in the future.

Much time has elapsed since the chemical scien-tists succeeded in virtually substantiating the eight-elements architecture of the material world. This isevidenced by the fact that the atomic properties ofchemical elements have been given a thorough study,which made it possible to have them systematized.There can be no more than eight electrons found inthe external orbital of the atoms. It is this outermostshell structure of the atom which will govern the avail-ability of precisely eight groups of chemical elementsin the periodic system of Mendeleev. The Periodic Tableof chemical elements would form one linking part ofthe Eight-Origins hierarchy system and would be clas-sified in the Eight-Origins Table pertaining to theWorld of Nature (table 2).

The Eight-Origins system as the Homo-factor oforigin is also most vividly expressed in the structuralpattern of the DNA molecule � the basic genetic ma-terial carrier. There are eight structural elements in themolecule, which are: four nitrogen bases, deoxyriboseresidues, phosphate groups, the matrix and daughterchains of the DNA. The phosphate, as the lightest inweight, will correspond to the Origin HA, while thedeoxyribose � to the Origin OM. The pyrimidines inthe form of thymine and cytosine would represent themanifestations of the Origins MA and LA, whereas thepurines � adenine and guanine � would representthose of the Origins AM and SUM, respectively. Aswith the Origins AH and UM, which are responsiblefor the supreme control functions in the DNA mole-cule, these would work their way into the structuralelements of another dimension, namely: the OriginUM will be related to the DNA matrix chain, while theOrigin AH � to its daughter chain that has been syn-thesized in the course of replication (fig. 20, table 2).

Given that the Eight-Origins structure is to be foundin all the things around us, the Eight-Origins theorymay well enjoy wide application for medical purposes.

On the strength of the Eight-Origins theory it hasbecome possible to put together the concepts of the

àòîìîâ õèìè÷åñêèõ ýëåìåíòîâ, îáåñïå÷èâøèå âîç-ìîæíîñòü èõ ñèñòåìàòèçàöèè. Íà âíåøíåé îðáèòà-ëè àòîìîâ ìîæåò ðàñïîëàãàòüñÿ íå áîëåå âîñüìèýëåêòðîíîâ. Òàêîå ñòðîåíèå âíåøíåé ýëåêòðîííîéîðáèòàëè àòîìà îïðåäåëÿåò íàëè÷èå èìåííî âîñü-ìè ãðóïï õèìè÷åñêèõ ýëåìåíòîâ â ïåðèîäè÷åñêîéñèñòåìå Ä.È. Ìåíäåëååâà. Ïåðèîäè÷åñêàÿ ñèñòåìàõèìè÷åñêèõ ýëåìåíòîâ ÿâëÿåòñÿ îäíèì èç ñâÿçó-þùèõ çâåíüåâ â èåðàðõè÷åñêîé ñèñòåìå è ñîñòàâ-ëÿåò ÷àñòü òàáëèöû Âîñüìè Íà÷àë Ìèðà Ïðèðî-äû (òàáë. 2).

Ñèñòåìà Âîñüìè Íà÷àë êàê èñõîäíûé Ãîìî-ôàêòîð ÿðêî ïðîÿâëÿåòñÿ òàêæå â ñòðóêòóðå ìî-ëåêóëû ÄÍÊ � îñíîâíîãî íîñèòåëÿ ãåíåòè÷åñ-êîé èíôîðìàöèè. Ìîëåêóëà ÄÍÊ âêëþ÷àåò âî-ñåìü ñòðóêòóðíûõ ýëåìåíòîâ: ÷åòûðå àçîòèñòûõîñíîâàíèÿ, äåçîêñèðèáîçó, ôîñôàò, ìàòðè÷íóþè äî÷åðíþþ öåïè ÄÍÊ. Íàèáîëåå ëåãêèé ôîñ-ôàò ñîîòâåòñòâóåò Íà÷àëó ÕÀ. Äåçîêñèðèáîçà ñî-îòâåòñòâóåò Íà÷àëó ÎÌ. Ïèðèìèäèíû (òèìèí èöèòîçèí) ïðåäñòàâëÿþò ïðîÿâëåíèÿ Íà÷àë ÌÀè ËÀ, à ïóðèíû (àäåíèí è ãóàíèí) � ïðîÿâëå-íèÿ Íà÷àë ÀÌ è ÑàÌ. Íà÷àëà À è ÓÌ, âûïîë-íÿþùèå âûñøèå êîíòðîëèðóþùèå ôóíêöèè âìîëåêóëå ÄÍÊ, ïðîÿâëåíû â âèäå ñòðóêòóðíûõýëåìåíòîâ äðóãîãî óðîâíÿ: Íà÷àëî ÓÌ ñîîòâåò-ñòâóåò ìàòðè÷íîé öåïè ÄÍÊ, Íà÷àëî À � ñèí-

� adenineàäåíèí

�cytosineöèòîçèí

�phosphateôîñôàò

�thymineòèìèí

�guanineãóàíèí

�deoxyriboseäåçîêñèðèáîçà

Fig. 20. Eight-elements structure of the DNA moleculesÐèñ. 20. Âîñüìèýëåìåíòíîå ñòðîåíèå ìîëåêóë ÄÍÊ

ÒÅÎÐÈß ÂÎÑÜÌÈ ÍÀ×ÀË (1)

Page 34: SU JOK

34 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

EIGHT-ORIGINS THEORY (1)

remote past concerning the energy system of the hu-man body as an integral system of chakras and merid-ians. Furthermore, drawing on the diamond patternof the Eight Origins, we managed to discover thebody Core meridians notable for their Homo-prop-erties, as well as the body Border meridians withtheir clear-cut Hetero-properties. Both the types ofthe meridians would make up the Metaphysical Dia-mond system of the body, whose existence has beenclearly borne out in practical terms. The octahedron isconsidered to be the first geometrical structure to emergein this hetero world. Its Homo-characteristics � stronglymanifest due to this polyhedron standing as the full-fed and true source � would therefore result in all thesubsequent units of existence becoming notable fortheir metaphysical Diamond system. The latter willalso be present in the human body.

Once a great variety of the phenomena and theirelements under study have been adequately catego-rized with regard to the Eight-Origins theory, themissing links in the chain of the process of cognitionhave been brought to light. Besides, the most appro-priate conditions for establishing connective entitiesor exerting the intended therapeutic effect have be-come a reality.

The objects and phenomena that fall into the cate-gory of a single Origin would possess the common homo-

òåçèðîâàííîé â ïðîöåññå ðåïëèêàöèè äî÷åðíåéöåïè (ðèñ. 19).

Ïîñêîëüêó ñòðóêòóðà Âîñüìè Íà÷àë ïðèñóòñòâó-åò ó âñåãî ñóùåãî, òî òåîðèÿ Âîñüìè Íà÷àë ìîæåòøèðîêî èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ â îáëàñòè ìåäèöèíû.

Íà îñíîâàíèè òåîðèè Âîñüìè Íà÷àë îêàçàëîñüâîçìîæíûì îáúåäèíèòü äðåâíåéøèå ïðåäñòàâëå-íèÿ îá ýíåðãåòè÷åñêîé ñèñòåìå òåëà êàê î åäèíîéñèñòåìå ÷àêð è ìåðèäèàíîâ. Êðîìå òîãî, çíàÿ Àë-ìàçíóþ ñòðóêòóðó Âîñüìè Íà÷àë, ìû ñìîãëè îá-íàðóæèòü Ñåðäöåâèííûå ìåðèäèàíû òåëà, îáëà-äàþùèå Ãîìî-ñâîéñòâàìè, à òàêæå Ïîãðàíè÷íûåìåðèäèàíû òåëà, èìåþùèå âûðàæåííûå Ãåòåðî-ñâîéñòâà. Âìåñòå îíè ñîñòàâëÿþò ìåòàôèçè÷åñêóþÀëìàçíóþ ñèñòåìó òåëà, ñóùåñòâîâàíèå êîòîðîéïîëó÷èëî óáåäèòåëüíîå ïîäòâåðæäåíèå íà ïðàê-òèêå. Ïîñêîëüêó îêòàýäð ÿâëÿåòñÿ ïåðâè÷íîé ãåî-ìåòðè÷åñêîé ôîðìîé íàøåãî Ãåòåðî-ìèðà, òî åãîñèëüíî âûðàæåííûå Ãîìî-ñâîéñòâà (êàê èñòî÷íè-êà) ïðèâîäÿò ê òîìó, ÷òî âñå âïîñëåäñòâèè ïîÿâ-ëÿþùèåñÿ åäèíèöû ñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ èìåþò ìåòà-ôèçè÷åñêóþ Àëìàçíóþ ñèñòåìó. Îíà òàêæå ïðè-ñóòñòâóåò â òåëå ÷åëîâåêà.

Îïðåäåëåíèå êàòåãîðèé ðàçëè÷íûõ èçó÷àåìûõÿâëåíèé è èõ ýëåìåíòîâ â ñîîòâåòñòâèè ñ òåîðèåéÂîñüìè Íà÷àë ïîçâîëÿåò íå òîëüêî âûÿâèòü íå-äîñòàþùèå çâåíüÿ â öåïè ïîçíàíèÿ, íî è ñîçäàòü

AHenergy system

Àýíåðãåòè÷åñêàÿ ñèñòåìà

ARMendocrine system

ÀÌýíäîêðèííàÿ ñèñòåìà

SUMintegumentary system (skin)

ÑàÌñèñòåìà íàðóæíûõ ïîêðîâîâ

OMskeleton system

ÎÌêîñòíàÿ ñèñòåìà

UMreproductive system

ÓÌðåïðîäóêòèâíàÿ ñèñòåìà

MAmuscular system

ÌÀìûøå÷íàÿ ñèñòåìà

LAcirculatory system

ËÀñèñòåìà êðîâîîáðàùåíèÿ

HAnervous system

ÕÀíåðâíàÿ ñèñòåìà

l cell system (êëåòî÷íàÿ ñèñòåìà)l blood system (hematopoietic system)

(ñèñòåìà êðîâè(ãåìîïîýòè÷åñêàÿ ñèñòåìà))

l digestive system (ïèùåâàðèòåëüíàÿ ñèñòåìà)l lymphoid system(ëèìôàòè÷åñêàÿ ñèñòåìà)l respiratory system (äûõàòåëüíàÿ ñèñòåìà)l excretory system (âûäåëèòåëüíàÿ ñèñòåìà)l immune system (èìóííàÿ ñèñòåìà)

{

Fig. 21. Eight-Origins classification of the functional body systemÐèñ. 21. Êëàññèôèêàöèÿ ôóíêöèîíàëüíûõ ñèñòåì òåëà ñîãëàñíî òåîðèè Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

Page 35: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 35

LAblood system

(hematopoietic systemheart - (small intestine)

ËÀñèñòåìà êðîâè

(ãåìîïîýòè÷åñêàÿ ñèñòåìà)ñåðäöå - (òîíêàÿ êèøêà)

AHcell system

Homo-cell - (Hetero-cell)

Àêëåòî÷íàÿ ñèñòåìà

Ãîìî-êëåòêè - (Ãåòåðî-êëåòêè)

ARMlymphoid system

spleen - (stomach)

ÀÌëèìôàòè÷åñêàÿ ñèñòåìàñåëåçåíêà - (æåëóäîê)

SUMrespiratory system

lungs - (large intestine)

ÑàÌäûõàòåëüíàÿ ñèñòåìà

ëåãêèå - (òîëñòàÿ êèøêà)

OMexcretory system

kidney - (urinary bladder)

ÎÌâûäåëèòåëüíàÿ ñèñòåìàïî÷êè - (ìî÷åâîé ïóçûðü)

UMimmune system

bone marrow - (thymus)

ÓÌèìóííàÿ ñèñòåìà

êîñòíûé ìîçã - (òèìóñ)

MAdigestive system (1)liver - (gall bladder)

ÌÀïèùåâàðèòåëüíàÿ ñèñòåìà (1)

ïå÷åíü - (æåë÷íûé ïóçûðü)

HAdigestive system (2)

pancreas - (duodenum)

ÕÀïèùåâàðèòåëüíàÿ ñèñòåìà (2)

ïîäæåëóäî÷íàÿ æåëåçà -(äâåíàäöàòèïåðñòíàÿ êèøêà)

Circulatorysystem

Ñèñòåìàêðîâîîáðàùåíèÿ

Fig. 22. Eight-Origins classification of the circulatory systemÐèñ. 22. Êëàññèôèêàöèÿ ñèñòåìû êðîâîîáðàùåíèÿ ñîãëàñíî òåîðèèè Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

factors and correspond with each other. It is the pres-ence of the common homo-factors which makes themhighly responsive in their interactions and capable ofco-existing with the least energy losses.

It has been recognized that in the human bodyits parts, functional systems, organs, cells, mole-cules and atoms related to the category of one andthe same Origin would «speak the same language»� which is why they would enjoy especially strongcorrelation�s between themselves and with respectto similar elements of the existing world as well(table 3).

All the systems of the human body organs can boastthe eight-elements structure, therefore their functionalactivity and their diseased condition would be direct-ly dependent upon the impact generated by the Ori-gins concerned (fig. 21, 22, 23).

Our present-day coherent understanding of theEight Origins principle has afforded a new insight

îïòèìàëüíûå óñëîâèÿ äëÿ óñòàíîâëåíèÿ ñâÿçåé èëèîêàçàíèÿ âëèÿíèÿ.

Îáúåêòû è ÿâëåíèÿ, îòíîñÿùèåñÿ ê êàòåãîðèèîäíîãî Íà÷àëà, îáëàäàþò îáùèìè Ãîìî-ôàêòî-ðàìè è âñòóïàþò âî âçàèìîäåéñòâèå. Èìåííî ïðè-ñóòñòâèå îáùèõ Ãîìî-ôàêòîðîâ äåëàåò èõ âûñîêîâîñïðèèì÷èâûìè äðóã ê äðóãó, ñïîñîáíûìè âçà-èìîäåéñòâîâàòü ñ íàèìåíüøèìè çàòðàòàìè ýíåð-ãèè.

 ÷åëîâå÷åñêîì îðãàíèçìå ÷àñòè òåëà, ôóíê-öèîíàëüíûå ñèñòåìû, îðãàíû, êëåòêè, ìîëåêóëûè àòîìû, îòíîñÿùèåñÿ ê êàòåãîðèè îäíîãî è òîãîæå Íà÷àëà, «ãîâîðÿò íà îäíîì ÿçûêå», è ïîýòîìóîñîáåííî ñèëüíî âçàèìîñâÿçàíû äðóã ñ äðóãîì, àòàêæå ñî âñåìè ïîäîáíûìè ýëåìåíòàìè îêðóæà-þùåãî ìèðà (òàáë. 3).

Âñå ñèñòåìû ñòðóêòóð, îðãàíîâ è êëåòîê ÷åëî-âå÷åñêîãî òåëà èìåþò âîñüìèýëåìåíòíîå ñòðîå-íèå, è èõ ôóíêöèîíàëüíàÿ àêòèâíîñòü, à òàêæå

ÒÅÎÐÈß ÂÎÑÜÌÈ ÍÀ×ÀË (1)

Page 36: SU JOK

36 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

EIGHT-ORIGINS THEORY (1)

into the human organism. Indeed, it helped to dis-close the mechanisms of deep-seated correspond-ence existing between all the body�s elements, andto provide the opportunity for conducting a system-atized search for the most efficient and selectivetherapeutic modalities. The Eight-Origins theory maywell serve as the basis for the application of treat-ment with herbs, homeopathy, special food stuffsfor diet, physical therapy, and all other therapiesand medical techniques to be found in the Orientand in the West.

Besides, standing out as the ultimate law, the Eight-Origins theory may well find its succesful applicationin a variety of our human knowledge systems. By in-corporating some of its concepts, much better inter-pretations could be given to the existing phenomenaor events. And hopefully it is this theory that mightone day provide us with the decisive clue in our questfor the true meaning of existence.

ïàòîëîãè÷åñêèå ñîñòîÿíèÿ íàïðÿìóþ ñâÿçàíû ñâëèÿíèåì ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèõ Íà÷àë (ðèñ. 20, 21, 22).

Ïðåäñòàâëåíèÿ î Âîñüìè Íà÷àëàõ ïîçâîëÿþòïî-íîâîìó âçãëÿíóòü íà ÷åëîâå÷åñêèé îðãàíèçì,âñêðûâ ìåõàíèçìû ãëóáèííîãî âçàèìîäåéñòâèÿâñåõ åãî ýëåìåíòîâ, à òàêæå îáåñïå÷èâàþò âîç-ìîæíîñòü ñèñòåìàòèçèðîâàííîãî ïîèñêà íàèáîëååýôôåêòèâíûõ è èçáèðàòåëüíûõ ëå÷åáíûõ ñðåäñòâ.Ýòà òåîðèÿ ìîæåò ïîñëóæèòü îñíîâîé äëÿ ïðèìå-íåíèÿ òðàâîëå÷åíèÿ, âûáîðà ïðîäóêòîâ ïèòàíèÿ,ãîìåîïàòè÷åñêèõ è ôàðìàêîëîãè÷åñêèõ ñðåäñòâ,ôèçèîòåðàïåâòè÷åñêèõ è äðóãèõ ìåòîäîâ ëå÷åíèÿ,ïðèìåíÿåìûõ êàê â âîñòî÷íîé, òàê è â çàïàäíîéìåäèöèíå.

Êðîìå òîãî, òåîðèÿ Âîñüìè Íà÷àë, êàê ôóí-äàìåíòàëüíûé çàêîí, ìîæåò óñïåøíî ïðèìåíÿòüñÿâ ðàçëè÷íûõ íàïðàâëåíèÿõ íàóêè. Âîçìîæíî îíàïîçâîëèò ëó÷øå ïîíÿòü îêðóæàþùèé ìèð â ïîèñ-êå èñòèííîãî çíà÷åíèÿ ñóùåñòâîâàíèÿ.

ErythrocyteÝðèòðîöèò

NeutrophilÍåéòðîôèë

BasophilÁàçîôèë

EosinophilÝîçèíîôèë

Megakaryocyte, PlateletÌåãàêàðèîöèò, òðîìáîöèòû

T cellÒ-ëèìôîöèò

B cellB-ëèìôîöèò

MonocyteÌîíîöèò

Ñòâîëîâàÿ êëåòêà êðîâè

HA(ÕÀ)

AH(À)

LA(ËÀ)

MA(ÌÀ)

SUM(ÑàÌ)

ARM(ÀÌ)

OM(ÎÌ)

UM(ÓÌ)

Pluripotent stem cell

Fig. 23. Eight-Origins classification of the blood cellsÐèñ. 23. Êëàññèôèêàöèÿ êëåòîê êðîâè ñîãëàñíî òåîðèè Âîñüìè Íà÷àë

Page 37: SU JOK

ÎÍ

ÍÓ

ÐÈ

ÌÅÄ

ÈÖ

ÈÍ

À ¹

137

Table 2. Eight Origins Table of the Nature

* � particles yet to be discovered are given tentative names for temporal use T.M. � transition metals L.S. � lanthanide series A.S. � actinide series

AH HA LA MA ARM SUM OM UMPhenomenon Hetero time space energy factor system matter HomoPhenomenon energy brightness hotness heat wind humidity dryness coldness darknessPhenomenon element ether air fire wood (fiber) water earth (mineral) metal vacuum

Wave cosmic ray gamma ray x-ray ultraviolet visible light infrared radar waves, radiowavemicrowave television waves

Wave length pm nm µm mm m km sound mechanicalVisible light violet indigo blue green yellow orange red infraredMusical scale do (high) si la sol fa mi re do (low)Elementary (antiron)* (antiboson)* antiquark antilepton lepton quark boson (particlon)*particleLepton (heleptenon)* tau-neutrino mu-neutrino electron, neutrino electron muon tau (leptonon)*Quark (hequarkron)* bottom strange down up charm top (quarkron)*Boson (hebosonon)* (sixton)* photon weakon graviton gluon higgs (bosonon)*Period 1 1 H hydrogen 2 He heliumPeriod 2 3 Li lithium 4 Be beryllium 5 B boron 6 C carbon 7 N nitrogen 8 O oxygen 9 F fluorine 10 Ne neonPeriod 3 11 Na sodium 12 Mg magnesium 13 Al aluminium 14 Si silicon 15 P phosphorus 16 S sulphur 17 Cl chlorine 18 Ar argonPeriod 4 19 K potassium 20 Ca calcium 31 Ga gallium 32 Ge germanium 33 As arsenic 34 Se selenium 35 Br bromine 36 Kr kryptonPeriod 5 37 Rb rubidium 38 Sr strontium 49 In indium 50 Sn tin 51 Sb antimony 52 Te tellurium 53 I iodine 54 Xe xenonPeriod 6 55 Cs caesium 56 Ba barium 81 Tl thallium 82 Pb lead 83 Bi bismuth 84 Po polonium 85 At astatine 86 Rn radonPeriod 7 87 Fr francium 88 Ra radium 113 114 115 116 117 118

Elements groups lanthanide transition alkaline earth alkali actinide other non metals noble gasesseries metals metals metals series metals

Minerals elements sulfates sulfide, sulfosalts carbonates, nitrates phosphates oxides, hydroxides halides silicates, boratesBio. components minerals nucleic acids hormones vitamins lipids carbohydrates proteins water

Proteins protamine, hormones, fibrinogen, muscle proteins albumin, keratin, collagen connective-tissuehistons enzymes fibrin globulin hemoglobin protein

Lipids alcohols waxes fats triglyceride vitamins glucolipids steroid-lipids terpene phospholipidsA, D, E, K lipids

Carbohydrates monosaccharides disaccharides oligosaccharides polysaccharidesaldoses ketoses Hetero - Homo - Hetero - Homo - Hetero - Homo -

Hexoses allose altrose glucose mannose gulose idose galactose taloseNucleic DNA strand (new) phosphate cytosine thymine adenine guanine deoxyribose strand (old)Nucleic RNA strand (new) phosphate cytosine uracil adenine guanine deoxyribose strand (old)Vitamins (H) C B A D E K (L)

Hormones hypothalamus pituitary thyroid thymus pancreas adrenal sex peneal bodyhormones hormones hormones hormones hormones hormones hormones hormones

Cell structure nucleus nucleolus organelle cytotic vesicle cytosole membrane cytoskeleton chromosome

Cell organelle chromosome ribosome mitochondria centriole reticulum Golgy complex lysosome DNA

Plants conifers, cycads ferns horsetail mosses algae fungi bacteriaflowering plants

Plant structure fruit flower leaf sprout branch trunk root seed

Animals (1) echinoderms brachiopods crustacea, mollusks worms coelenterates sponges single-cellinsects (single cell) organism

Animals (2) primates mammals birds reptiles amphibians bony fish shark, rays jawless fish(human being)

Body structure head chest left arm left leg right arm right leg abdomen coccyx (tail)

Wav

eEle

men

tary

part

icle

T.M.A.S.

T.M.L.S.

T.M.

T.M.

Che

mic

alel

emen

tsSub

stan

ces

Cel

lsLiv

ing

orga

nism

s

by Park, Jae WooOrigins

Subjects

ÒÅÎ

ÐÈ

ß Â

ÎÑ

ÜÌ

È Í

À×

ÀË

(1)

Page 38: SU JOK

38O

NN

UR

I MED

ICIN

E N

o.1

EIG

HT-O

RIG

INS T

HEO

RY

(1)Òàáëèöà 2. Òàáëèöà Âîñüìè Íà÷àë Ìèðà Ïðèðîäû

* � åùå íå îòêðûòûì ÷àñòèöàì ïðèñâîåíû âðåìåííûå íàçâàíèÿ T.M. � ïåðåõîäíûå ìåòàëëû L.S. � ëàíòàíîèäû A.S. � àêòèíîèäû

À ÕÀ ËÀ ÌÀ ÀÌ ÑàÌ ÎÌ ÓÌßâëåíèå Ãåòåðî âðåìÿ ïðîñòðàíñòâî ýíåðãèÿ ôàêòîð ñèñòåìà ìàòåðèÿ ÃîìîÔåíîìåí. ýíåðãèÿ ñâåò æàð òåïëî âåòåð âëàæíîñòü ñóõîñòü õîëîä òüìàÔåíîìåí. ýëåìåíò ýôèð âîçäóõ îãîíü äåðåâî (âîëîêíî) âîäà çåìëÿ (ìèíåðàë) ìåòàëë âàêóóì

Âèäû âîëí êîñìè÷åñêèå ëó÷è ãàììà-ëó÷è Õ-ëó÷è óëüòðàôèîëåòîâûå âèäèìûé ñâåò èíôðàêðàñíûå ðàäàðíûå, ðàäèîâîëíûìèêðîâîëíû òåëåâèçèîí. âîëíû

Äëèíû âîëí ïì íì ìêì ìì ì êì çâóêîâûå ìåõàíè÷åñêèåÂèäèìûé ñâåò ôèîëåòîâûé ñèíèé ãîëóáîé çåëåíûé æåëòûé îðàíæåâûé êðàñíûé èíôðàêðàñíûéÇâóêîâîé ðÿä äî (âåðõíåå) ñè ëÿ ñîëü ôà ìè ðå äî (íèæíåå)Ýëåìåíòàðíûå (àíòèðîí)* (àíòèáîçîí)* àíòèêâàðê àíòèëåïòîí ëåïòîí êâàðê áîçîí (ïàðòèêëîí)*÷àñòèöû

Ëåïòîíû (ãåëåïòåíîí)* òàó-íåéòðèíî ÌÞ-íåéòðèíî ýëåêòðîí, íåéòðèíî ýëåêòðîí ìþîí òàó (ëåïòîíîí)*

Êâàðêè (ãåêâàðêðîí)* ãëóáîêèé ñòðàííûé íèæíèé âåðõíèé î÷àðîâàííûé ãëàâíûé (êâàðêðîí)*Áîçîíû (ãåáîçîíîí)* (ñèêñòîí)* ôîòîí âèêîí ãðàâèòîí ãëþîí õèããñ (áîçîíîí)*Ïåðèîä 1 1 H âîäîðîä 2 He ãåëèéÏåðèîä 2 3 Li ëèòèé 4 Be áåðèëëèé 5 B áîð 6 C óãëåðîä 7 N àçîò 8 O êèñëîðîä 9 F ôòîð 10 Ne íåîíÏåðèîä 3 11 Na íàòðèé 12 Mg ìàãíèé 13 Al àëþìèíèé 14 Si êðåìíèé 15 P ôîñôîð 16 S ñåðà 17 Cl õëîð 18 Ar àðãîíÏåðèîä 4 19 K êàëèé 20 Ca êàëüöèé 31 Ga ãàëèé 32 Ge ãåðìàíèé 33 As ìûøüÿê 34 Se ñåëåí 35 Br áðîì 36 Kr êðèïòîíÏåðèîä 5 37 Rb ðóáèäèé 38 Sr ñòðîíöèé 49 In èíäèé 50 Sn îëîâî 51 Sb ñóðüìà 52 Te òåëóð 53 I èîä 54 Xe êñåíîíÏåðèîä 6 55 Cs öåçèé 56 Ba áàðèé 81 Tl òàëèé 82 Pb ñâèíåö 83 Bi âèñìóò 84 Po ïîëîíèé 85 At àñòàò 86 Rn ðàäîíÏåðèîä 7 87 Fr ôðàíöèé 88 Ra ðàäèé 113 114 115 116 117 118Ãðóïïû õèìè÷. ëàíòàíîèäû ïåðåõîäíûå ùåëî÷íî-çåìåëüíûå ùåëî÷íûå àêòèíîèäû äðóãèå ìåòàëëû íåìåòàëëû èíåðòíûå ãàçûýëåìåíòîâ ìåòàëëû ìåòàëëû ìåòàëëû

Ìèíåðàëû ýëåìåíòû ñóëüôàòû ñóëüôèäû, êàðáîíàòû ôîñôàòû îêñèäû, ãàëîãåíèäû ñèëèêàòû,ñóëüôîñîëè íèòðàòû ãèäðîêñèäû áîðàòû

Áèî. êîìïîíåíòû ìèíåðàëû íóêëåèí. êèñëîòû ãîðìîíû âèòàìèíû æèðû óãëåâîäû áåëêè âîäà

Áåëêè ïðîòàìèí, ãîðìîíû, ôèáðèíîãåí, ìûøå÷íûå àëüáóìèíû, êåðàòèí, êîëëàãåí ñîåäèíèòåëüíî-ãèñòàìèí ýíçèìû ôèáðèí ïðîòåèíû ãëîáóëèíû ãåìîãëîáèí òêàííûå áåëêè

Æèðû ñïèðòû âîñêè òðèãëèöåðèäû âèòàìèíû ãëþêîëèïèäû ñòåðîèäíûå òåðïåíîâûå ôîñôîëèïèäûA, D, E, K ëèïèäû ëèïèäû

Óãëåâîäû ìîíîñàõàðèäû äèñàõàðèäû îëèãîñàõàðèäû ïîëèñàõàðèäûàëüäîçû êåòîçû Ãåòåðî - Ãîìî - Ãåòåðî - Ãîìî - Ãåòåðî - Ãîìî -

Ãåêñîçû àëëîçà àëüòðîçà ãëþêîçà ìàííîçà ãóëîçà èäîçà ãàëàêòîçà òàëîçàÍóêëåèíîâûå äî÷åðíÿÿ ôîñôàò öèòîçèí òèìèí àäåíèí ãóàíèí äåçîêñèðèáîçà ìàòðè÷íàÿêèñëîòû (ÄÍÊ) öåïü öåïüÍóêëåèíîâûå äî÷åðíÿÿ ôîñôàò öèòîçèí óðàöèë àäåíèí ãóàíèí äåçîêñèðèáîçà ìàòðè÷íàÿêèñëîòû (ÐÍÊ) öåïü öåïüÂèòàìèíû (H) C B A D E K (L)Ãîðìîíû ãèïîòàëàìè÷åñêèå ãèïîôèçàðíûå ùèòîâèäí. æåëåçû òèìóñà ïîäæåëóä. æåëåçû íàäïî÷å÷íèêîâ ïîëîâûå ýïèôèçàÑòðóêòóðû ÿäðî ÿäðûøêî îðãàíåëëû êëåòî÷. ïóçûðüêè öèòîçîëü ìåìáðàíà öèòîñêåëåò õðîìîñîìû

Îðãàíåëëû õðîìîñîìû ðèáîñîìû ìèòîõîíäðèè öåíòðèîëè ýíäîïëàçì. ñåòü êîìïëåêñ Ãîëüäæè ëèçîñîìû ÄÍÊÐàñòåíèÿ õâîéí. è öâåòêîâ. ñàãîâûå ïàïîðîòíèêè õâîùè ìõè âîäîðîñëè ãðèáû áàêòåðèèÑòðîåíèå ðàñòåíèÿ ïëîä öâåòîê ëèñò ïîáåã âåòâü ñòâîë êîðåíü ñåìÿÁåñïîçâîíî÷íûå èãëîêîæèå ïëå÷åíîãèå ÷ëåíèñòîíîãèå ìîëëþñêè ÷åðâè êèøå÷íîïîëîñòíûå ãóáêè îäíîêëåòî÷íûåÏîçâîíî÷íûå ïðèìàòû ìëåêîïèòàþùèå ïòèöû ïðåñìûêàþùèåñÿ çåìíîâîäíûå êîñòíûå ðûáû õðÿùåâûå ðûáû êðóãëîðîòûåÑòðîåíèå òåëà ãîëîâà ãðóäü ëåâàÿ ðóêà ëåâàÿ íîãà ïðàâàÿ ðóêà ïðàâàÿ íîãà æèâîò êîï÷èê (õâîñò)

Âîë

íûÝ

ëåìåí

òàðí

ûå

÷àñò

èöû

T.M.A.S.

T.M.L.S.

T.M.

T.M.

Õèì

è÷åñ

êèå

ýëåì

åíòû

Âåù

åñòâ

àÊ

ëåò-

êèÆ

èâû

åîð

ãàíè

çìû

ïî Ïàê ×æý ÂóÍà÷àëà

Îáúåêòû

Page 39: SU JOK

ÎÍ

ÍÓ

ÐÈ

ÌÅÄ

ÈÖ

ÈÍ

À ¹

139

AH HA LA MA AM SUM OM UMVital energy brightness hotness heat wind humidity dryness coldness darknessEmotion love happyness joy anger agony sadness fear calmness (hatred)Reason spirit intention desire originality consciousness will wisdom soulMeridian Border (GV, CV) TE, PC SI, HT GB, LR ST, SP LI, LU BL, KI CoreBorder meridian upper back upper left upper right upper front lower back lower left lower right lower frontCore meridian energy gates upper vertical back sagittal left frontal right frontal front sagittal lower vertical Core point

Chakra (internal) Agni Solar Ajna Vishuddha Anahata Manipura Svadhisthana Muladhara Core Solar(Sahasrara) (Kundalini)

Body system energy nervous circulatory muscular endocrine integumentary skeleton reproductiveNervous system brain chest nerve left arm n. left leg n. right arm n. right leg n. abdomen n. spinal cord

Brain frontal parietal temporal occipital limbic cerebellum medulla diencephalonlobes lobes lobes lobes lobe oblongata

Senses mental vision hearing smell taste tactile gravity (balance) instinctEndocrine system hypothalamus pituitary thyroid thymus pancreas adrenals testes, ovaries pineal bodyCirculatory system cellular digestive (2) blood digestive (1) lymphatic respiratory excretory immune

Yin-organs Homo-cell pancreas heart liver spleen lungs kidneys bone marrow(brain)

Yang-organs Hetero-cell duodenum small intestine gall bladder stomach large intestine urinary bladder thymus(spinal cord)

Muscular system head muscle chest muscle left arm m. left leg m. right arm m. right leg m. abdomen m. internal organ m.Integumentary system head integ. chest integ. left arm integ. left leg integ. right arm integ. right leg integ. abdomen integ. organs integ.Skeletal system skull thorax bones left arm b. left leg b. right arm b. right leg b. pelvis vertebral column

Skull frontal maxilla left parietal left temporal, right parietal right temporal, mandible occipitalzygomatic left sphenoid right sphenoid

Male glans penis body of root of prostate spermatic deferent epididymis testiclesthe penis the penis ejaculatory canal cords duct

Female clitoris vulvar lips entrance to the vagina womb uterine tubes tube fimbrias ovariesvagina

Structure connected left ventricle left atrium left auricle right ventricle right atrium right auricle pericardiumblood vessel

Blood blood capillary aorta, left left right right pulmonary alveolicirculation (digestive) vena cavas ventricle atrium atrium ventricle artery (air sacs)

Structure nose trachea, bronchus left superior left inferior right superior right middle right inferior pleuralobe lobe lobe lobe lobe (diaphragm)

Airway alveolar sac alveolar duct respiratory terminal bronchiole bronchus trachea nose(alveolus) bronchiole bronchiole

Liver portal vein porta hepatis right lobe left lobe quadrate lobe caudate lobe ligament hepatic arteryvein

Kidney renal artery, nephron (nerve) vessels renal lobe medulla capsule, renal pelvis ureterrenal vein (lymph) cortex

Stomach lips mouth pharynx esophagus cardia body antrum pyloricportion portion

Mouth maxillar palate, tongue lips salivary gland cheek, teeth mandibleuvula (bottom) gingiva (gum)

Ear auditory vestibulocochlear cochlea vestibular middle drum external auricle of earcenter nerve canals ear auditory canal

Table 3. Eight Origins Table in the Human Organism by Park, Jae WooOrigin

Subjects

* Eight-Origins Table for detailed classification is due to follow in the next article on the Eight-Origins Theory (2)

ÒÅÎ

ÐÈ

ß Â

ÎÑ

ÜÌ

È Í

À×

ÀË

(1)

Types ofenergy

Energysystems

Reproduct.system

Heart

Lung

Page 40: SU JOK

40O

NN

UR

I MED

ICIN

E N

o.1

À ÕÀ ËÀ ÌÀ ÀÌ ÑàÌ ÎÌ ÓÌÆèçíåííûå ñâåò æàð òåïëî âåòåð âëàæíîñòü ñóõîñòü õîëîä òüìàÝìîöèîíàëüíûå ëþáîâü ñ÷àñòüå ðàäîñòü ãíåâ òðåâîãà ïå÷àëü ñòðàõ ñïîêîéñòâèåÌåíòàëüíûå Äóõ íàìåðåíèå æåëàíèå îðèãèíàëüíîñòü ñîçíàíèå âîëÿ ìóäðîñòü ÄóøàÌåðèäèàí Ïîãðàíè÷. (GV, CV) TE, PC SI, HT GB, LR ST, SP LI, LU BL, KI ÑåðäöåâèííûåÏîãðàí. ìåðèä. âåðõíå-çàäíèé âåðõíå-ëåâûé âåðõíå-ïðàâûé âåðõíå-ïåðåäíèé íèæíå-çàäíèé íèæíå-ëåâûé íèæíå-ïðàâûé íèæíå-ïåðåäíèéÑåðäöåâ. ìåðèä. ýíåðãåòè÷. âîðîòà âåðõí. âåðòèê. çàäí. ñàãèòòàë. ëåâûé ôðîíòàëüí. ïðàâûé ôðîíòàëüí. ïåðåäí. ñàãèòòàë. íèæí. âåðòèêàë. ñåðäöåâèí. òî÷êà

×àêðà (âíóòð.) Àãíè Ñîëíå÷íàÿ Àäæíà Âèøóäõà Àíàõàòà Ìàíèïóðà Ñâàäõèñòàíà Ìóëàäõàðà Àãíè Ñîëíå÷íàÿ(Ñàõàñðàðà) (Êóíäàëèíè)

Ñèñòåìû òåëà ýíåðãåòè÷åñêàÿ íåðâíàÿ êðîâîñíàáæåíèÿ ìûøå÷íàÿ ýíäîêðèííàÿ ïîêðîâîâ êîñòíàÿ ðåïðîäóêòèâíàÿÍåðâíàÿ ñèñòåìà ìîçã íåðâû ãðóäí. êëåòêè í. ëåâîé ðóêè í. ëåâîé íîãè í. ïðàâîé ðóêè í. ïðàâîé íîãè í. æèâîòà ñïèííîé ìîçã

Ãîëîâíîé ìîçã ëîáíûå òåìåííûå âèñî÷íûå çàòûëî÷íûå ëèìáè÷åñêèé ìîçæå÷îê ïðîäîëãîâàòûé ïðîìåæóòî÷íûéäîëè äîëè äîëè äîëè îòäåë ìîçã ìîçã

×óâñòâà ìåíòàëüíîå çðåíèå ñëóõ îáîíÿíèå âêóñ îñÿçàíèå ÷óâñòâî ãðàâèòàöèè èíñòèíêòÝíäîêðèííàÿ ñèñòåìà ãèïîòàëàìóñ ãèïîôèç ùèòîâèäí. æåëåçà òèìóñ ïîäæåë. æåëåçà íàäïî÷å÷íèêè ÿè÷êè, ÿè÷íèêè ýïèôèçÑèñòåìà êðîâîîáðàùåíèÿ êëåòî÷íàÿ ïèùåâàðèòåëüíàÿ (2) ñèñòåìà êðîâè ïèùåâàðèòåëüíàÿ (1) ëèìôàòè÷åñêàÿ äûõàòåëüíàÿ âûäåëèòåëüíàÿ èììóííàÿ

Èíü-îðãàíû Ãîìî-êëåòêè ïîäæåëóäî÷íàÿ ñåðäöå ïå÷åíü ñåëåçåíêà ëåãêèå ïî÷êè êîñòíûé ìîçãæåëåçà

ßí-îðãàíû Ãåòåðî-êëåòêè 12-òèïåðñò. êèøêà òîíêàÿ êèøêà æåë÷íûé ïóçûðü æåëóäîê òîëñòàÿ êèøêà ìî÷åâîé ïóçûðü òèìóñ(ñïèííîé ìîçã)

Ìûøå÷íàÿ ñèñòåìà ì. ãîëîâû ì. ãðóäè ì. ëåâîé ðóêè ì. ëåâîé íîãè ì. ïðàâîé ðóêè ì. ïðàâîé íîãè ì. æèâîòà ãëàäêèå ìûøöûÑèñò. ïîêðîâîâ (îáîëî÷åê) ï. ãîëîâû ï. ãðóäè ï. ëåâîé ðóêè ï. ëåâîé íîãè ï. ïðàâîé ðóêè ï. ïðàâîé íîãè ï. æèâîòà ï. âíóòð. îðãàíîâÑêåëåò ÷åðåï ê. ãðóäíîé êëåòêè ê. ëåâîé ðóêè ê. ëåâîé íîãè ê. ïðàâîé ðóêè ê. ïðàâîé íîãè ê. òàçà ïîçâîíî÷íèê

Êîñòè ÷åðåïà ëîáíàÿ âåðõíÿÿ ÷åëþñòü ëåâàÿ òåìåííàÿ ëåâàÿ âèñî÷íàÿ ïðàâàÿ òåìåííàÿ ïðàâàÿ âèñî÷íàÿ íèæíÿÿ ÷åëþñòü çàòûëî÷íàÿëåâàÿ êëèíîâèäíàÿ ïðàâàÿ êëèíîâèäíàÿ

Ìóæñêàÿ ãîëîâêà òåëî ïîëîâîãî êîðåíü ïðåäñòàò. æåëåçà ñåìåííûå ñåìÿâûâîäÿùèé ïðèäàòîê ÿè÷êà ÿè÷êèïîëîâîãî ÷ëåíà ÷ëåíà ïîëîâîãî ÷ëåíà ýÿêóëÿòîðíûé êàíàë êàíàòèêè ïðîòîê

Æåíñêàÿ êëèòîð ïîëîâûå ãóáû ïðåääâåðèå âëàãàëèùå ìàòêà ìàòî÷íûå òðóáû áàõðîìêè ÿè÷íèêèâëàãàëèùà òðóáû

Ñòðîåíèå ñîîáùàþùèåñÿ ëåâûé ëåâîå ëåâîå ïðàâûé ïðàâîå ïðàâîå ïåðèêàðäñ ñåðäöåì ñîñóäû æåëóäî÷åê ïðåäñåðäèå óøêî æåëóäî÷åê ïðåäñåðäèå óøêî

Êðîâîîáðàù. êàïèëëÿðíàÿ ñåòü àîðòà, ëåâûé ëåâîå ïðàâîå ïðàâûé ëåãî÷íàÿ àëüâåîëû(ïèùåâàð. îðãàíîâ) ïîëûå âåíû æåëóäî÷åê ïðåäñåðäèå ïðåäñåðäèå æåëóäî÷åê àðòåðèÿ (âîçäóøíûå ìåøêè)

Ñòðîåíèå íîñ òðàõåÿ, áðîíõè ëåâàÿ âåðõíÿÿ ëåâàÿ íèæíÿÿ ïðàâàÿ âåðõíÿÿ ïðàâàÿ ñðåäíÿÿ ïðàâàÿ íèæíÿÿ ïëåâðàäîëÿ äîëÿ äîëÿ äîëÿ äîëÿ (äèàôðàãìà)

Âîçäóõîíîñíûå àëüâåîëû àëüâåîëÿðíûå ðåñïèðàòîðíûå êîíå÷íûå áðîíõèîëû áðîíõè òðàõåÿ íîñïóòè ïðîòîêè áðîíõèîëû áðîíõèîëû

Ïå÷åíü ïîðòàëüíàÿ âåíà âîðîòà ïå÷åíè ïðàâàÿ äîëÿ ëåâàÿ äîëÿ êâàäðàòíàÿ äîëÿ õâîñòàòàÿ äîëÿ ñâÿçêè ïå÷åíè ïå÷åíî÷íûåàðòåðèè, âåíû

Ïî÷êà ïî÷å÷íàÿ àðòåðèÿ, íåôðîí (íåðâ) ñîñóäû ïî÷êè äîëÿ ïî÷êè ìîçãîâîå âåùåñòâî êîðêîâîå âåùåñòâî ïî÷å÷íàÿ ëîõàíêà ìî÷åòî÷íèêïî÷å÷íàÿ âåíà è êàïñóëû

Ñèñòåìà æåëóäêà ãóáû ðîò ãëîòêà ïèùåâîä êàðäèÿ òåëî æåëóäêà àíòðàëüíûé ïèëîðè÷åñêèéîòäåë êàíàë

Ðîòîâàÿ ïîëîñòü âåðõíÿÿ í¸áî, ÿçûê ãóáû ñëþííûå ù¸êè, çóáû íèæíÿÿ÷åëþñòü ÿçû÷îê æåëåçû (äíî) ä¸ñíû ÷åëþñòü

Óõî ñëóõîâîé ñëóõîâîé óëèòêà âåñòèáóëÿðíûå ñðåäíåå áàðàáàííàÿ íàðóæíûé óøíàÿöåíòð íåðâ êàíàëû óõî ïåðåïîíêà ñëóõîâîé ïðîõîä ðàêîâèíà

Òàáëèöà 3. Òàáëèöà Âîñüìè Íà÷àë Îðãàíèçìà ×åëîâåêà ïî Ïàê ×æý ÂóÍà÷àëà

Îáúåêòû

* Ïîäðîáíàÿ êëàññèôèêàöèÿ áóäåò ïðåäñòàâëåíà â ñëåäóþùåé ñòàòüå î Âîñüìè Íà÷àëàõ (2)

EIG

HT-O

RIG

INS T

HEO

RY

(1)

Òèïûýíåðãèé

Ýíåðãåòè÷.ñèñòåìà

Ðåïðîäóêò.ñèñòåìà

Ñåðäöå

Ëåãêèå

Page 41: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 41

NEW APPROACH TO TREATMENTAND DIAGNOSIS FOLLOWING THE 6KI PRINCIPLE

ÍÎÂÛÉ ÏÎÄÕÎÄ Ê ËÅ×ÅÍÈÞÈ ÄÈÀÃÍÎÑÒÈÊÅ ÏÎ ØÅÑÒÈ ÊÈ

taken from lectures delivered by Prof. Park Jae Woo at the Moscow-basedSu Jok Academy in November 1998, and in Mumbai, India, in January 1999

èç ëåêöèé ïðîôåññîðà Ïàê ×æý Âó, ïðî÷èòàííûõâ Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè â íîÿáðå 1998 ã. è â Áîìáåå (Èíäèÿ) â ÿíâàðå 1999 ã.

Ïîäõîäû ê äèàãíîñòèêå è ëå÷åíèþ, ïðåäñòàâ-ëåííûå ðàíåå â òåîðèè Øåñòè Êè, áûëè ðàçðàáî-òàíû ñ ïîçèöèé èåðàðõè÷åñêîãî ñòðîåíèÿ ýíåð-ãåòè÷åñêîé ñèñòåìû òåëà.

Äëÿ òîãî ÷òîáû îêàçàòü âîçäåéñòâèå íà çàáîëå-âàíèå Õîëîäà (íàïðèìåð, ïðè ðàêå ñëåïîé êèø-êè), äåëàåòñÿ ðÿä ïåðåõîäîâ: èíäèâèäóàëüíàÿÀ-Ñóõîñòü, îòðàñëåâîé Âåòåð è òîëüêî ïîòîì �ñóáîòðàñëåâîé Õîëîä.  ïðîöåññå ïåðåõîäîâ ìîæåòíåñêîëüêî îñëàáåâàòü Ãîìî-ñâÿçü ñ ýíåðãèåé Õî-ëîäà.

Ïîýòîìó âîçìîæåí âòîðîé ïîäõîä ê ëå÷åíèþ,êîòîðûé ïîçâîëÿåò ìàêñèìàëüíî ñîñðåäîòî÷èòü íà-ìåðåíèå è âíèìàíèå âðà÷à íà òîé ýíåðãèè, ñ äî-ìèíèðîâàíèåì êîòîðîé ñâÿçàíî âîçíèêíîâåíèå çà-áîëåâàíèÿ.

Íàïðèìåð, äèñòîíèÿ èëè äèñêèíåçèÿ � ýòîáîëåçíü Âåòðà âíå çàâèñèìîñòè îò åå ëîêàëèçàöèè.Íî â ñîîòâåòñòâèè ñ ýíåðãåòè÷åñêèìè õàðàêòåðè-ñòèêàìè Âåòðà äèñòîíèÿ ìîæåò ïðîÿâèòüñÿ â ëþ-áîì ìåñòå îðãàíèçìà. Åñëè Âåòåð ñ õàðàêòåðèñòè-êàìè Âëàæíîñòè, èçáûòîê åãî ìîæåò ïðîÿâèòüñÿâ æåëóäêå. Åñëè Âåòåð èìååò ñâîéñòâà Òåïëà, òîìîæåò ðàçâèòüñÿ âåãåòî-ñîñóäèñòàÿ äèñòîíèÿ è ò.ä.

Ëþáûå âîñïàëèòåëüíûå ïðîöåññû ñâÿçàíû ñýíåðãèåé Òåïëà. Åñëè â òåëå èçáûòî÷íîå êîëè÷å-ñòâî Òåïëà ñ õàðàêòåðèñòèêàìè Âëàæíîñòè, òîãäàâîñïàëåíèå ìîæåò ïðîÿâèòüñÿ â ïîäæåëóäî÷íîéæåëåçå èëè æåëóäêå; åñëè ó Òåïëà ñâîéñòâà Ñóõî-ñòè, òî áîëåçíü áóäåò ðàçâèâàòüñÿ â ëåãêîì èëèòîëñòîé êèøêå.

Ðàññìîòðèì, êàê ïðèìåíÿòü äàííûå ïðåäñòàâ-ëåíèÿ â ëå÷åíèè. Ïðè ãåïàòèòå ñ òî÷êè çðåíèÿïåðâîãî èçâåñòíîãî íàì ïîäõîäà ê ëå÷åíèþ íóæ-íî ïðîâîäèòü òîðìîæåíèå Òåïëà íà ìåðèäèàíå èëè÷àêðå Óì-Âåòðà (ðèñ.1).

Íî ñ äðóãîé ñòîðîíû, âñå áîëåçíè Òåïëà ñâÿ-çàíû ñ íàðóøåíèåì ïðîòåêàíèÿ ýíåðãèè â ìåðè-äèàíàõ è ÷àêðàõ Òåïëà. Ïîñêîëüêó Òåïëî ñ õàðàê-òåðèñòèêàìè Âåòðà ïîðàæàåò Èíü-îðãàí � ïå÷åíü,

The earlier approaches to the art of diagnosis andtreatment techniques as seen in the 6Ki Theory wereworked out in terms of the hierarchic structure of thebodily energy system.

In order to produce the intended effect during adisease that involves Coldness (in case, for example,of the blind gut cancer), a number of transitions shouldbe made, such as from the individual AH-Dryness,through the branch Wind, and only afterwards to thesubbranch Coldness. In the course of the transitions,the Homo-correspondence with the Coldness energyis likely to be somewhat weakened.

Therefore, there is another, or what has becomeknown as the second, approach to the therapy whichenables the doctor to maximize his determination andattention in an effort to affect the energy whose pre-dominance has triggered the diseased condition.

Consider, for instance, dystonia or dyskinesiathat stand as a Wind-related disease irrespective ofits localization. Given the energy-producing char-acteristics of Wind, though, the dystony is likely tomanifest itself in any area of the human system. WhereWind is noted for Humidity characteristics � itsexcess is likely to manifest itself in the stomach. IfWind possesses the properties of Heat � this couldbe a contributory factor to vegetovascular dysto-nia, etc.

As a matter of fact, any inflammatory processeswould be associated with the Heat energy. Whereverthe body is found in excess of Heat with Humiditycharacteristics, the inflammation could work its wayinto the pancreas or the stomach; if Heat has someDryness properties, a disease is likely to develop inthe lungs or the large intestine.

Now let us illustrate how these conceptions can beapplied in medical practice. If we choose to follow thefirst approach cited above, in case of hepatitis weshould try and sedate Heat by manipulating the UM-Wind meridian or chakra (fig. 1).

Page 42: SU JOK

42 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

NEW APPROACH TO TREATMENT AND DIAGNOSIS FOLLOWING THE 6KI PRINCIPLE

òî ëå÷åíèå íåîáõîäèìî ïðîâîäèòü íà ìåðèäèàíå(÷àêðå) Óì-Òåïëà.

Ëå÷åíèå íà óðîâíå áåëü-ìåðèäèàíîâ áóäåò âû-ãëÿäåòü ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì. Ïåðâóþ èãëó ìåòîäîìòîðìîæåíèÿ ââîäèì â òî÷êó Òåïëà áåëü-ìåðèäèà-íà ñåðäöà, âòîðóþ èãëó íà áåëü-ìåðèäèàíå ñåðäöàââîäèì ïåðïåíäèêóëÿðíî â òî÷êó Âåòðà (ïîðàæåíàïå÷åíü). Äàëåå ïåðåõîäèì íà áåëü-ìåðèäèàí Óì-Âåòðà, ãäå ñíîâà òîðìîçèì Òåïëî. Êðîìå òîãî, íàýòîì æå áåëü-ìåðèäèàíå ïðîâîäèì òîíèçàöèþýíåðãèè Ñóõîñòè (ïî ïðàâèëó îñåé).  êà÷åñòâå êîí-òðîëèðóþùèõ òî÷åê èñïîëüçóþòñÿ ñîîòâåòñòâóþ-ùèå äîìèíèðóþùåé äëÿ ýòîé áîëåçíè ýíåðãèèòî÷êè íà Êîðîëåâñêèõ ìåðèäèàíàõ èëè ÷àêðå Ñà-õàñðàðå.  äàííîì ïðèìåðå íà áåëü-ìåðèäèàíå Çà-÷àòèÿ ïðîâîäèì òîðìîæåíèå ýíåðãèè Òåïëà.

Èòàê, ïðè âòîðîì òèïå ëå÷åíèÿ ãåïàòèòà (áî-ëåçíè Òåïëà) ðåöåïò ñîñòîèò èç ïÿòè èãë. Ïðè-÷åì òðè èç íèõ ââîäÿòñÿ ìåòîäîì òîðìîæåíèÿ âòî÷êè Òåïëà ìåðèäèàíîâ ñåðäöà, ïå÷åíè è Çà÷à-òèÿ. Ýòèì äîñòèãàåòñÿ á´îëüøàÿ ñèëà ëå÷åáíîãîâîçäåéñòâèÿ íà äîìèíèðóþùóþ ýíåðãèþ Òåïëà(ðèñ. 2).

However, all the Heat-related diseases are knownto be associated with the impaired energy flows in themeridians and chakras of Heat. Therefore, given thatHeat noted for Wind characteristics would have itsdamaging effect on an Yin-organ � the Liver, thenecessary treatment is to be provided via the UM-Heat meridian (chakra).

Treatment involving the byol-meridians dimensionshould be performed thus. The first needle, by apply-ing sedation technique, will be inserted in the Heatpoint of the heart byol-meridian. The second one placedin the heart byol-meridian will be inserted athwart atthe Wind point (in case the liver has been afflicted).Then we go over to the UM-Wind byol-meridian toonce again sedate Heat. Moreover, using the samebyol-meridian we would provide tonification of theDryness energy (based on the axes rule). The controlpoints will be those corresponding to the disease�spredominant energy and located in the King meridi-ans or Sahasrara chakra. In the example under con-sideration the Heat energy will be sedated using theConception byol-meridian.

When the technique of choice in dealing with hep-atitis (disease caused by Heat) is the Second-typeapproach, it would call for five needles to be applied.It is noteworthy that three needles out of five are tobe inserted using the sedation technique at the Heatpoints related to the heart, liver and conception me-ridians. In this way a significant potential of the thera-peutic effect on the dominant Heat energy is achieved(fig.2).

Consider the second type treatment to be provid-ed for yet another Heat-associated disease, which ispneumonia. Since the thing under consideration isthe lungs (Yin-organ), the treatment will be conduct-

Fig. 1. Sedation of Heat in the liver (treatment ofvirus hepatitis, first approach)

Ðèñ. 1.Òîðìîæåíèå Òåïëà â ïå÷åíè (ïåðâûé ïîäõîäê ëå÷åíèþ âèðóñíîãî ãåïàòèòà)

A

I

E

L

D

H

1, 2, 3 L ↓II, ↑VI, ↓IV4 I ↓II

1 3 2

4

Ðàññìîòðèì âòîðîé òèï ëå÷åíèÿ åùå îäíîé áî-ëåçíè Òåïëà � ïíåâìîíèè. Ïîñêîëüêó ðå÷ü èäåò îëåãêèõ (Èíü-îðãàíå), òî ëå÷åíèå íåîáõîäèìî ïðî-âîäèòü íà áåëü-ìåðèäèàíå èëè áåëü-÷àêðå Óì-Òåïëà.Ïåðâàÿ èãëà ìåòîäîì òîðìîæåíèÿ ââîäèòñÿ â òî÷-êó Òåïëà áåëü-ìåðèäèàíà (áåëü-÷àêðû) ÓÌ-òåïëà.Âòîðàÿ èãëà ââîäèòñÿ ïåðïåíäèêóëÿðíî â òî÷êó Ñó-õîñòè (çàáîëåâàíèå ëåãêèõ) íà ýòîì æå áåëü-ìå-ðèäèàíå. Ïîñëå ýòîãî íà áåëü-ìåðèäèàíå (áåëü-÷àê-ðå) Óì-Ñóõîñòè ïðîâîäèòñÿ òîðìîæåíèå Òåïëà èòîíèçàöèÿ Ñóõîñòè. Ïîñëåäíÿÿ èãëà ââîäèòñÿ ìå-

1, 2 E ↓II + ⊥I3, 4 L ↓II, ↑V5 X ↓II

Fig. 2. Sedation of Heat in the liver (treatment ofvirus hepatitis, second approach)

Ðèñ. 2.Òîðìîæåíèå Òåïëà â ïå÷åíè (âòîðîéïîäõîä ê ëå÷åíèþ âèðóñíîãî ãåïàòèòà)

A

I

E

L

D

H

2 1

4

3

5

X

Page 43: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 43

1, 2 * B ↓V + ⊥II3, 4, 5 * F ↓V, ↑II, ↓VI6 * ↓V

6

35

41

2

Fig. 5. Sedation of the small intestine dryness (treat-ment of gastric ulcer in the duodenum, secondapproach)

Ðèñ. 5.Òîðìîæåíèå Ñóõîñòè òîíêîé êèøêè(âòîðîé ïîäõîä ê ëå÷åíèþ ÿçâåííîé áîëåçíèäâåíàäöàòèïåðñòíîé êèøêè)

òîäîì òîðìîæåíèÿ â òî÷êó Òåïëà íà êîíòðîëèðó-þùåì áåëü-ìåðèäèàíå (áåëü-÷àêðå) (ðèñ. 3).

Âîñïàëèòåëüíûé ïðîöåññ â ëþáîì ßí-îðãàíåêîíòðîëèðóåòñÿ ìåðèäèàíîì è ÷àêðîé À-Òåïëà.Åñëè ó Òåïëà âûðàæåíû ñâîéñòâà ýíåðãèè Âëàæ-íîñòè, òî âîñïàëåíèå ïðîÿâèòñÿ â æåëóäêå. Âòî-ðîé òèï ëå÷åíèÿ ãàñòðèòà ïðèâåäåí íà ðèñ. 4.

ed through the UM-Heat byol-meridian or byol-chakra. The first needle is inserted into the Heat pointof the UM-Heat byol-meridian (byol-chakra) by se-dation technique. The second � into the Dryness point(lungs) athwart, with the same byol-meridian beinginvolved. Afterwards, sedation of Heat and tonifica-tion of Dryness is to be carried out in the UM-Dry-ness byol-meridian (byol-chakra). The last needle willbe inserted, using sedation technique, into the Heatpoint located on the control byol-meridian (byol-chakra) (fig. 3).

An inflammation process occurring in any Yang-related organ will be controlled by the AH-Heat me-ridian or chakra. If Heat is noted for the Humidity-energy properties, an inflammation is likely to revealitself in the stomach. Second type treatment of gastri-tis will be provided in this case (fig. 4).

Duodenal ulcer can be categorized as the diseaseassociated with Dryness notable for the Heat-energyproperties (the duodenum will be controlled by theAH-Heat energy). The treatment blueprint may be pre-pared based on the subordination function (fig.5).

The large intestine cancer can be regarded asthe disease of Coldness in combination with theDryness-energy characteristics (the large intestineis afflicted). This disease manifests itself in a Yang-organ. The treatment blueprint involving byol-me-ridians is prepared based on the countersubordina-tion law (fig. 6).

Varicosis will be associated with the disease ofHumidity marked by Heat characteristics (veins dis-order), and it is revealed in an Yin-organ. The byol-

5

3

4

2

1

1, 2 * F ↓II + ⊥IV3, 4 * C ↓II, ↑V5 * ↓II

Fig. 4. Sedation of Heat in the stomach (secondapproach in gastritis treatment)

Ðèñ. 4.Òîðìîæåíèå Òåïëà â æåëóäêå (âòîðîéïîäõîä ê ëå÷åíèþ ãàñòðèòà)

ßçâà äâåíàäöàòèïåðñòíîé êèøêè � ýòî áî-ëåçíü Ñóõîñòè ñî ñâîéñòâàìè ýíåðãèè Òåïëà (äâå-íàäöàòèïåðñòíàÿ êèøêà êîíòðîëèðóåòñÿ ýíåðãèåéÀ-Òåïëà). Ìîæíî ñîñòàâèòü ðåöåïò ëå÷åíèÿ, ïðè-ìåíèâ ôóíêöèþ ïîä÷èíåíèÿ (ðèñ. 5).

A

I

E

L

D

H

2

3

1

4 5

Fig. 3. Sedation of Heat in the lungs (second ap-proach in pneumonia treatment)

Ðèñ. 3.Òîðìîæåíèå Òåïëà â ëåãêèõ (âòîðîé ïîäõîäê ëå÷åíèþ ïíåâìîíèè)

1, 2 E ↓II + ⊥V3, 4 A ↓II, ↑V5 X ↓II

ÍÎÂÛÉ ÏÎÄÕÎÄ Ê ËÅ×ÅÍÈÞ È ÄÈÀÃÍÎÑÒÈÊÅ ÏÎ ØÅÑÒÈ ÊÈ

Page 44: SU JOK

44 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

NEW APPROACH TO TREATMENT AND DIAGNOSIS FOLLOWING THE 6KI PRINCIPLE

meridians-oriented blueprint of treatment will be pre-pared in accordance with the axes theory (fig. 7).

As to pernicious vomiting, it could be treated asthe disease of Wind noted for Humidity phenomena(stomach is affected). It will develop in an Yang-organ. The treatment blueprint involving byol-chakraswill be made up based on the countersubordinationlaw (fig. 8).

Type 2 treatment could be provided, apart fromthe branch level, at any other one, including sub-

Ðàê òîëñòîé êèøêè � ýòî áîëåçíü Õîëîäà ñîñâîéñòâàìè ýíåðãèè Ñóõîñòè (ïîðàæåíà òîëñòàÿêèøêà), ïðîÿâëÿþùàÿñÿ â ßí-îðãàíå. Ðåöåïò ëå-÷åíèÿ ïî áåëü-ìåðèäèàíàì ñîñòàâëåí ñ ïðèìåíå-íèåì çàêîíà ïðîòèâîïîä÷èíåíèÿ (ð�èñ. 6).

Âàðèêîçíîå ðàñøèðåíèå âåí � áîëåçíü Âëàæ-íîñòè ñî ñâîéñòâàìè Òåïëà (çàáîëåâàíèå âåí), ïðî-ÿâëÿåòñÿ â Èíü-îðãàíå. Ðåöåïò ëå÷åíèÿ ïî áåëü-ìåðèäèàíàì ñîñòàâëåí ñ ïðèìåíåíèåì òåîðèè îñåé(ðèñ. 7).

Ñèëüíàÿ ðâîòà ìîæåò áûòü ðàññìîòðåíà êàê áî-ëåçíü Âåòðà ñî ñâîéñòâàìè Âëàæíîñòè (ïîðàæå-íèå æåëóäêà), ïðîÿâëÿþùàÿñÿ â ßí-îðãàíå. Ðå-öåïò ëå÷åíèÿ ïî áåëü-÷àêðàì ñîñòàâëåí ñ ïðèìå-íåíèåì çàêîíà ïðîòèâîïîä÷èíåíèÿ (ðèñ. 8).

1,2 * K ↓I + ⊥IV3, 4, 5 * C ↓I, ↑IV, ↓VI6 * ↓I

Fig. 8. Sedation of wind in the stomach (secondapproach therapy in case of vomitting)

Ðèñ. 8.Òîðìîæåíèå Âåòðà æåëóäêà (âòîðîéïîäõîä ê ëå÷åíèþ ïðè âîçíèêíîâåíèè ðâîòû)

6

12

5

43

Âòîðîé òèï ëå÷åíèÿ ìîæíî ïðîâîäèòü íå òîëü-êî íà îòðàñëåâîì, íî è íà ëþáîì äðóãîì óðîâíå,âêëþ÷àÿ ñóáîòðàñëåâîé, ñóáñóáîòðàñëåâîé è ò.ä.Íàïðèìåð, ïðàâîñòîðîííÿÿ íèæíåäîëåâàÿ ïíåâ-ìîíèÿ � ýòî áîëåçíü Òåïëà ñ õàðàêòåðèñòèêàìèÑóõîñòè, ïðîòåêàþùàÿ â Èíü-îðãàíå. Íèæíÿÿ äîëÿïðàâîãî ëåãêîãî ïî ðåãèîíàëüíîé äèàãíîñòèêå ïðè-íàäëåæèò ê êàòåãîðèè Õîëîäà. Íà áåëü-ìåðèäèàíàõâòîðîé òèï ëå÷åíèÿ íà óðîâíå ñóáñòðóêòóðû ñ ïðè-ìåíåíèåì òåîðèè îñåé ïîêàçàí íà ðèñ. 9.

Òàêèì îáðàçîì, ïðåäñòàâëåííûé â ýòîé ñòàòüåâòîðîé ïîäõîä ê äèàãíîñòèêå è ëå÷åíèþ çàáîëå-âàíèé ïîçâîëÿåò î÷åíü èíòåíñèâíî âîçäåéñòâîâàòüíà äîìèíèðóþùóþ ïàòîëîãè÷åñêóþ ýíåðãèþ, êîí-öåíòðèðóÿ èìåííî íà íåé âíèìàíèå è íàìåðåíèåâðà÷à. Ïðè ïðàâèëüíîé äèàãíîñòèêå ýòîò ïîäõîäóâåëè÷èâàåò ñèëó ìåòàôèçè÷åñêîãî ëå÷åíèÿ, îêà-çûâàåò áûñòðîå è âûñîêîýôôåêòèâíîå äåéñòâèå.

1, 2 G ↓VI + ⊥V3, 4, 5 B ↓VI, ↑II, ↓V6 Y ↓VI

Fig. 6. Sedation of coldness in the large intestine(the large intestine cancer therapy, secondapproach)

Ðèñ. 6.Òîðìîæåíèå Õîëîäà â òîëñòîé êèøêå(âòîðîé ïîäõîä ê ëå÷åíèþ ðàêà òîëñòîéêèøêè)

1

2

3 4

5

6

F

J

B

G

K

C

1, 2 D ↓IV + ⊥II3, 4 E ↓IV, ↑I5 X ↓IV

Fig. 7. Sedation of humidity in the heart (varicosis,second approach)

Ðèñ. 7.Òîðìîæåíèå Âëàæíîñòè â ñåðäöå (âòîðîéïîäõîä ê ëå÷åíèþ âàðèêîçíîãî ðàñøèðåíèÿ âåí)

A

I

E

L

D

H

12

4

35

Page 45: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 45

branch, subsubbranch, and other levels. For instance,the right-side lower lobular pneumonia will be cate-gorized as the Heat disease marked by Dryness phe-nomena, which occurs in an Yin-organ. Followingthe regional diagnosis, the lower lobe of the right-lung will come under the Coldness category. Type 2treatment involving byol-meridians at the substruc-ture level, in line with the axes theory, looks like this(fig. 9).

In conclusion it can be stated that the secondtype of approach towards the diagnosis and treat-ments described in this paper does have a capacityfor producing most efficiently the intended effecton a pathology-generating energy found in excess,and for concentrating on it alone the doctor�s at-tention and intention. Given that the diagnosis wasmade quite adequately, this particular approach willadd to the value provided by the metaphysical treat-ment. Besides, it is rapid and highly effective in itsaction.

Once the knowledge of the method under consid-eration has been attained and appropriately mastered,the potentiality of practical devices possessed by SuJok acupuncture experts will be by far enriched andextended.

Çíàíèå ýòîãî ìåòîäà çíà÷èòåëüíî îáîãàòèò èðàñøèðèò ïðàêòè÷åñêèå âîçìîæíîñòè ñïåöèàëè-ñòîâ â îáëàñòè Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû.

A

I

E

L

D

H

1

2

3 4

5

6

7

1, 2 E ↓II + ⊥V3, 4 A ↓II + ⊥VI5, 6 H ↓II, ↑V7 X ↓II

Fig. 9. Sedation of subbranch Heat in the branchColdness of the lungs (second approach intreatment of the right-side and lower-lobepneumonia)

Ðèñ. 9.Òîðìîæåíèå ñóáîòðàñëåâîãî Òåïëà âîòðàñëåâîì Õîëîäå ëåãêèõ (âòîðîé ïîäõîäê ëå÷åíèþ ïðàâîñòîðîííåé íèæíåäîëåâîéïíåâìîíèè)

ÍÎÂÛÉ ÏÎÄÕÎÄ Ê ËÅ×ÅÍÈÞ È ÄÈÀÃÍÎÑÒÈÊÅ ÏÎ ØÅÑÒÈ ÊÈ

Injectors and microneedlesThe gravitational injector is designed to facilitate the

needles� insertion into the correspondence points. Pain-less manipulations with the needles will be ensuredthrough the use of the injector. As a result, the differencein the measure of tender sensations occurred in reach-ing or failure to reach a target point with the needle willbe readily differentiated. This is how the doctor is likelyto provide the most efficient cure while conducting treat-ment based on the Homo-system of the human body.

A spring-type injector (metaphysical) is intended toprovide treatment based on Eight Energies. It can be alsoapplied when therapeutic effects are reached through theHomo-system of the body, and theneedle to be inserted has to be ade-quately directed.

Microneedles have been designedto provide treatment by stimulating thepoints of the bodily Homo-system, aswell as to manage the sick patients ac-cording to the Eight-Ki principle bymeans of the points to be found inthe byol-meridians and byol-chakras.

Èíúåêòîðû è ìèêðîèãëûÈíúåêòîð óäàðíûé (ãðàâèòàöèîííûé) ïðåäíàç-

íà÷åí äëÿ ââåäåíèÿ èãë â òî÷êè ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ. Îíîáåñïå÷èâàåò íàèáîëåå áåçáîëåçíåííîå ââåäåíèå èãë,â ñâÿçè ñ ÷åì ïîçâîëÿåò ÷åòêî äèôôåðåíöèðîâàòüðàçíèöó â ñòåïåíè áîëåâûõ îùóùåíèé, âîçíèêàþ-ùèõ ïðè ïîïàäàíèè è ïðè íåïîïàäàíèè èãëû â òî÷-êó. Ýòî ïîçâîëÿåò âðà÷ó äîáèâàòüñÿ ìàêñèìàëüíîãîýôôåêòà ïðè ëå÷åíèè çàáîëåâàíèé ÷åðåç Ãîìî-ñèñ-òåìó òåëà.

Èíúåêòîð ïðóæèííûé (ìåòàôèçè÷åñêèé) ïðåä-íàçíà÷åí äëÿ ëå÷åíèÿ ïî Âîñüìè Ýíåðãèÿì, à òàêæåïðèìåíÿåòñÿ äëÿ âîçäåéñòâèÿ ÷åðåç Ãîìî-ñèñòåìó

òåëà, êîãäà íåîáõîäèìîïðèäàòü îïðåäåëåííîå íà-ïðàâëåíèå ââîäèìîé èãëå.

Ìèêðîèãëà äàåò âîç-ìîæíîñòü òî÷íîãî ïîïàäà-íèÿ â òî÷êó ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ,ðàñïîëîæåííóþ ãëóáîêî âòêàíÿõ è íåäîñòóïíóþ äëÿïîâåðõíîñòíûõ ñòèìóëÿ-òîðîâ.

Âûñîêîêà÷åñòâåííûåèãëû è èíñòðóìåíòûçàêàçûâàéòå â ôèðìå

«ÑÓÁÀË» òåë/ôàêñ: (7-095)-140-34-62 E-mail: [email protected]

To order high quality of acupunctureneedles and instruments, pleasecontact«Subal Ltd»tel/fax: (7-095)-140-34-62 E-mail: [email protected]

Su Jok NeedlesÑó Äæîê èãëû

Page 46: SU JOK

46 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

 ñîâðåìåííîì îáùåñòâå ãèïåðòîíè÷åñêàÿ áî-ëåçíü (ÃÁ) ÿâëÿåòñÿ îäíèì èç íàèáîëåå ðàñïðî-ñòðàíåííûõ çàáîëåâàíèé. Õðîíè÷åñêèé õàðàêòåðïàòîëîãè÷åñêîãî ïðîöåññà è çíà÷èòåëüíàÿ òÿæåñòüîñëîæíåíèé òðåáóþò ïîñòîÿííîãî ïðèåìà ëåêàð-ñòâåííûõ ïðåïàðàòîâ. Îòðèöàòåëüíîé ñòîðîíîéòàêîãî ïîäõîäà ÿâëÿåòñÿ âîçíèêíîâåíèå ëåêàð-ñòâåííîé çàâèñèìîñòè, ôîðìèðîâàíèå ïîáî÷íûõðåàêöèé è îñëîæíåíèé, ñíèæåíèå «êà÷åñòâà æèç-íè».  ýòèõ óñëîâèÿõ ïðèìåíåíèå íåìåäèêàìåíòîç-íûõ ìåòîäîâ ÿâëÿåòñÿ àëüòåðíàòèâîé ôàðìàêîëî-ãè÷åñêîìó ëå÷åíèþ, îñîáåííî ó ëèö ñ «ìÿãêèìè»ôîðìàìè ãèïåðòîíèè.

Èç íåìåäèêàìåíòîçíûõ ìåòîäîâ ïðè ëå÷åíèèãèïåðòîíè÷åñêîé áîëåçíè óñïåøíî ïðèìåíÿåòñÿÑó Äæîê òåðàïèÿ. Ïðåèìóùåñòâî äàííîãî ìåòîäàñîñòîèò â åãî ôóíäàìåíòàëüíîé ìåòîäîëîãè÷åñ-êîé ïðîðàáîòêå, âûñîêîé ýôôåêòèâíîñòè è äîñ-òóïíîñòè â îñâîåíèè.  íàøåì èíñòèòóòå Ñó Äæîêòåðàïèÿ (ÑÄÒ) ïðèìåíÿåòñÿ â òå÷åíèå íåñêîëü-êèõ ëåò. Ïîëó÷åíû õîðîøèå ðåçóëüòàòû åå èñïîëü-çîâàíèÿ, â òîì ÷èñëå è ïðè ãèïåðòîíè÷åñêîé áî-ëåçíè.

 òî æå âðåìÿ õîòåëîñü, ÷òîáû äàííûé ìåòîäáûë ìàêñèìàëüíî ïîëíî èçó÷åí è ïðèìåíÿëñÿ âêëèíè÷åñêîé ïðàêòèêå ñ áîëüøåé îòäà÷åé. Ïî-ýòîìó íàìè ïðîâåäåíî èññëåäîâàíèå, öåëü êîòî-ðîãî ñîñòîÿëà â îñóùåñòâëåíèè êîìïëåêñíîé ìíî-ãîôàêòîðíîé îöåíêè òåðàïåâòè÷åñêèõ âîçìîæíî-ñòåé Ñó Äæîê ìåòîäà ïðè ãèïåðòîíè÷åñêîé áî-ëåçíè.

In today�s modern society, hypertensive disease(HD) is a condition affecting a majority of the popu-lation. Since the disease process involved is notablefor its chronicity, and the relevant complicationsprove to be of considerable severity � this wouldcall for a continual use of medical preparations. Suchan approach, however, has its negative aspect, in-cluding drug dependency, drug pathogenesis andvarious complications, plus a diminished «quality oflife». Under the circumstances, coming in as an al-ternative to medicinal treatment will be nonmedica-mentous treatments, which are especially indicatedfor individuals who showed «milder» forms of hy-pertension.

In dealing with hypertensive disease, the Su Joktechnique would stand out from the rest of nonmed-icamentous methods of therapy. Its advantage lies inthe fact that it has undergone fundamental studies interms of methodology, and it is noted for the higherefficacy and simplicity in its mastering. At our Insti-tute the Su Jok therapy (SJT) has been applied forseveral years. The treatment of hypertensive disease,among other things, has proved to be a success.

At the same time, the greatest possible study oughtto be given to the cited therapeutic approach so thatit might be employed in clinical practice with farbetter performance. We have, therefore, instituted athorough investigation to find out � on the morecomprehensive and multivariate basis � the thera-peutic potentialities of the Su Jok method in manag-ing hypertensive disease.

CLINICAL EFFICACY AND MAJOR PATHOGENICITY-SUPPRESSIVE EFFECTS OF SU JOK THERAPY IN CASES

INVOLVING «MILDER» FORM OF HYPERTENSION

ÊËÈÍÈ×ÅÑÊÀß ÝÔÔÅÊÒÈÂÍÎÑÒÜ È ÎCÍÎÂÍÛÅÏÀÒÎÃÅÍÅÒÈ×ÅÑÊÈÅ ÌÅÕÀÍÈÇÌÛ ÂÎÇÄÅÉÑÒÂÈß ÑÓ

ÄÆÎÊ ÒÅÐÀÏÈÈ ÏÐÈ «ÌßÃÊÎÉ» ÔÎÐÌÅÃÈÏÅÐÒÎÍÈ×ÅÑÊÎÉ ÁÎËÅÇÍÈ

V.I.Molodan, D.K.Miloslavsky, A.A.VodyanitskyInstitute for Therapy Studies under the Ukraine Academy of Medical Sciences, Arterial

hypertension Department, Unconventional medicine Unit; The Kharkov State Medical University,Hospital-based Therapeutics Faculty, (Ukraine)

Â.È. Ìîëîäàí, Ä.Ê. Ìèëîñëàâñêèé, À.À. ÂîäÿíèöêèéÎòäåëåíèå íåòðàäèöèîííîé ìåäèöèíû, îòäåë àðòåðèàëüíîé ãèïåðòîíèè èíñòèòóòà

òåðàïèè ÀÌÍ Óêðàèíû, êàôåäðà ãîñïèòàëüíîé òåðàïèè Õàðüêîâñêîãî ãîñóäàðñòâåííîãîìåäèöèíñêîãî óíèâåðñèòåòà (Óêðàèíà)

CLINICAL RESEARCH ÊËÈÍÈ×ÅÑÊÈÅ ÈÑÑËÅÄÎÂÀÍÈß

Page 47: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 47

ÌÀÒÅÐÈÀË È ÌÅÒÎÄÛÈÑÑËÅÄÎÂÀÍÈß

Áûëè îáñëåäîâàíû è ïðîøëè ëå÷åíèå 87 áîëü-íûõ «ìÿãêîé» ôîðìîé ÃÁ (ïðè äèàñòîëè÷åñêîìàðòåðèàëüíîì äàâëåíèè (ÄÀÄ)<104 ìì Hg). Ñðåä-íèé âîçðàñò îáñëåäîâàííûõ ñîñòàâèë (42±2) ãîäà,ìóæ÷èí è æåíùèí áûëî 73,5% è 26,5% ñîîòâåò-ñòâåííî. Ëèöà ñ ïîãðàíè÷íîé àðòåðèàëüíîé ãè-ïåðòîíèåé (ÏÀÃ) ñîñòàâèëè 26 ÷åëîâåê, ÃÁ I ñò.� ó 33-õ, ñ ÃÁ II ñò. � ó 28-ìè ÷åëîâåê. Ñèìïòî-ìàòè÷åñêèé õàðàêòåð àðòåðèàëüíîé ãèïåðòîíèèáûë èñêëþ÷åí â õîäå îáñëåäîâàíèÿ. Ãðóïïó ïëà-öåáî ñîñòàâèëè 23 ÷åëîâåêà.

Ãåìîäèíàìèêà èçó÷àëàñü ìåòîäàìè òåòðàïîëÿð-íîé ãðóäíîé ðåîãðàôèè è ýõîñîíîãðàôèè ïî îá-ùåïðèíÿòûì ìåòîäèêàì. Ñîñòîÿíèå ìèêðîöèðêó-ëÿöèè îöåíèâàëîñü ìåòîäîì êîëè÷åñòâåííîé òåð-ìîãðàôèè. Ðåàêöèÿ êàðäèîðåñïèðàòîðíîé ñèñòå-ìû íà ôèçè÷åñêóþ íàãðóçêó èçó÷àëàñü â õîäåïàðíîãî òðåäìèë-òåñòà. Ñîñòîÿíèå âåäóùèõ ïðåñ-ñîðíûõ è äåïðåññîðíûõ íåéðîãóìîðàëüíûõ ñèñ-òåì îöåíèâàëîñü ïî àêòèâíîñòè ðåíèíà ïëàçìû(ÀÐÏ), êîíöåíòðàöèè àëüäîñòåðîíà (ÊÀÏ), ïðî-ñòàãëàíäèíîâ (ÏÃ) ñåðèé E è F, ðàäèîèììóíî-ëîãè÷åñêèì ìåòîäîì, ñ èñïîëüçîâàíèåì íàáîðîâôèðì «Cis» è «Sorin» è «Clinical Assay». Ñèñòåìàýéêîçàíîèäîâ � óðîâíè ïðîñòàöèêëèíà (ÏÃI) èòðîìáèêñàíà (TxB2) � èçó÷àëàñü ïðè ïîìîùè âåí-ãåðñêèõ íàáîðîâ «Èíñòèòóò èçîòîïîâ». Îïðåäåëå-íèå îïèàòîâ (b-ýíäîðôèíû, ëåéöèí-ýíêåôàëèí)ïðîèçâîäèëè ïðè ïîìîùè êîììåð÷åñêèõ íàáîðîâôèðìû «Incstar». Ãîðìîíàëüíûå ïîêàçàòåëè (êîð-òèçîë, òåñòîñòåðîí) îïðåäåëÿëèñü ñ èñïîëüçîâà-íèåì íàáîðîâ «Ñòåðîí». Ïîêàçàòåëè ëèïèäíîãîñïåêòðà îïðåäåëÿëè ôåðìåíòàòèâíûì ìåòîäîì.Ñóòî÷íàÿ ýêñêðåöèÿ àäðåíàëèíà (À), íîðàäðå-íàëèíà (ÍÀ) ñ ìî÷îé, à òàêæå ñîäåðæàíèå äàí-íûõ ìîíîàìèíîâ â ïëàçìå è ýðèòðîöèòîâ êðîâèïàöèåíòîâ èçó÷àëèñü ïî ìåòîäó Ë.Ê. Áàõîâîé èÏ.È. Êàëèìàíà (2).

 êîìïëåêñíîå îáñëåäîâàíèå ïàöèåíòîâ âõîäèëîèçó÷åíèå âåãåòàòèâíîãî ñòàòóñà ïàöèåíòîâ (èíäåêñÊåðäî), èõ ïñèõîëîãè÷åñêèõ (ÌÌÐI) è íåéðîôè-çèîëîãè÷åñêèõ (ðåîýíöåôàëîãðàôèÿ � ÐÝÃ, ýëåê-òðîýíöåôàëîãðàôèÿ � ÝÝÃ) õàðàêòåðèñòèê.

Êóðñ Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû âêëþ÷àë ñåìü�äåñÿòü ñåàíñîâ, êîòîðûå ïðîâîäèëèñü åæåäíåâíîèëè ñ ïåðåðûâîì â îäèí-äâà äíÿ. Ïðîäîëæèòåëü-íîñòü ïðîöåäóðû ñîñòàâëÿëà 20-30 ìèí. Ïðè âû-áîðå ïðîäîëæèòåëüíîñòè ïåðåðûâà ó÷èòûâàëàñü

MATERIAL AND METHODSOF THE INVESTIGATION

The study and therapy involved 87 patients whohad a «milder» form of HD (with DAP equal to 104mm Hg). The mean age of the examined was 42±2years, the proportion of males and females being 73.5%and 26.5%, respectively. There were 26 persons whohad borderline arterial hypertension (BAH); 33 hadHD, 1st stage; and 28 patients had HD, 2nd stage. Inthe course of examination, the symptomatic charac-ter of arterial hypertension was entirely ruled out. Theplacebo group comprised 23 patients.

As to hemodynamics, it was studied using the meth-ods of tetrapolar chest rheography and echosonogra-phy in compliance with standard procedures. The sta-tus of microcirculation was ascertained based on themethod of quantitative thermography. The way the car-diorespiratory system responded to physical exercise wasstudied in the course of the repeated treadmill-test.

The status of the leading pressoreceptor and de-pressive neurohumoral systems was established follow-ing the plasma renin activity (PRA), the plasma aldos-terone concentration (PAC), prostaglandins (PG) con-centration of E and F series � all based on radioim-munological method of analysis using test-kits madeby Cis, Sorin, and Clinical Assay firms. Meanwhile,the system of eikosanoids (the levels of prostacyclin �PG1 and thromboxane B(2) was studied with the aidof the Isotopes Institute test-kits of Hungarian make.The opiates of the b-endorphines and leucine-enkepha-line group were analyzed by means of commercial test-kits produced by Incstar. Hormonal quotients such ascortisol and testosterone were determined using theSteron-type test-kits. The lipids repertoire indices wererevealed based on the enzymatic technique. Diurnalexcretion of adrenaline (A) and norepinephrine (N)along with urine, as well as the content of thesemonoamines in the plasm and erythrocytes of the bloodof the patients were investigated following the methodproposed by L.K.Bakhova and P.I.Kaliman (2).

A most comprehensive examination included thestudy of the vegetative status of the patients (index),as well as of their psychological (MMPI) and neuro-physiological characteristics � the latter based on thefindings of the rheoencephalography (REG) and elec-troencephalography (EEG) investigations.

A single Su Jok course of acupuncture comprised 7to 10 sessions that were conducted on a day-to-daybasis, or with 1 to 2 days interval. A procedure lastedfor 20-30 min. The length of an interval was variedaccording to the clinical symptoms observed and thecurrent value of arterial pressure.

ÊËÈÍÈ×ÅÑÊÀß ÝÔÔÅÊÒÈÂÍÎÑÒÜ ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÒÅÐÀÏÈÈ ÏÐÈ ÃÈÏÅÐÒÎÍÈ×ÅÑÊÎÉ ÁÎËÅÇÍÈ

Page 48: SU JOK

48 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

CLINICAL EFFICACY OF SU JOK THERAPY IN CASES INVOLVING HYPERTENSION

êëèíè÷åñêàÿ ñèìïòîìàòèêà è âåëè÷èíà àðòåðè-àëüíîãî äàâëåíèÿ.

Àêóïóíêòóðíûé ðåöåïò ñîñòàâëÿëñÿ ñ ó÷åòîìêëèíè÷åñêîé êàðòèíû çàáîëåâàíèÿ, ïðîâåäåíèÿìûøå÷íîé è ïóëüñîâîé Îííóðè äèàãíîñòèê. Ïðî-âîäèëîñü èññëåäîâàíèå Äóõîâíûõ òî÷åê, èñïîëü-çîâàëèñü ðåãèîíàëüíûé è ôóíêöèîíàëüíûé ïîä-õîäû, ó÷èòûâàëàñü ñâÿçü ñ ýíåðãèÿìè âðåìåíè. Äëÿëå÷åáíîãî âîçäåéñòâèÿ ïðèìåíÿëèñü áåëü-ìåðè-äèàíû, áåëü-÷àêðû, îêîëîíîãòåâûå îáëàñòè, çîíûñîîòâåòñòâèÿ êèñòåé, ñòîï è óøíûõ ðàêîâèí. Èñ-ïîëüçîâàëèñü ôóíêöèè ïîä÷èíåíèÿ, ïðîòèâîïîä-÷èíåíèÿ, ïðèìåíÿëñÿ êîìáèíèðîâàííûé ìåòîä,ãîðèçîíòàëüíîå ëå÷åíèå, ó÷èòûâàëèñü ñèììåòðè÷-íûå îñåâûå êîíñòèòóöèè.  çàâèñèìîñòè îò îñî-áåííîñòåé ïðîÿâëåíèÿ çàáîëåâàíèÿ ëå÷åíèå ïðî-âîäèëîñü íà ôèçè÷åñêîì, ýìîöèîíàëüíîì èëèìåíòàëüíîì óðîâíÿõ.

Äî è ïîñëå ïðîöåäóðû îñóùåñòâëÿëñÿ êîíò-ðîëü ñèñòîëè÷åñêîãî è äèàñòîëè÷åñêîãî àðòåðè-àëüíîãî äàâëåíèÿ (ÑÀÄ, ÄÀÄ), ÷àñòîòû ñåðäå÷-íûõ ñîêðàùåíèé (×ÑÑ). Ýôôåêòèâíîñòü ÑÄÒîöåíèâàëàñü ïî ïðîöåíòèëüíîìó èçìåíåíèþñðåäíåäèíàìè÷åñêîãî äàâëåíèÿ (ÑÄ). Ýôôåêòñ÷èòàëñÿ îòëè÷íûì ïðè ñíèæåíèè äàííîãî ïà-ðàìåòðà íà 20% è áîëåå, õîðîøèì � ïðè ñíè-æåíèè ÑÄ íà 10�19%, óäîâëåòâîðèòåëüíûì �ïðè ñíèæåíèè ñðåäíåäèíàìè÷åñêîãî äàâëåíèÿíà 10% è ìåíåå.

Íàáëþäåíèå çà áîëüíûìè ïðîâîäèëîñü â òå÷å-íèå ãîäà.

ÐÅÇÓËÜÒÀÒÛ È ÈÕ ÎÁÑÓÆÄÅÍÈÅ

Ýôôåêòèâíîñòü ïðèìåíåíèÿ Ñó Äæîê òåðà-ïèè ïî ãðóïïå â öåëîì äîñòèãàëà 88%, ýôôåê-òèâíîñòü ïëàöåáîòåðàïèè ïðèáëèæàëàñü ê 35,7%(òàáë. 1).

Êëèíè÷åñêèé ýôôåêò îò ÑÄÒ ïðîÿâèëñÿ â íîðìà-ëèçàöèè èëè ñíèæåíèè ÑÀÄ â ñðåäíåì íà 15�18%,ÄÀÄ � íà 11�15%, óðåæåíèè ×ÑÑ � íà 2-3%,óìåíüøåíèè öåôàëãèé ó 87,3%, àñòåíè÷åñêèõæàëîá ó 84,1% îáñëåäîâàííûõ, êàðäèàëüíûõ èâåðòåáðîãåííûõ ïðîÿâëåíèé íà 87,3% è 94,8%ñîîòâåòñòâåííî. Ëå÷åíèå ïîçâîëèëî óâåëè÷èòü ñòå-ïåíü ôèçè÷åñêîé íàãðóçêè è óìñòâåííîé ðàáîòî-ñïîñîáíîñòè ó 53,9% ïàöèåíòîâ.

Ñòîéêèé ãèïîòåíçèâíûé ýôôåêò ïðè ÏÀà èÃÁ I ñòàäèè îòìå÷àëñÿ ñ ÷åòâåðòîãî�øåñòîãî ñå-àíñîâ Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè è ñîõðàíÿëñÿ äî øåñòè�äåâÿòè ìåñÿöåâ.  ãðóïïå ïëàöåáî ñóùåñòâåííûõîáúåêòèâíûõ ñäâèãîâ íå îòìå÷àëîñü (ð>0,05), ôèê-

The acupuncture-oriented recipe was devised tak-ing into account the disease pattern and the findingsof the muscular and pulse-related Onnuri diagnosis.Furthemore, Spiritual points were taken care of; theregional and functional approaches were employed;and the cross-correspondence with time-based en-ergies was taken into consideration. The soughtaftertherapeutic modality was provided through the useof byol-meridians, byol-chakras, ungual areas, thecorrespondence zones involving hands, feet and au-ricles of ear. Involved in the activity were the func-tions of subordination and countersubordination. Thecombined approach and horizontal therapy wereapplied, the symmetrical axial constitutions beinggiven appropriate attention. The patients� treatmentwas performed with regard to physical, emotionalor mental dimensions, depending on specific pat-terns of disease.

Prior to and after the cited procedure we exer-cised control over the systolic and diastolic arterialpressure (SAP; DAP), including the heart rate (HR).The SJT effectiveness was estimated in terms of themean dynamic pressure (MDP) alteration in per cent.Accordingly, the effect attained was considered to beexcellent provided the said parameter showed a dropof 20% or more. It was accepted as good when thetherapy resulted in a 10�19% drop of MDP, and itwas considered satisfactory following the dynamic av-erage pressure drop of 10% or less.

The follow-ups were conducted for 12 months.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Overall, the Su Jok therapy efficacy in the groupwas found to be as much as 88,0%, while the placebotherapy efficiency was nearing 35.7% (table 1).

The clinical outcome of the SJT under discussionwas observed to manifest itself by normalizing or re-ducing SAP, on an average, by 15 to 18%; DAP �by 11 to 15%; by slowing down HR by 2-3%. It alsobecame evident in decreasing cephalgias with 87.3%of the patients; asthenia-related complaints � with84.1% of the examined, in making the cardial andvertebrogenic manifestations less pronounced by 87.3%and 94.8%, respectively. The said therapy contributedto an increased physical and mental working capacitywith 53.9% of the patients under examination.

A stable hypotensive effect in the cases presentingwith BH and HD (1st stage) made itself felt startingfrom the 4th-6th sessions of the Su Jok therapy, andlasted upwards 6 to 9 months. The placebo group dem-onstrated no substantial objective alterations (p>0.05):the only improvement consisted in a slight shift tosubjective symptoms.

Page 49: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 49

ñèðîâàëîñü ëèøü íåçíà÷èòåëüíîå óëó÷øåíèåñóáúåêòèâíîé ñèìïòîìàòèêè.

Ïðè ïðîâåäåíèè ÑÄÒ íàáëþäàëàñü îïòèìèçà-öèÿ ãåìîäèíàìèêè (òàáë. 2). Ïî ãðóïïàì áîëüíûõÏÀà è ÃÁ I ñò. ïðè íåçíà÷èòåëüíîì ñíèæåíèèóäàðíîãî îáúåìà (ÓÎ) è óäàðíîãî èíäåêñà (ÓÈ)îòìå÷åíî ñòàòèñòè÷åñêè äîñòîâåðíîå óìåíüøåíèåìîùíîñòè ìèîêàðäà ëåâîãî æåëóäî÷êà (N) ñ

In the course of the Su Jok therapy we saw howhemodynamics was coming to its optimum state (ta-ble 2). As with the BH and HD (1st stage) groups ofpatients, along with a slight lowering of the strokevolume (SV) and stroke index (SI), there was ob-served a statistically significant diminution of the mo-tor function power (N) generated by the left ventri-cle myocardium � from (6.4±0.5) to (5.0±0.4)W.

1 � Efficacy of treatment in the group (as a whole)Ýôôåêòèâíîñòü ëå÷åíèÿ â ãðóïïå (â öåëîì)

2 � The number of cephalgia-afflicted cases decreasedÓìåíüøåíèå öåôàëãèè

3 � The number of asthenia-related complaints decreasedÓìåíüøåíèå àñòåíè÷åñêèõ æàëîá

4 � Phenomena involving the patients' neuroticism and the level of neurotic anxiety became less manifestÓìåíüøåíèå ÿâëåíèÿ íåâðîòèçàöèè è óðîâíÿ òðåâîæíîñòè

5 � The number of cardial symptoms decreasedÓìåíüøåíèå êàðäèàëüíûõ ñèìïòîìîâ

6 � Lessened degree of asymmetry of the brain vascular tension and improved venous drainageÑíèæåíèå àñèììåòðèè ñîñóäèñòîãî òîíóñà ãîëîâíîãî ìîçãà, óëó÷øåíèå âåíîçíîãî îòòîêà

7 � The number of vertebrogenic manifestations decreasedÓìåíüøåíèå âåðòåáðîãåííûõ ïðîÿâëåíèé

8 � Rise in the limbs temperatureÏîâûøåíèå òåìïåðàòóðû êîíå÷íîñòåé

9 � Increase in the tolerance to physical exercise; enhanced mental abilityÓâåëè÷åíèå òîëåðàíòíîñòè ê ôèçè÷åñêîé íàãðóçêå è óìñòâåííîé òðóäîñïîñîáíîñòè

Table 1. The efficacy of application of Su Jok therapy in the group of patients with hypertensive disease (%)Òàáëèöà 1. Ýôôåêòèâíîñòü ïðèìåíåíèÿ Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè â ãðóïïå áîëüíûõ ãèïåðòîíè÷åñêîé áîëåçíüþ (%)

0

20

40

60

80

100

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

� status improved (óëó÷øåíèå)

� status remained unchanged (áåç èçìåíåíèé)

A t

otal

num

ber

of p

atie

nts

(%)

Êîë

è÷å

ñòâî

ïàö

èåí

òîâ

(%)

ÊËÈÍÈ×ÅÑÊÀß ÝÔÔÅÊÒÈÂÍÎÑÒÜ ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÒÅÐÀÏÈÈ ÏÐÈ ÃÈÏÅÐÒÎÍÈ×ÅÑÊÎÉ ÁÎËÅÇÍÈ

Page 50: SU JOK

50 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

CLINICAL EFFICACY OF SU JOK THERAPY IN CASES INVOLVING HYPERTENSION

(6,4±0,5) äî (5,0±0,4) Âò è ðàñõîäà ýíåðãèè ïî ïå-ðåìåùåíèþ îäíîãî ëèòðà êðîâè (Ðî) ñ (15,1±0,75)äî (11,2±1,3) Âò/ë, ÷òî îòðàæàåò îïòèìèçàöèþðàáîòû ñåðäöà â ïðîöåññå ÑÄÒ. Ó áîëüíûõ ÃÁ II ñò.íàáëþäàëîñü äîñòîâåðíîå óìåíüøåíèå ÓÎ ñ(104,0±6,6) äî (86,5±6,3) ìë, ÓÈ ñ (52,7±2,6)äî (45,5±3,6) ìë/ì2 è îáúåìíîé ñêîðîñòè âûáðî-ñà (ÎÑÂ) ñ (450±32) äî (342±31) ìë/ñ (Ð<0,05),÷òî ïîâûøàëî ýêîíîìè÷íîñòü ðàáîòû ìèîêàðäà âïîêîå.

Ãåìîäèíàìè÷åñêèé ïðîôèëü â ãðóïïå ïëàöå-áî ïðàêòè÷åñêè íå èçìåíÿëñÿ íåçàâèñèìî îò ñòà-äèè ÃÁ è èìåë òåñíûé ïàðàëëåëèçì ñ êðàéíèìèâàðèàíòàìè ãèïåð- è ãèïîêèíåòè÷åñêîé öèðêó-ëÿöèè.

Ïî äàííûì ýõîêàðäèîãðàôèè (n=56) îòìå÷à-ëîñü óìåíüøåíèå ðàçìåðîâ ëåâîãî æåëóäî÷êà çàñ÷åò êîíå÷íîãî ñèñòîëè÷åñêîãî è äèàñòîëè÷åñ-êîãî äèàìåòðîâ (ÊÑÄ, ÊÄÄ) ñ (5,3±0,11) äî(5,0±0,10) ñì è ñ (3,2±0,1) äî (3,1±0,10) ñì ñî-îòâåòñòâåííî (ð>0,05). Ôðàêöèÿ âûáðîñà è óêî-ðî÷åíèÿ âîçðàñòàëà íåçíà÷èòåëüíî ñ (67,8±1,1%)

Besides, there was a reduction in energy consumedfor the transportation of 1 liter of blood (Po) from(15.1±0.75) to (11.2±1.3) W/l. All this is indicativeof the fact that the heart functioning as seen in theperformance of the SJT has reached its optimum. Asignificant decrease in the SV from (104.0±6.6) to(86.5±6.3) ml, and in the SI from (52.7±2.6) to(45.5±3.6) ml/m2 became evident in the HD (2nd

stage) patients, along with a reduction in the volumicinjection rate (VER) from (450±32) to (342±31)ml/s (P<0.05), all of which improved the efficiencyof the myocardium functioning while at rest.

The hemodynamic profile in the placebo groupremained essentially unchanged irrespective of the stagedemonstrated by HD. In effect, it ran closely parallelwith the marginal variants of hyper- and hypokineticcirculation.

According to the echocardiography (n=56) investi-gations, the size of the aortic ventricle of heart was foundreduced due to the endsystolic and enddiastolic diame-ters (ESD; EDD) showing a decrease from (5.3±0.11)to (5.0±0.10) cm and from (3.2±0.1) to (3.1±0.10)cm, respectively (P>0.05). The fraction of injection and

Indices Units of Su Jok therapy (n=120) Placebo (n=20)Ïîêàçàòåëè measurement Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèÿ (n=120) Ïëàöåáî (n=20)

Åäèíèöû Before After Before Afterèçìåðåíèÿ Äî Ïîñëå Äî Ïîñëå

Hyperkinetic type (Ãèïåðêèíåòè÷åñêèé òèï)

MBV (ÌÎÊ) L/min (ë/ìèí) 11.0±0.55* 9.50±0.50** 9.80±0.59 9.20±0.65SPVR (ÎÏÑÑ) N.s.dm-5 (Í.ñ.äì-5) 860±74* 957±53 846±51* 901±67

Eukinetic type (Ýóêèíåòè÷åñêèé òèï)

MBV (ÌÎÊ) L/min (ë/ìèí) 7.1±0.57 6.8±0.6 7.25±0.67 7.02±0.61SPVR (ÎÏÑÑ) N.s.dm-5 (Í.ñ.äì-5) 1250±47* 1150±43** 1225±52* 1202±59

Hypokinetic type (Ãèïîêèíåòè÷åñêèé òèï)

MBV (ÌÎÊ) L/min (ë/ìèí) 4.1±0.46 4.8±0.50 4.35±0.65 4.41±0.62SPVR (ÎÏÑÑ) N.s.dm-5 (Í.ñ.äì-5) 2319±72* 1789±65** 2115±86* 1998±79

Table 2. Shift in basic hemodynamic indices in relation to the type of hemocirculation secondary to the Su Joktherapy course

Òàáëèöà 2. Èçìåíåíèÿ îñíîâíûõ ãåìîäèíàìè÷åñêèõ ïîêàçàòåëåé ïîñëå ïðîâåäåíèÿ Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè âçàâèñèìîñòè îò òèïà ãåìîöèðêóëÿöèè

* � validity of the discrepancies in the underlyingindices (p < 0.05)

** � validity of the discrepancies (p < 0.05) priorto and after treatment

MBV � minute blood volumeSPVR � systemic peripheral vascular resistance

* � äîñòîâåðíîñòü ðàçëè÷èé èñõîäíûõïîêàçàòåëåé (ð < 0.05)

** � äîñòîâåðíîñòü ðàçëè÷èé (ð < 0.05) äî èïîñëå ëå÷åíèÿ

ÌÎÊ � ìèíóòíûé îáúåì êðîâîîáðàùåíèÿÎÏÑÑ � îáùåå ïåðèôåðè÷åñêîå ñîïðîòèâëåíèå

ñîñóäîâ

Page 51: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 51

äî (68±0,9%) è ñ (36,1±0,9) äî (37,5±1,3%) ïðèòåíäåíöèè ê óìåíüøåíèþ ñêîðîñòè öèðêóëÿð-íîãî óêîðî÷åíèÿ âîëîêîí ìèîêàðäà. Ïðè àíàëè-çå ìîðôîôóíêöèîíàëüíûõ ïîêàçàòåëåé â çàâèñè-ìîñòè îò ñòàäèè çàáîëåâàíèÿ ñëåäóåò êîíñòàòè-ðîâàòü óëó÷øåíèå ðåëàêñàöèîííûõ ñâîéñòâ ìèî-êàðäà ïðè ÏÀà è ÃÁ I ñò., à ó ïàöèåíòîâ ñ ÃÁ IIñò. ìîæíî ãîâîðèòü î íåêîòîðîì ïîâûøåíèè ñî-êðàòèòåëüíîé ôóíêöèè ñåðäöà ïîñëå êóðñà ÑÄÒ(òàáë. 2).

Ïî äàííûì êîëè÷åñòâåííîé òåðìîãðàôèè îò-ìå÷åíî ñòàòèñòè÷åñêè äîñòîâåðíîå ïîâûøåíèåòåìïåðàòóðû êîíå÷íîñòåé ó 70% ëèö, èñ÷åçíîâå-íèå ôåíîìåíà «òåðìîàìïóòàöèè» ó 40,5% áîëü-íûõ, ïðîøåäøèõ êóðñ ÑÄÒ (ð>0,05).

Ïàðíûé òðåäìèë-òåñò ïîñëå ÑÄÒ îòðàçèë ïî-çèòèâíûå ãåìîäèíàìè÷åñêèå ñäâèãè êàê â ïîêîå,òàê è ïðè íàãðóçêå, ÷òî ïðîÿâèëîñü â óâåëè÷åíèèâðåìåíè ðàáîòû ïî ãðóïïå â öåëîì íà (150±1)ñåê., ïîâûñèëàñü òîëåðàíòíîñòü ê ôèçè÷åñêîé íà-ãðóçêå, íàáëþäàëàñü èíòåíñèôèêàöèÿ âîññòàíî-âèòåëüíûõ ïðîöåññîâ íà òðåòüåé è äåñÿòîé ìèí.îòäûõà ïî ñðàâíåíèþ ñ äàííûìè äî ëå÷åíèÿ. Ïðèïðîâåäåíèè ïëàöåáî òåðàïèè òàêèõ èçìåíåíèé ìûíå îòìå÷àëè.

Íåçàâèñèìî îò ñòàäèè ÃÁ, ïðîâåäåíèå ëå÷å-íèÿ îêàçûâàëî ïîçèòèâíîå äåéñòâèå íà ñîñòîÿ-íèå âåãåòàòèâíîãî ãîìåîñòàçà. Ñóùåñòâóþùèé äèñ-áàëàíñ, ñ ïðåîáëàäàíèåì òîíóñà ñèìïàòè÷åñêîãîèëè ïàðàñèìïàòè÷åñêîãî îòäåëà âåãåòàòèâíîé íå-ðâíîé ñèñòåìû, â ïðîöåññå ëå÷åíèÿ èçìåíÿëñÿ âñòîðîíó ýéòîíèè (òàáë. 3).  ãðóïïå ïëàöåáî ïðî-èñõîäèëî ëèøü óìåíüøåíèå ñèìïàòè÷åñêèõ âëèÿ-íèé ó áîëüíûõ ÏÀÃ, ÃÁ I ñò. è ãèïåðêèíåòè÷åñ-êîé öèðêóëÿöèåé.

Ó áîëüíûõ ÏÀà ñ ãèïåð- è ýóêèíåòè÷åñêèì òè-ïàìè ãåìîäèíàìèêè â ïðîöåññå òåðàïèè íàáëþ-äàëîñü çíà÷èòåëüíîå ñíèæåíèå àêòèâíîñòè ñèì-ïàòî-àäðåíàëîâîé ñèñòåìû (ÑÀÑ). Óðîâåíü àäðå-íàëèíà óìåíüøàëñÿ ñîîòâåòñòâåííî íà 28,3% è17,4% (ð<0,05). Íîðàäðåíàëèíóðèÿ ñíèæàëàñü íà5,6 è 3,7%, à ñîîòíîøåíèå À/ÍÀ � íà 31,3 è 27,2%. ãðóïïå ïëàöåáî èçìåíåíèÿ ïðàêòè÷åñêè îòñóò-ñòâîâàëè.

Èññëåäîâàíèå âûÿâèëî ñïåöèôè÷åñêóþ ÷óâ-ñòâèòåëüíîñòü îñíîâíûõ ïðåññîðíûõ è äåïðåñ-ñîðíûõ íåéðîãóìîðàëüíûõ ñèñòåì ê äåéñòâèþÑÄÒ. Äîñòîâåðíûå èçìåíåíèÿ ÀÐÏ è ÊÀÏíàáëþäàëèñü âî âñåõ ãðóïïàõ áîëüíûõ � ñ(2,98±0,52) äî (1,76±0,61) íã/ìë/÷àñ è ñ(0,47±0,07) äî (0,32±0,056) ïìîëü/ë (ð<0,05)(òàáë. 3).

reduction showed a rather little growth � from(67.8±1.1%) to (68±0.9%) and from (36.1±0.9) to(37.5±1.3%). At the same time, it tended to slow downthe velocity of the circular shortening of the myocardialfibers. While reviewing the morphofunctional indices withrespect to the stage of disease, we may point out animproved myocardial capacity to relax in patients withBAH and HD (1st stage). In the meantime, the patientsnoted for HD (2nd stage) demonstrated what could bedescribed as an enhanced cardiac function to contractfollowing the SJT course (table 2).

The quantitative thermography revealed a statisti-cally significant rise in the limbs temperature of 70%of the persons under study. From among the patientswho underwent the SJT course, 40.5% got rid of the«thermoamputation» phenomenon (p<0.05).

The repeated treadmill-test conducted after theSJT proved explicit enough to reflect positive hemo-dynamic shifts both at rest and following the exer-cise.

This became manifest in an increased working ca-pacity of the group as a whole by (150±1) s, a height-ened tolerance with regard to the exercise at large,with the restorative processes being intensified by the3rd and 10th minutes of rest as against the relevant dataobserved before the therapy. Incidentally, none of thesimilar changes were observed after conducting pla-cebo therapy.

In point of fact, the therapy under considerationproved to have a positive effect on the state of thevegetative homeostasis irrespective of the HD stage.The present misbalance notable for the predominanceof the tonicity of sympathetic or parasympathetic as-pect of vegetative nervous system showed a shift in thecourse of treatment toward eutonia (table 3). In theplacebo group there was nothing but lessening of thesympathetic effects among the patients who had BAH,HD (1st stage) and hyperkinetic circulation.

A considerable drop in the activity of the sym-pathoadrenal system (SAS) was observed in the courseof therapy in patients presenting with BAH, charac-terized by hyper- and eukinetic types of hemodynam-ics. The level of adrenaline here demonstrated a de-crease by 28.3 and 17.4%, respectively (p<0.05). No-radrenalineuria was reduced by 5.6 and 3.7%, whilethe A/NA ratio � by 31.3 and 27.2%. In the placebogroup there were virtually no changes at all.

Our study helped reveal a specific susceptibility ofthe major pressoreceptor and depressive neural-hu-moral system of relations to the SJT effects. Significantchanges in the PRA and PAC were observed in allgroups of patients: from (2.98±0.52) to (1.76±0.61)ng/ml/h, and from (0.47±0.07) to (0.32±0.056)pmol/l (p<0.05) (table 3).

ÊËÈÍÈ×ÅÑÊÀß ÝÔÔÅÊÒÈÂÍÎÑÒÜ ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÒÅÐÀÏÈÈ ÏÐÈ ÃÈÏÅÐÒÎÍÈ×ÅÑÊÎÉ ÁÎËÅÇÍÈ

Page 52: SU JOK

52 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

CLINICAL EFFICACY OF SU JOK THERAPY IN CASES INVOLVING HYPERTENSION

 ãðóïïå ïëàöåáî ÀÐÏ óìåíüøèëàñü íà 4,9%,ÊÀÏ � íà 2,1%, â òî âðåìÿ êàê ïîñëå ëå÷åíèÿÑÄÒ äàííûå ïîêàçàòåëè óìåíüøèëèñü â ñðåäíåìíà 25,8% è 22,1%.

Ïîä âëèÿíèåì ÑÄÒ îòìå÷åíà ïîçèòèâíàÿòðàíñôîðìàöèÿ â ñèñòåìå ïðîñòàíîèäîâ: ïðîèñ-õîäèë ñòàòè÷åñêè äîñòîâåðíûé ïðèðîñò ìåòàáî-ëèòà Ïà I -6-êåòî-ÏÃF1 ñ (0,64±0,09) äî(0,8±0,11) íìîëü/ë, íà ôîíå òåíäåíöèè ê ñíè-æåíèþ àäðåíàëèíà â ïëàçìå êðîâè ÒõÂ2 ñ(0,86±0,12) äî (0,55±0,13) íìîëü/ë, à ñîîòâåò-ñòâåííî è âåëè÷èíû ñîîòíîøåíèÿ ìåæäó äàííû-ìè ýéêîçàíîèäàìè. Âëèÿíèå ÑÄÒ íà ïðîñòàãëàí-äèíû (ÏÃ) áûëî ìåíåå âûðàæåííûì: îòìå÷åíàëèøü òåíäåíöèÿ ê ñíèæåíèþ óðîâíÿ ÏÃF2à ñ(1,96±0,16) äî (1,2±0,15) íìîëü/ë è ïîâûøåíèþäåïðåññîðíîãî ïîòåíöèàëà ÏÃÅ1 ñ (1,84±0,25) äî(2,6±0,24) (ð>0,05).

Êðîìå òîãî, Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèÿ îêàçàëà ìî-äóëèðóþùåå âëèÿíèå íà ñèñòåìó îïèàòîâ: óðî-âåíü b-ýíäîðôèíà ïîâûñèëñÿ íà 14,1%, à ëåé-öèíýíêåôàëèíà ñíèçèëñÿ íà 6,1%. Óðîâåíü ãîð-ìîíîâ, îáëàäàþùèõ ãèïåðòåíçèâíûì äåéñòâè-åì, ïîíèçèëñÿ, ÷òî áûëî áîëåå âûðàæåííûìïðè ÃÁ I ñò.: êîðòèçîë ñ (845±67) äî (718±61)íìîëü/ë, òåñòîñòåðîí ñ (11,4±1,2) äî (6,4±0,6)íìîëü/ë.

Ïîâòîðíîå ïñèõîëîãè÷åñêîå òåñòèðîâàíèå çà-ôèêñèðîâàëî çíà÷èòåëüíîå ñíèæåíèå ÿâëåíèéíåâðîòèçàöèè è óðîâíÿ òðåâîæíîñòè ïîñëå ïðè-ìåíåíèÿ ÑÄÒ (ð<0,05): ó 32,6% ëèö ñ ÏÀà è ó15,8% ëèö ñ ÃÁ I ñò. (òàáë. 1).

Ïî äàííûì ïàðíûõ ÐÝà ïðîá îòìå÷àëîñü ñíè-æåíèå àñèììåòðèè ñîñóäèñòîãî òîíóñà ãîëîâíîãîìîçãà, óëó÷øåíèå âåíîçíîãî îòòîêà ó 40,6% îá-

In the placebo group the PRA was found to belessened by 4.9%, the PAC � by 2.1%, whereas thesesame indices proved to be decreased, on the average,by 25.8% and 22.1% secondary to the Su Jok therapy.

The efficacy of the SJT was such that it contrib-uted to a positive transformation in the prostanoidssystem. Thus, there took place a statistically signifi-cant increment of the PG1-6-keto PGF1 metabolitefrom (0.64±0.09) to (0.8±0.11) nmol/l � all againstthe background of TxB2 adrenaline contents in theblood plasm being reduced from (0.86±0.12) to(0.55±0.13) nmol/l, conceivably along with the cor-relation value between the eikosanoids under dis-cussion. The effect produced by the SJT on the pros-taglandins (PG) appeared less pronounced, exceptfor a tendency towards lowering the PGF2a level from(1.96±0.16) to (1.2±0.15) nmol/l and raising thedepressive potential of PGE1 from (1.84±0.25) to(2.6±0.24) (p>0.05).

Moreover, the Su Jok therapy proved efficientenough to modulate the opiates system by having thelevel of b-endorphins increased by 14.1%, while thelevel of leucine-enkephaline being decreased by 6.1%.The level of the hormones noted for hypertensive prop-erties was found to be diminished, which looked es-pecially pronounced in the cases of HD in its firststage of development: cortisol from (845±67) to(718±61)nmol/l; testosterone from (11.4±1.2) to(6.4±0.6)nmol/l.

After repeated psychological testing it was evidentthat the phenomena involving the patients� neuroticismbecame by far less manifest, and the level of neuroticanxiety proved considerably reduced following the SJTbeneficial influence (p<0.05), the proportion of theBAH patients concerned amounting to 32% and thosehaving 1st stage HD � to 15.8% (table 1).

Table 3. The line of the vegetative shifts in hypertension disease patients following a course of Su Jok therapy (%)Òàáëèöà 3. Íàïðàâëåíèå âåãåòàòèâíûõ ñäâèãîâ ó áîëüíûõ ãèïåðòîíè÷åñêîé áîëåçíüþ ïîñëå êóðñà Ñó Äæîê

òåðàïèè (%)

Indices Su Jok therapy (n=07) Placebo (n=30)Ïîêàçàòåëè Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèÿ (n=07) Ïëàöåáî (n=30)

Before After Before AfterÄî Ïîñëå Äî Ïîñëå

Sympathicotonia 32.0 20.0 30.8 26.9Ñèìïàòèêîòîíèÿ

Eutonia 22.0 49.1 23.1 30.8Ýéòîíèÿ

Parasympathicotonia 46.0 30.9 46.1 42.3Ïàðàñèìïàòèêîíèÿ

Page 53: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 53

The repeated REG findings pointed to a lesseneddegree of asymmetry of the brain vascular tensionand an improved venous drainage in 40.6% of theexamined (p<0.05). According to the EEG investiga-tion the alpha rhythm was stabilized, and the braindiencephalotruncal structures in the BAH and 1st stageHD patients grew activated. This phenomenon isthought to be associated with the beneficial effectsprovided by the Su Jok therapy for the microvesselsand metabolism of the brain cells.

CONCLUSIONS

1. Su Jok therapy has emerged as the effective ther-apeutic modality in dealing with hypertension disease.Its application in case of «milder» forms of hyperten-sion proved successful in 82% of patients.

2. The Su Jok technique has the capacity to suc-cessfully remedy the hemodynamic disorders occur-ring in patients with hypertonic disease.

3. Su Jok acupuncture is capable of streamliningthe sympathoadrenal system, which becomes mani-fest in the level of adrenaline and noradrenaline beinglowered, and their ratio being normalized.

4. The hypotensive impact of the Su Jok acupunc-ture would result in the neurohumoral effect as con-ditioned by the lowering of pressoreceptor influencesof the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system and bythe growing of the depressive potentiality of the eiko-sanoids system.

REFERENCES

1. Bakhova L.K., Kliman P.A. A technique designed tofind out the sympathoadrenal system indices. Au-thor�s certificate No16832299 � 1990.

2. Bondarenko B.B., Sokolova L.A., Yevdokimova T.A.On feasibility to use the term «milder» hyperten-sion in the clinical setting. Cardiology, 1992, No11-12, P.105-107.

3. Park Jae Woo. Su Jok Acupuncture, Vol. 1. Moscow,Su Jok Academy Publishing House, 1993.

4. Park Jae Woo. Onnuri Su Jok therapy. Moscow, SuJok Academy Publishing House, 1998.

5. Park Jae Woo. Onnuri Auricular therapy, Vol. 3. Mos-cow. Su Jok Academy Publishing House, 1998.

6. Samosyuk I.Z., Lysenyuk V.P. Acupuncture Ency-clopedia. Kiyev. Moscow. Ukrainian Encyclopedia.ACT «PRESS», 1994, p. 240.

ñëåäîâàííûõ (ð<0,05). Ïî äàííûì ÝÝà îòìå÷åíàñòàáèëèçàöèÿ àëüôà-ðèòìà, àêòèâàöèÿ äèýíöå-ôàëüíî-ñòâîëîâûõ ñòðóêòóð ãîëîâíîãî ìîçãà óáîëüíûõ ÏÀà è ÃÁ I ñò. Ýòîò ôåíîìåí, ïî-âèäè-ìîìó, ñâÿçàí ñ ïîëîæèòåëüíûì âëèÿíèåì ÑóÄæîê òåðàïèè íà ìèêðîñîñóäû è ìåòàáîëèçì êëå-òîê ãîëîâíîãî ìîçãà.

ÂÛÂÎÄÛ

1. Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèÿ ÿâëÿåòñÿ ýôôåêòèâíûì ñïî-ñîáîì ëå÷åíèÿ ãèïåðòîíè÷åñêîé áîëåçíè. Åå ïðè-ìåíåíèå ïðè «ìÿãêèõ» ôîðìàõ ãèïåðòîíèè ïðè-âîäèò ê ïîëîæèòåëüíûì ðåçóëüòàòàì ó 82% ïàöè-åíòîâ.

2. Ìåòîä Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè ïîçâîëÿåò ýôôåê-òèâíî êîððåêòèðîâàòü ãåìîäèíàìè÷åñêèå íàðóøå-íèÿ, âîçíèêàþùèå ó ïàöèåíòîâ ñ ãèïåðòîíè÷åñ-êîé áîëåçíüþ.

3. Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðà îêàçûâàåò ðåãóëèðóþ-ùåå âëèÿíèå íà ñèìïàòîàäðåíàëîâóþ ñèñòåìó, ÷òîïðîÿâëÿåòñÿ â ñíèæåíèè óðîâíÿ àäðåíàëèíà èíîðàäðåíàëèíà, íîðìàëèçàöèè èõ ñîîòíîøåíèÿ.

4. Íåéðîãóìîðàëüíûé ýôôåêò ãèïîòåíçèâíîãîâîçäåéñòâèÿ Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû îáóñëîâëåíñíèæåíèåì ïðåññîðíûõ âëèÿíèé ðåíèí-àíãèîòåí-çèí-àëüäîñòåðîíîâîé ñèñòåìû è ðîñòîì äåïðåñ-ñîðíîãî ïîòåíöèàëà ñèñòåìû ýéêîçàíîèîäîâ.

ËÈÒÅÐÀÒÓÐÀ

1. Áàõîâà Ë.Ê., Êëèìàí Ï.À. Ñïîñîá îïðåäåëåíèÿïîêàçàòåëåé ñèìïàòî-àäðåíàëîâîé ñèñòåìû.Àâòîðñêîå ñâèäåòåëüñòâî ¹ 16832299 � 1990.

2. Áîíäàðåíêî Á.Á., Ñîêîëîâà Ë.À., ÅâäîêèìîâàÒ.À. Î öåëåñîîáðàçíîñòè èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ òåð-ìèíà «ìÿãêàÿ» ãèïåðòåíçèÿ â êëèíè÷åñêîéïðàêòèêå. � «Êàðäèîëîãèÿ», 1992, ¹ 11-12,ñ. 105-107.

3. Ïàê ×æý Âó. Ñó Äæîê Àêóïóíêòóðà, òîì 1. Ìîñ-êâà, èçäàòåëüñòâî «Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèÿ», 1993.

4. Ïàê ×æý Âó. Îííóðè Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèÿ. Ìîñêâà,èçäàòåëüñòâî «Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèÿ», 1998.

5. Ïàê ×æý Âó. Îííóðè Àóðèêóëÿðíàÿ òåðàïèÿ,òîì III. Ìîñêâà, èçäàòåëüñòâî «Ñó Äæîê Àêà-äåìèÿ», 1998.

6. Ñàìîñþê È.Ç., Ëûñåíþê Â.Ï. Àêóïóíêòóðà. Ýí-öèêëîïåäèÿ. Êèåâ � Ìîñêâà, «Óêðàèíñêàÿ ýí-öèêëîïåäèÿ», ÀÑÒ «ÏÐÅÑÑ», 1994, ñ.240.

ÊËÈÍÈ×ÅÑÊÀß ÝÔÔÅÊÒÈÂÍÎÑÒÜ ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÒÅÐÀÏÈÈ ÏÐÈ ÃÈÏÅÐÒÎÍÈ×ÅÑÊÎÉ ÁÎËÅÇÍÈ

Page 54: SU JOK

54 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

¯ The year 1998 was a landmark in the development of the theory ofOnnuri-medicine: that year Prof. Park Jae Woo proceeded with his continuouswork on the Eight-Origins theory and described the Diamond energy system ofthe human body.

* * *1998 ãîä ñòàë âàæíîé âåõîé â ðàçâèòèè òåîðèè Îííóðè-ìåäèöèíû: â

ýòîì ãîäó ïðîôåññîð Ïàê ×æý Âó ïðîäîëæèë ðàáîòó íàä òåîðèåé ÂîñüìèÍà÷àë è îïèñàë Àëìàçíóþ ýíåðãåòè÷åñêóþ ñèñòåìó òåëà.

¯ The year 1998 saw the publication of new books written by Prof. ParkJae Woo, including «The Onnuri Auricular Therapy» in three volumes, and«The Onnuri Head Correspondences». In addition, the supplemented and re-vised edition of the «Onnuri Su Jok Therapy» in two volumes came out ofpress, which contained a detailed account of all the hands and feet correspond-ence systems and the energy flow therapy (harmonization of energy flows inchakras and meridians of the body, in byol-chakras and byol-meridians of thecorrespondence systems).

Last year the publication of literature on Su Jok therapy was continued andembraced different foreign languages. Thus the «Su Jok for Everybody» bookhad been translated into the Spanish, German, Polish and Gzech languages.«The Onnuri Auricular Therapy» (Vol. 1 and 2) had been translated into Eng-lish and Spanish. «The Onnuri Su Jok Therapy» had been translated into Ser-bian.

* * * 1998 ãîäó áûëè èçäàíû íîâûå êíèãè ïðîôåññîðà Ïàê ×æý Âó: «Îí-

íóðè àóðèêóëÿðíàÿ òåðàïèÿ» â 3-õ òîìàõ è «Îííóðè ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåò-ñòâèÿ ãîëîâû». Òàêæå âûøëî èç ïå÷àòè äîïîëíåííîå è ïåðåðàáîòàííîåèçäàíèå «Îííóðè Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè» â 2-õ òîìàõ, âêëþ÷àþùåå ïîäðîá-íîå èçëîæåíèå âñåõ ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ êèñòåé è ñòîï è ìåòîä òåðàïèèòåêóùåé ýíåðãèè (ãàðìîíèçàöèÿ ýíåðãåòè÷åñêèõ ïîòîêîâ â ÷àêðàõ è ìå-ðèäèàíàõ òåëà, áåëü-÷àêðàõ è áåëü-ìåðèäèàíàõ ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ).

 ïðîøåäøåì ãîäó ïðîäîëæàëîñü èçäàíèå ëèòåðàòóðû ïî Ñó Äæîê òå-ðàïèè íà ðàçíûõ ÿçûêàõ. Êíèãà «Ñó Äæîê äëÿ âñåõ» ïåðåâåäåíà íà èñïàí-ñêèé, íåìåöêèé, ïîëüñêèé è ÷åøñêèé ÿçûêè; «Îííóðè àóðèêóëÿðíàÿòåðàïèÿ» (I è II òîìà) ïåðåâåäåí íà àíãëèéñêèé è èñïàíñêèé ÿçûêè;«Îííóðè Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèÿ» � íà ñåðáñêèé ÿçûê.

¯ In 1998 the lecturers from the International Su Jok Acupuncture Associ-ation were allotted the task of supervising the relevant training seminars in GreatBritain, India, Jordan, Mexico, Canada, Poland, the USA, Czechia, Yugosla-via, as well as in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Ukraine, Latvia, andEstonia. Again, as in the previous years, the subject-oriented seminars were con-ducted in many cities of Russia.

* * *Â 1998 ãîäó ïðåïîäàâàòåëè Ìåæäóíàðîäíîé Àññîöèàöèè Ñó Äæîê àêó-

ïóíêòóðû ïðîâåëè ñåìèíàðû ïî îáó÷åíèþ ìåòîäó â Âåëèêîáðèòàíèè,Èíäèè, Èîðäàíèè, Ìåêñèêå, Êàíàäå, Ïîëüøå, ÑØÀ, ×åõèè, Þãîñëà-âèè, à òàêæå â Êàçàõñòàíå, Êèðãèçñòàíå, Ìîëäîâå, Óêðàèíå, Ëàòâèè,Ëèòâå, Ýñòîíèè. Êàê è â ïðåäûäóùèå ãîäû, ñåìèíàðû ïðîõîäèëè âî ìíîãèõãîðîäàõ Ðîññèè.

FACTS, DATES, COMMENTS ÔÀÊÒÛ, ÄÀÒÛ, ÊÎÌÌÅÍÒÀÐÈÈ

Page 55: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 55

¯ Prof. Park Jae Woo, who is the founder of

Onnuri-medicine, would receive every year lots of

invitations from many countries of the world, request-

ing to conduct seminars dedicated to studying the new

method of therapy.

The 1998 seminars supervised by Prof. Park Jae Woo

were held in the following countries: Russia (March,

October); Latvia (April); Germany (May); Moldova

(May); the USA (August); Canada (August); Mexico

(September); Republic of Kazakhstan (September);

Ukraine (November); India (December); South Korea

(December) (photo 1).

found improved in health(óëó÷øåíèå ñîñòîÿíèÿ çäîðîâüÿ):

1 � >80%2 � >50%3 � >30%4 � <30%5 � remaining unchanged

(áåç èçìåíåíèÿ);

¯ Ïðîôåññîð Ïàê ×æý Âó, îñíîâàòåëü Îí-

íóðè-ìåäèöèíû, åæåãîäíî ïîëó÷àåò áîëüøîå êî-

ëè÷åñòâî ïðèãëàøåíèé èç ðàçíûõ ñòðàí ñ

ïðîñüáîé ïðîâåñòè ñåìèíàðû ïî îáó÷åíèþ ìå-

òîäó.

 1998 ãîäó ïðîôåññîð Ïàê ×æý Âó ïðîâåë ñå-

ìèíàðû â ñëåäóþùèõ ñòðàíàõ: Ðîññèÿ (ìàðò, îê-

òÿáðü), Ëàòâèÿ (àïðåëü), Ãåðìàíèÿ (ìàé), Ìîë-

äîâà (ìàé), ÑØÀ (àâãóñò), Êàíàäà (àâãóñò), Ìåê-

ñèêà (ñåíòÿáðü), Êàçàõñòàí (ñåíòÿáðü), Óêðàèíà

(íîÿáðü), Èíäèÿ (äåêàáðü), Þæíàÿ Êîðåÿ (äå-

êàáðü) (ôîòî 1).

¯ The number of sick patients who underwent

in 1998 their treatment at the Su Jok Academy clinic

ran into 2760. The treatment was provided purely on

the basis of the Su Jok approach. The results obtained

you can find in the following graph.

* * *Â 1998 ãîäó â êëèíèêå Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè ïðî-

øëè ëå÷åíèå 2760 ïàöèåíòîâ. Ëå÷åíèå ïðîâîäè-

ëîñü òîëüêî ìåòîäîì Ñó Äæîê. Ðåçóëüòàòû ëå÷å-

íèÿ ïðåäñòàâëåíû â ãðàôèêå.

Photo 1. Su Jok Seminar. December, 1998. Alahabad, IndiaÔîòî 1. Ñó Äæîê ñåìèíàð. Äåêàáðü, 1998. Àëëàõàáàä, Èíäèÿ

5

4

32

1

ÔÀÊÒÛ, ÄÀÒÛ, ÊÎÌÌÅÍÒÀÐÈÈ

Page 56: SU JOK

56 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

Lectures on Su Jok therapy delivered by Prof.

Park Jae Woo in Mexico received whole-hearted

welcome from the people of that country � country

of the hottest sun and ancient pyramids.

The seminars, where Su Jok lectures were con-

ducted by the doctors L.I.Zabrodina and N.V.Bori-

sova from the Su Jok Academy, were held in the

cities of Guadalajara, Monterrey, and Mexico City.

The backing was provided by the firms such as

Collegio de Acupunctura and Guadalajara, as well

as the Acupunctura de Mexico firm.

The Sun pyramid of MexicoÏèðàìèäà Ñîëíöà â Ìåêñèêå

A seminar is over. Granting diplomas to theattendants in the city of Guadalajara, Mexico.

Dr. N.V.Borisova (Center), lecturerfrom Su Jok Academy

Âðó÷åíèå äèïëîìîâ ñëóøàòåëÿì ñåìèíàðà âÃâàäàëàõàðå (Ìåêñèêà).

Äîêòîð Í.Â.Áîðèñîâà (â öåíòðå),ïðåïîäàâàòåëü Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè

Let success be always with you, Su Jok, in Mexico � the land of a hearty welcome!

Äàëüíåéøèõ óñïåõîâ òåáå, Ñó Äæîê, íà ãîñòåïðèèìíîé ìåêñèêàíñêîé çåìëå!

Òåïëîòîé îòêðûòûõ ñåðäåö âñòðåòèëè æè-

òåëè Ìåêñèêè ëåêöèè ïî Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè, ïðî-

÷èòàííûå ïðîôåññîðîì Ïàê ×æý Âó. Ñòðàíà

æàðêîãî Ñîëíöà è äðåâíèõ ïèðàìèä ðàäîñòíî

îòêëèêíóëàñü íà ïðèçûâ Äóõà ýòîé íàóêè.

Ñåìèíàðû ñ ó÷àñòèåì âðà÷åé Ë.È.Çàáðî-

äèíîé è Í.Â.Áîðèñîâîé èç Ñó Äæîê Àêàäå-

ìèè ïðîøëè â ãîðîäàõ Ãâàäàëàõàðå, Ìîíòåð-

ðåé è Ìåõèêî ïðè ïîääåðæêå Êîëëåäæà àêó-

ïóíêòóðû â Ãâàäåëàõàðå è ôèðìû «Àêóïóíê-

òóðà Ìåêñèêè».

FACTS, DATES, COMMENTS

Page 57: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 57

 ýòîì ðàçäåëå ðåäàêöèÿ æóðíàëà ïëàíèðóåòðàññêàçûâàòü î ðàáîòå öåíòðîâ Ñó Äæîê òåðà-ïèè â ðàçëè÷íûõ ãîðîäàõ è ñòðàíàõ. Åñëè âûðàáîòàåòå â ïîäîáíîì öåíòðå, ìû áóäåì ðàäûïîëó÷èòü îò âàñ ìàòåðèàëû î ëå÷åáíîé ðàáîòåèëè ñèñòåìå îáó÷åíèÿ, äåéñòâóþùåé â âàøåìöåíòðå.

 ýòîì íîìåðå æóðíàëà ìû õîòèì ðàññêàçàòü îÑó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè � ìåæäóíàðîäíîì öåíòðå,ðàáîòàþùåì â ã.Ìîñêâå ïîä íåïîñðåäñòâåííûìðóêîâîäñòâîì îñíîâàòåëÿ Îííóðè ìåäèöèíû ïðî-ôåññîðà Ïàê ×æý Âó. Âû ìîæåòå ïðî÷èòàòü òàêæåîá èíòåðåñíîì è âàæíîì îïûòå ðàáîòû â Êàçàõ-ñòàíå.

In this column, the magazine editorial board willdwell on the activities of different Su Jok therapy centersto be found in the cities and countries all over theworld. If you are involved in such an activity, we shallbe happy to hear from you and to know the materialsconcerning your medical successes or specific trendsin your training system.

In this issue of our magazine we wish to tell youabout the Moscow-based Su Jok Academy, which standshere as an international Center under direct guidanceof Professor Park Jae Woo, who is the founder ofOnnuri medicine. Besides, you can find in this issuethe first-hand account of importance and interest setto familiarize you with experience gained by the acu-puncture specialists from the Republic of Kazakhstan.

Ïîñëåäíåå äåñÿòèëåòèå XX âåêà îçíàìåíîâà-ëîñü áóðíûì ðàçâèòèåì íîâîãî íàïðàâëåíèÿ àêó-ïóíêòóðû � Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè. Ïðîñòîòà, ë¸ãêîñòüïðèìåíåíèÿ è âûñîêàÿ ýôôåêòèâíîñòü ýòîé ëå-÷åáíîé ñèñòåìû ïðèâëåêàþò âíèìàíèå ìíîãèõëþäåé, âûçûâàþò èíòåðåñ è ãîðÿ÷åå æåëàíèå èçó-÷àòü Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðó. Øèðîêîå ðàñïðîñòðà-íåíèå ýòîò ìåòîä ïîëó÷èë è â Ðîññèè (ôîòî 1).

 1993 ãîäó â Ìîñêâå ïîä ðóêîâîäñòâîì ïðî-ôåññîðà Ïàê ×æý Âó áûëà ñîçäàíà Ñó Äæîê Àêà-äåìèÿ, îäíîé èç ìíîãî÷èñëåííûõ çàäà÷ êîòîðîéÿâëÿåòñÿ âíåäðåíèå è ðàñïðîñòðàíåíèå çíàíèéìåòîäà Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè. Äëÿ ýòîãî â Ñó ÄæîêÀêàäåìèè ñóùåñòâóåò ìíîãîñòóïåí÷àòàÿ è ðàçíî-ïëàíîâàÿ ñèñòåìà îáó÷åíèÿ, ïðåäíàçíà÷åííàÿ äëÿñàìûõ ðàçíûõ ëþäåé âíå çàâèñèìîñòè îò îáðàçî-âàíèÿ è âîçðàñòà. Êàæäûé æåëàþùèé ìîæåò âûá-ðàòü âèä îáó÷åíèÿ, íàèáîëåå ïîäõîäÿùèé èìåí-íî äëÿ íåãî.

Î òîì, ÷òî òàêîå Ñó Äæîê, ìîæíî óçíàòü èçâîñêðåñíûõ îçíàêîìèòåëüíûõ ëåêöèé. Íà ýòèõ ëåê-öèÿõ âðà÷ Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè â äîñòóïíîé ôîðìåðàññêàçûâàåò î ìåòîäå è äàåò ñîâåòû è ðåêîìåí-äàöèè ïî ïðèìåíåíèþ åãî â äîìàøíèõ óñëîâèÿõ.

Äëÿ ëþäåé ñ íåìåäèöèíñêèì îáðàçîâàíèåì,ñòðåìÿùèõñÿ áîëåå ãëóáîêî îâëàäåòü ñèñòåìîé

Over the past decade of the century there has beena tremendous upgrowth in what became known as theSu Jok therapy � a new discipline in the developmentof acupuncture. The very simplicity, ease of applica-tion, and high efficacy of this therapeutic system havecome to the attention of many, aroused interest andardent desire of people to earnestly study the Su Jokacupuncture. The method enjoys wide application inRussia as well (photo 1).

The year 1993 saw the setting up in Moscow ofSu Jok Academy under the supervision of Prof. ParkJae Woo. It is to impart, promote and disseminate theknowledge contained in the realm of the Su Jok ther-apy method that the new Academy has, among otherthings, set out to do in the first place. To accomplishthis, the Academy can boast a multistage and multi-variate educational system designed to cater to theneeds of the widest range of enthusiasts regardless oftheir background and age. One can choose at will thetype of training best suited to his or her purpose.

The basic essentials of the Su Jok approach willbecome familiar to you through a series of review lec-tures. The acquaintance with the method is providedin a rather unsophisticated, easy-to-grasp manner. Be-sides, one can be advised and recommended on howto look after himself domiciliary.

SU JOK ACADEMY OF MOSCOWAS THE SCHOOL OF THOUGHT FOR THE FOLLOWERS OF ONNURI SPIRIT

ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÀÊÀÄÅÌÈß Â ÌÎÑÊÂÅØÊÎËÀ ÏÎÑËÅÄÎÂÀÒÅËÅÉ ÄÓÕÀ ÎÍÍÓÐÈ

A.M.Torbina, M.D., A.S.Maltseva, M.D. � the Su Jok Academy faculty members

À.Ì.Òîðáèíà, À.Ñ.Ìàëüöåâà � ñîòðóäíèêè Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè

ONNURI-THERAPY CENTERS ÖÅÍÒÐÛ ÎÍÍÓÐÈ-ÒÅÐÀÏÈÈ

Page 58: SU JOK

58 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

SU JOK ACADEMY OF MOSCOW AS THE SCHOOL OF THOUGHT FOR THE FOLLOWERS OF ONNURI SPIRIT

Those who did not study medicine and wish todeepen their practical understanding of the Su Joksystem of healing would be given the opportunity toreceive training at the 3-day courses of seminar typearranged by the Academy. These seminars will offer adetailed account of the hand and feet miniature cor-respondences to the human body, and will demon-strate a number of techniques aimed to produce theintended therapeutic effect. The students are intro-duced to a variety of instruments, natural materials inthe form of small stones, vegetable plant seeds, etc.likely to be applied with therapeutic purposes in caseof acute pains, or to bring relief for those sufferingfrom a chronic illness. The cited courses will teach oneto get his bearings in an emergency that might callfor urgent medical aid � including the relieving ofacute pain caused by a trauma or a burn, arrest ofbleeding, and the syncopal state or shock recovery.

If you are keen on a most full-scale mastering ofthe Su Jok therapy precepts, you will have to make anin-depth stagewise approach. The complete course ofstudying at the Academy is currently designed to in-clude 288 instruction hours, and it consists of threestages as follows: basic course; metaphysical course(fundamental); and advanced metaphysical course.

Ñó Äæîê îçäîðîâëåíèÿ, â Àêàäåìèè ñîçäàíû òðåõ-äíåâíûå êóðñû îáó÷åíèÿ. Íà òðåõäíåâíûõ ñåìèíà-ðàõ áîëåå ïîäðîáíî èçó÷àþòñÿ ñèñòåìû ìèíèàòþð-íîãî ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ òåëó ÷åëîâåêà íà êèñòÿõ è ñòî-ïàõ è äåìîíñòðèðóþòñÿ ñïîñîáû ëå÷åáíîãî âîç-äåéñòâèÿ. Ïðåïîäàâàòåëü çíàêîìèò ñëóøàòåëåé ñðàçëè÷íûìè èíñòðóìåíòàìè, ïðèðîäíûìè ìàòå-ðèàëàìè (êàìåøêàìè, ñåìåíàìè è ò.ï.), êîòîðûåìîãóò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ ñ ëå÷åáíîé öåëüþ ïðè îñò-ðîé áîëè èëè ïðèíåñóò îáëåã÷åíèå ïðè õðîíè-÷åñêîì çàáîëåâàíèè. Ïîäîáíûå êóðñû ó÷àò ÷åëî-âåêà îðèåíòèðîâàòüñÿ â ýêñòðåìàëüíûõ ñèòóàöè-ÿõ, òðåáóþùèõ îêàçàíèÿ áûñòðîé ìåäèöèíñêîéïîìîùè, � ñíÿòèþ îñòðîé áîëè ïðè òðàâìå èëèîæîãå, îñòàíîâêå êðîâîòå÷åíèÿ, âûâåäåíèþ èç îá-ìîðî÷íîãî ñîñòîÿíèÿ èëè øîêà.

Îâëàäåíèå çíàíèÿìè ïî Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè âíàèáîëåå ïîëíîì îáú¸ìå òðåáóåò ãëóáîêîãî ïî-ýòàïíîãî èçó÷åíèÿ. Ïîëíûé êóðñ îáó÷åíèÿ â Àêà-äåìèè â íàñòîÿùåå âðåìÿ ðàññ÷èòàí íà 288 ó÷åá-íûõ ÷àñîâ è ñîñòîèò èç òðåõ ñòóïåíåé: áàçèñíûéêóðñ, ìåòàôèçè÷åñêèé êóðñ (îñíîâû), óãëóáë¸í-íûé ìåòàôèçè÷åñêèé êóðñ.

Êàæäàÿ ñòóïåíü îáó÷åíèÿ çàêàí÷èâàåòñÿ ðàáî-òîé â êëèíèêå â òå÷åíèå íåäåëè ïîä ðóêîâîäñòâîì

Photo 1. Seminar scene conducted by Prof. Park Jae Woo in Moscow, January, 1998Ôîòî 1. Âî âðåìÿ ñåìèíàðà ïðîôåññîðà Ïàê ×æý Âó â ã.Ìîñêâå, ßíâàðü, 1998

Page 59: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 59

During the first stage � which is in effect the basiccourse � the participants are given the opportunityto go into details while studying not only the standardhands and feet correspondence systems, but also someother multidimensional ones � all for a period of twoweeks. Moreover, the attendants will get an insightinto the human body energy system, topography ofthe corporal meridians and byol-meridians, chakrasand byol-chakras. A careful study will be given to themajor diagnostic criteria concerning the balance ofthe human body energy system, and to a set of tech-niques involving the running energies therapy in casesof varied pathologies. The basic course will also beconcerned with the methods of manipulating a widerange of instruments employed by Su Jok therapy, aswell as with specific treatments aimed to deal withcases of special pathology.

The major emphasis during the metaphysical coursewill be placed on studying all the aspects of the SixEnergies theory. On the strength of the Six-Ki ap-proach there will be perceived the fundamental prin-ciples and laws governing the interaction betweenthe Universe and man, the impact generated by thetime and space entities, and the correlation existingbetween the energy, emotional and mental dimen-sions. Furthermore, the learners are given a detailed

îïûòíûõ âðà÷åé Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè, ãäå ñëóøà-òåëè îñâàèâàþò íà ïðàêòèêå ëå÷åáíî-äèàãíîñòè-÷åñêèå ìåòîäû Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè, ïîñëå ÷åãî ñäà-þò ýêçàìåí äëÿ ïîëó÷åíèÿ ñåðòèôèêàòà (ôîòî 2).

Íà ïåðâîé ñòóïåíè � áàçèñíîì êóðñå � â òå÷å-íèå äâóõ íåäåëü ïðîâîäèòñÿ äåòàëüíîå èçó÷åíèåíå òîëüêî ñòàíäàðòíûõ ñèñòåì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ êèñ-òåé è ñòîï, íî è äðóãèõ ìíîãîóðîâíåâûõ ñèñòåìñîîòâåòñòâèÿ. Äàåòñÿ ïðåäñòàâëåíèå îá ýíåðãåòè-÷åñêîé ñèñòåìå òåëà ÷åëîâåêà, òîïîãðàôèè êîð-ïîðàëüíûõ ìåðèäèàíîâ è áåëü-ìåðèäèàíîâ, ÷àêðè áåëü-÷àêð, èçó÷àþòñÿ îñíîâíûå äèàãíîñòè÷åñ-êèå êðèòåðèè ñîñòîÿíèÿ ýíåðãåòè÷åñêîé ñèñòåìûòåëà è ñïîñîáû òåðàïèè òåêóùèõ ýíåðãèé ïðè ðàç-ëè÷íîé ïàòîëîãèè. Èçó÷àþòñÿ ìåòîäèêè ðàáîòûðàçíûìè èíñòðóìåíòàìè äëÿ Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè,îñîáåííîñòè ëå÷åíèÿ ÷àñòíîé ïàòîëîãèè.

Íà ìåòàôèçè÷åñêîì êóðñå îñíîâíîé öåëüþ ÿâ-ëÿåòñÿ èçó÷åíèå âñåõ àñïåêòîâ òåîðèè ØåñòèÝíåðãèé. Ñ ïîçèöèé Øåñòè Êè ïîçíàþòñÿ îñíîâ-íûå ïðèíöèïû è çàêîíû âçàèìîäåéñòâèÿ Âñåëåí-íîé è ÷åëîâåêà, âëèÿíèÿ âðåìåíè è ïðîñòðàí-ñòâà, âçàèìîñâÿçü ýíåðãåòè÷åñêîãî, ýìîöèîíàëü-íîãî è ìåíòàëüíîãî óðîâíåé. Ñëóøàòåëè òàêæåïîäðîáíî èçó÷àþò îáúåäèí¸ííóþ ýíåðãåòè÷åñêóþñèñòåìó ÷àêð è ìåðèäèàíîâ, çíàêîìÿòñÿ ñ ïîíÿ-òèåì ýíåðãåòè÷åñêîé êîíñòèòóöèè, å¸ ìíîãîóðîâ-íåâîãî ñòðîåíèÿ è ïðèíöèïàìè ëå÷åíèÿ îñòðûõ èõðîíè÷åñêèõ çàáîëåâàíèé ñ ó÷¸òîì êîíñòèòóöèè.

Òðåòüÿ ñòóïåíü � óãëóáë¸ííûé ìåòàôèçè÷åñêèéêóðñ � çàâåðøàåò öèêë îñíîâíîãî îáó÷åíèÿ. Âàæ-íåéøèì ðàçäåëîì ýòîãî êóðñà ÿâëÿþòñÿ òåîðèèÂîñüìè Íà÷àë è Àëìàçíîé ýíåðãåòè÷åñêîé ñèñ-òåìû òåëà, ðàçðàáîòàííûå ïðîôåññîðîì Ïàê ×æýÂó â 1997-1998 ãã. Êðîìå òîãî, ñëóøàòåëè íàèáî-ëåå ïîäðîáíî èçó÷àþò ïðîÿâëåíèÿ äèñáàëàíñà âñåõ

Photo 2. Practical work is underwayÔîòî 2. Èäåò ïðàêòè÷åñêîå çàíÿòèå

Photo 3. The art of healingÔîòî 3. Èñêóññòâî âðà÷åâàíèÿ

Each training stage will be programmed to endwith the work in the clinical setting over a period ofone week, under the guidance of experienced doc-tors from the Su Jok Academy. Here the learners wouldassimilate the practical application of the treatment-and-diagnostic methods offered by Su Jok therapy,following which they are to take their course-certifi-cation exam (photo 2).

ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÀÊÀÄÅÌÈß Â ÌÎÑÊÂÅ ØÊÎËÀ ÏÎÑËÅÄÎÂÀÒÅËÅÉ ÄÓÕÀ ÎÍÍÓÐÈ

Page 60: SU JOK

60 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

SU JOK ACADEMY OF MOSCOW AS THE SCHOOL OF THOUGHT FOR THE FOLLOWERS OF ONNURI SPIRIT

âèäîâ ýíåðãèé, äèàãíîñòè÷åñêèå êðèòåðèè, õàðàê-òåðíûå äëÿ ëþáîãî âèäà ïàòîëîãè÷åñêîãî ïðîöåñ-ñà. Ïðîäîëæàåòñÿ èçó÷åíèå ïîäõîäîâ ê èñïîëüçî-âàíèþ ýíåðãèé ïðîñòðàíñòâà è âðåìåíè, íà÷àòîåíà ïåðâîì ìåòàôèçè÷åñêîì êóðñå. Âàæíîå ìåñòîçàíèìàåò òåîðèÿ îñíîâíûõ êîíñòèòóöèé è ïðèìå-íåíèå å¸ â ëå÷åíèè.

Ëåêöèè è ïðàêòè÷åñêèå çàíÿòèÿ ñîïðîâîæäà-þòñÿ äåìîíñòðàöèåé áîëüøîãî ÷èñëà ñëàéäîâ,òàáëèö, ðèñóíêîâ, ïîñòàíîâêîé èãë íà ìóëÿæàõ,ïîêàçîì ïðàâèëüíîãî èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ ðàçëè÷íûõèíñòðóìåíòîâ.

Íàèáîëüøàÿ ÷àñòü ñëóøàòåëåé áàçèñíîãî è ìå-òàôèçè÷åñêèõ êóðñîâ � ýòî âðà÷è è ïðåäñòàâèòå-ëè äðóãèõ ìåäèöèíñêèõ íàïðàâëåíèé è ñïåöèàëü-íîñòåé, â òîì ÷èñëå è öåëèòåëè. Íî íàäî ñêàçàòü,÷òî ê íàì ïðèõîäèò ìíîãî ëþäåé äðóãèõ ïðîôåñ-ñèé, êàê äëÿ òîãî, ÷òîáû íàó÷èòüñÿ ïîìîãàòü ñåáåè áëèçêèì, òàê è äëÿ òîãî, ÷òîáû çàäóìàòüñÿ îñâî¸ì ìåñòå â ýòîì ìèðå, î çàêîíàõ Âñåëåííîé èæèçíè ÷åëîâåêà.

study of the integrated energy system of chakras andmeridians; they become familiar with the conceptof the energy-producing constitution and its multi-dimensional structure, as well as with the principlesunderlying the constitution-based treatment of acuteand chronic diseases.

The final cycle of the academic studies of primaryimportance is their third stage � or advanced meta-physical course. An important section of it is the onededicated to the Eight-Origin theory and the Dia-mond energy system of the human body, as devel-oped by Professor Park Jae Woo over several years.Besides, the learners would obtain a most thoroughknowledge of misbalance concerning all types of thebody energies, and the diagnostic criteria associatedwith any type of disease processes. They would alsoproceed with studying the approaches set to make useof the time-and-space-related energies � the sequelstudy begun at the first metaphysical course. Of nominor importance during the classes is the subject ofthe theory of basis constitutions and its application inmedical practice.

Both the lectures and practical studies will be ac-companied with a good deal of slides, Tables, fig-ures, insertion of needless onto the plaster casts,and demonstration of the proper use of various in-struments.

The overwhelming majority of the learners attend-ing the basic and metaphysical courses of the Acade-my, though, would consist of doctors and medicalpractitioners, including therapists � who representthe medical disciplines and specialties other than ac-upuncture. Yet another portion of participants, it ispertinent to note, are the people of non-medical tradewho arrive here either to learn how to look after them-selves and their dear ones, or to come to think oftheir position in this world, of the laws governing theUniverse and life of man.

The Su Jok Academy of today is indeed a harmoni-ous and united group of like-minded people com-prising over 20 experienced doctors involved in lec-tureship, including six Candidates of Medical Science(photo 3). In the year 1998 alone the number of thosewho had pursued the studies at the Academy ran intoabout 5,000. Among them you could meet learnersfrom India, Yugoslavia, Germany, Bulgaria, Jordanand Peru. Their training, however, would not be con-fined to the Academy whereabouts. In fact, the exist-ing system of the out-of-town seminars enables theSu Jok enthusiasts to enjoy their studies in many oth-er parts of Russia and in countries all over the world,such as India, Canada, Great Britain, Yugoslavia,Mexico, the USA, Poland, and so on.

Photo 4. A lecture delivered by Prof. Park Jae Wooto the Su Jok Academy teaching body(Interpretor, Dr. T.A.Petrakova)

Ôîòî 4. Ëåêöèÿ ïðîôåññîðà Ïàê ×æý Âó äëÿïðåïîäàâàòåëåé Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè(Ïåðåâîäèò äîêòîð Ò.À.Ïåòðàêîâà)

Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèÿ ñåãîäíÿ � ýòî äðóæíûé,ñïëî÷¸ííûé êîëëåêòèâ åäèíîìûøëåííèêîâ, îáúå-äèíÿþùèé áîëåå 20 îïûòíûõ âðà÷åé-ïðåïîäàâà-òåëåé, ñðåäè êîòîðûõ øåñòü êàíäèäàòîâ ìåäèöèí-ñêèõ íàóê (ôîòî 3). Äîñòàòî÷íî ñêàçàòü, ÷òî çà1998 ãîä îêîëî øåñòè òûñÿ÷ ÷åëîâåê ïðîøëè îáó-÷åíèå â Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè. Ñðåäè íèõ áûëè ñëó-øàòåëè èç Èíäèè, Þãîñëàâèè, Ãåðìàíèè, Áîë-ãàðèè, Èîðäàíèè, Ïåðó. Îäíàêî ïðåïîäàâàíèåïðîâîäèòñÿ íå òîëüêî â ñòåíàõ Àêàäåìèè, íî èïî ñèñòåìå âûåçäíûõ ñåìèíàðîâ âî ìíîãèõ ðåãè-îíàõ Ðîññèè è äðóãèõ ñòðàíàõ ìèðà (Èíäèè, Êà-

Page 61: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 61

�We want to thank Dame Fortune no end for thebrilliant opportunity to have come to know the

Su Jok therapy

Doctors P.A.Shemetov, L.A.Chernova,the city of Irkutsk

The Moscow-based clinic of Su Jok therapy hasattained widespread popularity with the general pub-lic. Not only does the esoteric name «Su Jok» growquite meaningful and congenial in spirit as you em-bark on a program of your studies here, this magicname is very likely to guide your own destiny in theyears to come.

Now that my preliminary acquaintance with SuJok science is coming to mind, I would in the firstplace refer to a brief three-day seminar, to be fol-lowed by the basic and metaphysical courses, and aboveall � to an ever-growing joy of gaining knowledge,acquiring confidence in my own powers, and my as-piration to work making use of the newly masteredapproach. I would also recall my thirst for the morerecent, up-to-the-minute, deeper and all-embracingknowledge about subtle points of the science underdiscussion, about the person who brought it to life,and people who were instrumental in further advanc-ing the cited method. I wished to see with my owneyes the manner of work of the doctors who have agood command of the Su Jok technique and are activein the clinic founded by the author of the new meth-od � Professor Park Jae Woo.

After two weeks of being engaged in practicalcourse, rather complicated aspects of the theory andpractical application of the unique method of Su Joktherapy would unlock their secrets. Many medical prac-titioners who completed their practical training course

«...Ìû áåñêîíå÷íî áëàãîäàðíû ñóäüáå çà òî,÷òî íàì äîâåëîñü ïîçíàêîìèòüñÿ ñ Ñó Äæîê

òåðàïèåé»

Âðà÷è Ï.À.Øåìåòîâ, Ë.À.×åðíîâà,ã. Èðêóòñê

Ìîñêîâñêàÿ êëèíèêà Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè ïîëüçó-åòñÿ áîëüøîé èçâåñòíîñòüþ.  åå ñòåíàõ òàèíñòâåí-íîå íàçâàíèå «Ñó Äæîê» ñòàíîâèòñÿ íå òîëüêî ïî-íÿòíûì è áëèçêèì, íî ïîðîé îïðåäåëÿåò äàëü-íåéøóþ ñóäüáó ÷åëîâåêà.

Âñïîìèíàåòñÿ ïåðâàÿ âñòðå÷à ñ ýòîé íàóêîé:êîðîòêèé òðåõäíåâíûé ñåìèíàð, çàòåì ó÷åáà íàáàçèñíîì è ìåòàôèçè÷åñêèõ êóðñàõ, è ïîñòîÿííîðàñòóùåå îùóùåíèå ðàäîñòè ïîçíàíèÿ, ÷óâñòâîóâåðåííîñòè â ñâîèõ ñèëàõ, æåëàíèå ðàáîòàòü íî-âûì ìåòîäîì. À âìåñòå ñ òåì è æàæäà íîâûõ, áî-ëåå ãëóáîêèõ çíàíèé î òîíêîñòÿõ ýòîé íàóêè, ååñîçäàòåëå, ëþäÿõ, ðàçâèâàþùèõ ýòîò ìåòîä. Õîòå-ëîñü óâèäåòü, êàê ðàáîòàþò âðà÷è, âëàäåþùèåìåòîäîì Ñó Äæîê â êëèíèêå, îñíîâàííîé àâòî-ðîì ìåòîäà, ïðîôåññîðîì Ïàê ×æý Âó.

Äâå íåäåëè ïðàêòè÷åñêîãî êóðñà � è ñòàíîâÿò-ñÿ áîëåå ïîíÿòíûìè ñëîæíûå âîïðîñû òåîðèè èïðàêòèêè óíèêàëüíîãî ìåòîäà Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè.Ìíîãèå âðà÷è, îêîí÷èâøèå ïðàêòè÷åñêèé êóðñ,ìîãóò ðàáîòàòü íà áîëåå âûñîêîì óðîâíå, èñïîëü-çóÿ çíàíèÿ, ïîëó÷åííûå â Àêàäåìèè (ôîòî 5).

Ëåêöèè è ïðàêòè÷åñêèå çàíÿòèÿ â òå÷åíèå êóðñàáûëè ìàêñèìàëüíî íàñûùåííûìè, ñ ïîäðîáíûìèçëîæåíèåì ìàòåðèàëà. Çíàíèÿ, ïîëó÷åííûå íàíèõ, áûñòðî çàêðåïëÿëèñü êëèíè÷åñêèìè íàáëþ-äåíèÿìè è ïðèìåðàìè èç æèçíè. Ñàìîå ãëàâíîåòî, ÷òî íîâûå çíàíèÿ ìû ìîãëè òóò æå ïðèìåíÿòü

OUR STUDENTS SAY...

ÈÇ ÎÒÇÛÂΠÍÀØÈÕ Ó×ÅÍÈÊÎÂ

We greatly appreciate Prof. Park Jae Woo�s willing-ness to give his timely advice to the clinical practi-tioners from Su Jok Academy, to deliver the dedicat-ed and detailed lectures for the Academy facultymembers. These are the things to bring us still closerto the Onnuri Spirit, enrich our knowledge, becomestronger, and more efficient in overcoming the manyhardships of our life (photo 4).

The Su Jok Academy faculty is seeking to maintaina higher standard of professorship in teaching theOnnuri medicine and Su Jok acupuncture in line withits first-hand knowledge.

íàäå, Àíãëèè, Þãîñëàâèè, Ìåêñèêå, ÑØÀ,Ïîëüøå è äð).

Ìû î÷åíü áëàãîäàðíû ïðîôåññîðó Ïàê ×æý Âóçà òî, ÷òî îí ÷àñòî âñòðå÷àåòñÿ ñ âðà÷àìè êëèíè-êè Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè, ÷èòàåò ñïåöèàëüíûå ðàñ-øèðåííûå ëåêöèè äëÿ ïðåïîäàâàòåëåé. Ýòî ïîçâî-ëÿåò íàì ñòàòü áîëåå áëèçêèìè ñ Äóõîì Îííóðè,îáîãàòèòüñÿ çíàíèÿìè, ñòàòü ñèëüíåå è ëåã÷å ïðå-îäîëåâàòü òðóäíîñòè (ôîòî 4).

Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèÿ ñòðåìèòñÿ ïîääåðæèâàòü âû-ñîêèé óðîâåíü ïðåïîäàâàíèÿ Îííóðè ìåäèöèíû èÑó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû â èõ îðèãèíàëüíîì âèäå.

ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÀÊÀÄÅÌÈß Â ÌÎÑÊÂÅ ØÊÎËÀ ÏÎÑËÅÄÎÂÀÒÅËÅÉ ÄÓÕÀ ÎÍÍÓÐÈ

Page 62: SU JOK

62 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

SU JOK ACADEMY OF MOSCOW AS THE SCHOOL OF THOUGHT FOR THE FOLLOWERS OF ONNURI SPIRIT

are likely to evince still higher professional skill ow-ing to the competent knowledge acquired at the SuJok Academy (photo 5).

Both the lectures and practical studies of the wholetraining course proved to be very rich, notable fordetailed presentation of subject matter. Moreover, theknowledge obtained was promptly consolidated on theground of clinical observations and the examples tak-en from real life. Yet the most important thing lay inthe fact that our fresh and unique knowledge couldbe at once applied in dealing with the sick patients,and that we could see for ourselves the immediateoutcome of our efforts. Of course, the utmost rewardand gratitude for what we have done would be com-ing in the grateful words of those cured of their ill-nesses and disorders.

Indeed, hovering inside the Su Jok Academy premis-es is the all-embracing Spirit of Love and earnest de-sire to heal the sick. You would fail in trying to find anycut-and-dried recipe here. Because each and every pa-tient will be treated on an individual basis � with hisor her specific worries and sufferings carefully takeninto consideration. And this is one of the most impor-tant principles to follow in the Su Jok therapy. This isthe principle which is in tune with a medical preceptstating that treatment must be applied to a human be-ing proper, rather than to his disease.

Western medicine in the modern world of today isstriving to make a doctor as close as possible to thehealth-related needs of the whole family. However,the doctor who has a good command of the Su Joktherapy techniques will, in effect, stand out as a full-fledged family doctor, capable of providing very use-ful treatment for all family members regardless of theirage.

Thus, we want to thank Dame Fortune no end forour timely coming to be, for the brilliant opportuni-ty to have come to know the Su Jok therapy, and forbeing able to see the Master in the flesh.

«Su Jok practical course has become an impor-tant step in my profession of a therapist»

Doctor I.N.Levachev, Moscow

In March 1998 I had a practical course of trainingat the Su Jok Academy. The lectures of theoreticallearning alternated with practical studies.

The wealth of new material for study was assimi-lated without difficulty, because it was presented with-in the learners� powers of comprehension or under-standing. A variety of diseases, special features of theirdiagnosis and therapy were given a detailed study. In-volved in presenting the material were different Su Jok

ïðè ðàáîòå ñ êîíêðåòíûìè áîëüíûìè è âèäåòüðåçóëüòàòû ñâîåãî òðóäà. È íàèâûñøàÿ áëàãîäàð-íîñòü � ýòî ñëîâà ïðèçíàòåëüíîñòè îò èçëå÷åí-íûõ ïàöèåíòîâ.

 ñòåíàõ Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè âèòàåò Äóõ Ëþáâè èèñêðåííåãî æåëàíèÿ ïîìîãàòü ëþäÿì. Çäåñü íå ñó-ùåñòâóåò ãîòîâûõ ðåöåïòîâ. Êàæäûé ïàöèåíò � ëè÷-íîñòü ñî ñâîèìè ïåðåæèâàíèÿìè è ñòðàäàíèÿìè.Ýòî îäèí èç âàæíåéøèõ ïðèíöèïîâ Ñó Äæîê òå-ðàïèè. È îí îòâå÷àåò îäíîé èç çàïîâåäåé âðà÷à �ëå÷èòü íå áîëåçíü, à ÷åëîâåêà.

Ñîâðåìåííàÿ çàïàäíàÿ ìåäèöèíà ïðèáëèæàåòâðà÷à ê ñåìüå, íî âðà÷, âëàäåþùèé çíàíèÿìè ÑóÄæîê òåðàïèè, óæå ïî ñâîåé ñóòè ñåìåéíûé âðà÷,êîòîðûé ìîæåò îêàçûâàòü ìåäèöèíñêóþ ïîìîùüâñåì ÷ëåíàì ñåìüè íåçàâèñèìî îò èõ âîçðàñòà è ñáîëüøîé ýôôåêòèâíîñòüþ.

Ìû áåñêîíå÷íî áëàãîäàðíû ñóäüáå çà òî, ÷òîíàì äîâåëîñü ðîäèòüñÿ èìåííî â ýòî âðåìÿ, ïî-çíàêîìèòüñÿ ñ Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèåé è âîî÷èþ óâè-äåòü Ó÷èòåëÿ.

«Ïðàêòè÷åñêèé êóðñ ñòàë âàæíûì ýòàïîì âìîåé âðà÷åáíîé äåÿòåëüíîñòè»

Âðà÷ È.Í.Ëåâà÷åâ, ã. Ìîñêâà

 ìàðòå 1998 ãîäà ÿ ïðîõîäèë îáó÷åíèå íà ïðàê-òè÷åñêîì êóðñå Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè. Òåîðåòè÷åñ-êèå ëåêöèè ÷åðåäîâàëèñü ñ ïðàêòè÷åñêèìè çàíÿ-òèÿìè.

Áîëüøîå êîëè÷åñòâî íîâîãî ìàòåðèàëà âîñïðè-íèìàëîñü äîâîëüíî ëåãêî, ïîñêîëüêó ïîäàâàëîñü

Photo 5. The Su Jok way of treatmentÔîòî 5. Ñó Äæîê ëå÷åíèå

Page 63: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 63

Academy lecturers possessing their unique masterfulapproach: L.P.Plisko, V.L.Nikolayeva, Y.V.Durnovo,and Ye.V.Makarova. This allowed one and the sameillness to be treated from different standpoints, whichproved to be of paramount importance in cultivatingthe clinically-oriented thought process.

During the practical classes I was assigned to see afew patients under the guidance of V.L.Nikolayeva �the consulting doctor. It was owing to my constantcontact with my tutor, our careful consideration ofeach patient, and variable approaches to therapy withregard to a particular status of the sick that made itpossible for me to acquire a good clinical experienceand generalize the knowledge attained by me at theearlier seminars on Su Jok therapy.

With every lecture delivered during the practicalcourse I was able to learn something that was new tome and was of much value. Thus, during the classeson pulse-based diagnosis we were given a thoroughanalysis of the issues concerning the consecutive de-termination of the pulse characteristics, followingwhich I had become in a position to enrich my ownstores of therapeutic knowledge with the aid of thisdiagnostic method.

When the subject of spatial energies came to behighlighted, it was quite a revelation for me to learnhow the problem of the parenchymatous organs� af-fection was taught to be estimated in terms of the in-depth approach, and how the external spatial ener-gies can influence the status of the human being.

I was also happy to learn the examples illustratingthe way the Diamond Energy System (the Core andBorder meridians) could be practically applied forthe therapy of the whole range of serious diseases,and to gain a thorough insight into the practical appli-cation of the Axial Constitutions theory.

As the subject of the multidimensional constitu-tions came up in the relevant lecture, especially ap-pealing to me became a detailed discussion about theconceptual approach to the problem of diagnosis.

My overall impression is that those specialists whowere trained in the clinical setting do seem to haveacquired the capacity for working at a higher profes-sional level, based on the knowledge attained aftertheir studies at the practical application course.

â äîñòóïíîì, ïîíÿòíîì âèäå. Äîñêîíàëüíî ðàçáè-ðàëèñü ðàçëè÷íûå çàáîëåâàíèÿ, îñîáåííîñòè èõäèàãíîñòèêè è ëå÷åíèÿ. Ïîäà÷à ìàòåðèàëà ðàçíû-ìè ïðåïîäàâàòåëÿìè Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè �Ë.Ï.Ïëèñêî, Â.Ë.Íèêîëàåâîé, Å.Â.Äóðíîâî èÅ.Â.Ìàêàðîâîé � ïîçâîëÿëà ðàññìàòðèâàòü îäíîè òî æå çàáîëåâàíèå ñ ðàçëè÷íûõ ïîçèöèé, ÷òîñûãðàëî îãðîìíóþ ïîçèòèâíóþ ðîëü â ðàçâèòèèêëèíè÷åñêîãî ìûøëåíèÿ.

Íà ïðàêòè÷åñêèõ çàíÿòèÿõ ÿ ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíîïðèíèìàë íåñêîëüêèõ áîëüíûõ ïîä íàáëþäåíèåìâðà÷à-êîíñóëüòàíòà Â.Ë.Íèêîëàåâîé. Ïîñòîÿííûéêîíòàêò ñ êóðàòîðîì, îáñóæäåíèå êàæäîãî ïàöè-åíòà è ïðèìåíåíèå ïîäõîäîâ ê ëå÷åíèþ â çàâèñè-ìîñòè îò èçìåíåíèÿ ñîñòîÿíèÿ áîëüíîãî ïîçâî-ëèëè ìíå ïðèîáðåñòè õîðîøèé êëèíè÷åñêèé îïûòè îáîáùèòü òå çíàíèÿ, êîòîðûå ÿ ïîëó÷èë íà ïðå-äûäóùèõ ñåìèíàðàõ ïî Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè.

Èç êàæäîé ëåêöèè, ÷èòàåìîé íà êóðñå, ÿ óç-íàâàë äëÿ ñåáÿ ÷òî-òî íîâîå è ïîëåçíîå. Òàê, íàëåêöèè ïî ïóëüñîâîé äèàãíîñòèêå ìû ïîäðîáíîðàçîáðàëè âîïðîñû ïîñëåäîâàòåëüíîãî îïðåäåëå-íèÿ õàðàêòåðèñòèê ïóëüñà, ïîñëå ÷åãî ÿ âêëþ-÷èë â ñâîé âðà÷åáíûé àðñåíàë ýòîò ìåòîä äèàã-íîñòèêè.

 ëåêöèè ïî ïðîñòðàíñòâåííûì ýíåðãèÿì îò-êðîâåííî íîâûì äëÿ ìåíÿ áûë ïîäõîä ê îöåíêåïîðàæåíèÿ ïàðåíõèìàòîçíûõ îðãàíîâ ñ ïîçèöèéãëóáèíû, à òàêæå âëèÿíèå âíåøíèõ ïðîñòðàí-ñòâåííûõ ýíåðãèé íà ÷åëîâåêà.

 ìàòåðèàëå îá Àëìàçíîé ýíåðãåòè÷åñêîé ñèñ-òåìå òåëà (Ñåðäöåâèííûõ è Ïîãðàíè÷íûõ ìåðè-äèàíàõ) áûëè äàíû ïðèìåðû åå ïðàêòè÷åñêîãîèñïîëüçîâàíèÿ â ëå÷åíèè öåëîãî ðÿäà ñåðüåçíûõçàáîëåâàíèé, à òàêæå ïðàêòè÷åñêîãî ïðèìåíåíèÿòåîðèè îñåâûõ êîíñòèòóöèé.

 ëåêöèè ïî ìíîãîóðîâíåâîñòè êîíñòèòóöèéìíå ïîíðàâèëñÿ ïîäðîáíûé ðàçáîð êîíöåïòóàëü-íûõ ïîäõîäîâ ê äèàãíîñòèêå.

Ìíå êàæåòñÿ, ÷òî ñïåöèàëèñòû, êîòîðûå ïðî-øëè îáó÷åíèå â êëèíèêå, èìåþò âîçìîæíîñòüðàáîòàòü áîëåå ïðîôåññèîíàëüíî, èñïîëüçóÿ çíà-íèÿ, ïîëó÷åííûå íà ïðàêòè÷åñêîì êóðñå.

ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÀÊÀÄÅÌÈß Â ÌÎÑÊÂÅ ØÊÎËÀ ÏÎÑËÅÄÎÂÀÒÅËÅÉ ÄÓÕÀ ÎÍÍÓÐÈ

Lectures & SeminarsSu Jok Academy provides lectures and seminars regularly on ONNURI Medicine and Su Jok Therapy.Anyone interested in these therapies may contact our Academy.

Tel/Fax: (7-095)-140-34-62E-mail: [email protected]

[email protected] Jok Academy, Moscow, Russia

Page 64: SU JOK

64 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

Ïåðâóþ âîçìîæíîñòü ïîçíàêîìèòüñÿ ñ Ñó Äæîêòåðàïèåé âðà÷è Ðåñïóáëèêè Êàçàõñòàí ïîëó÷èëèâ äåêàáðå 1992 ãîäà, êîãäà ïðîôåññîð Ïàê ×æý Âóïðîâåë â Àëìàòû 10-äíåâíûé ñåìèíàð íà áàçå Êà-çàõñòàíñêîãî ãîñóäàðñòâåííîãî èíñòèòóòà óñîâåð-øåíñòâîâàíèÿ âðà÷åé. Íà ýòîì îçíàêîìèòåëüíîìñåìèíàðå ïðèñóòñòâîâàëè íåñêîëüêî äåñÿòêîâ âðà-÷åé. Íà ñëåäóþùåì, ðàñøèðåííîì ñåìèíàðå âìàðòå 1993 ãîäà ïðîøëè îáó÷åíèå óæå îêîëî 180ñïåöèàëèñòîâ, áîëüøèíñòâî èç êîòîðûõ ñòàëè àê-òèâíî èñïîëüçîâàòü ìåòîä Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè èïðîïàãàíäèðîâàòü åãî ñðåäè ìåäðàáîòíèêîâ è íà-ñåëåíèÿ. Ïîñëå äàííîãî ñåìèíàðà, ïðîâåäåííîãîòàêæå íà áàçå ÊàçÃÈÓÂ, áûëî ðåøåíî ïðåîáðà-çîâàòü êàôåäðó ðåôëåêñîòåðàïèè â êàôåäðó òðà-äèöèîííîé ìåäèöèíû ñ îòäåëüíûì êóðñîì ÑóÄæîê òåðàïèè, â çàäà÷ó êîòîðîãî äîëæíà âõîäèòüèñêëþ÷èòåëüíî ïîäãîòîâêà è óñîâåðøåíñòâîâàíèåâðà÷åé ïî Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè.

Ñ ñåíòÿáðÿ 1996 ãîäà êóðñ Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèèÊàçÃÈÓ ïîëó÷èë ïî ïðèêàçó Ìèíèñòåðñòâà çäðà-âîîõðàíåíèÿ ñòàòóñ ðåñïóáëèêàíñêîãî Öåíòðà ÑóÄæîê òåðàïèè. Ñîãëàñíî óòâåðæäåííîìó ïëàíó, îíñòàë âåäóùèì ó÷åáíûì, íàó÷íî-èññëåäîâàòåëüñ-êèì è îðãàíèçàöèîííî-ìåòîäè÷åñêèì öåíòðîì ïîÑó Äæîê òåðàïèè â Ðåñïóáëèêå Êàçàõñòàí è ðàáî-òàåò â òåñíîì ñîòðóäíè÷åñòâå ñ îðãàíàìè è ó÷-ðåæäåíèÿìè çäðàâîîõðàíåíèÿ, Êàçàõñòàíñêîé èÌåæäóíàðîäíîé àññîöèàöèÿìè Ñó Äæîê àêóïóí-êòóðû, îáùåñòâåííûìè îðãàíèçàöèÿìè, ãîñóäàð-ñòâåííûìè è íåãîñóäàðñòâåííûìè ïðåäïðèÿòèÿ-ìè â Ðåñïóáëèêå Êàçàõñòàí è çà åå ïðåäåëàìè.

Îñíîâíûìè çàäà÷àìè Ðåñïóáëèêàíñêîãî öåí-òðà Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè ÿâëÿþòñÿ ïåðâè÷íàÿ ïîä-ãîòîâêà è óñîâåðøåíñòâîâàíèå ñïåöèàëèñòîâ ïîÑó Äæîê òåðàïèè, îêàçàíèå êâàëèôèöèðîâàííîéëå÷åáíîé è êîíñóëüòàòèâíîé ïîìîùè, ïîâñåìå-ñòíàÿ ïðîïàãàíäà è âíåäðåíèå ìåòîäà Ñó Äæîê

It was in December 1992 that doctors of the Re-public of Kazakhstan got a happy chance to come toknow the essential aspects of Su Jok therapy. At thattime Professor Park Jae Woo arrived in Almaty toconduct the 10-day seminar at the Kazakh State Ad-vanced Training Institute (KazSATI). The introducto-ry seminar was attended by a mere few dozens of doc-tors. However, at the next, extended seminar of March1993, there were trained as many as 180 specialists,the overwhelming majority of which became very ac-tive in implementing the method of Su Jok therapyand in promoting it among medical practitioners andlocal population. In the wake of the recent seminar �again held at the KazSATI � the reflexotherapy fac-ulty of the Institute was to become converted into thefaculty of conventional medicine incorporating the self-contained Su Jok therapy training course. This course�sfirst and foremost priority was to be responsible forthe knowledge and skills improvement among Su Joktherapy doctors.

In September 1996 the Su Jok therapy course at theKazSATI was, in keeping with the order issued by theKazakh Ministry of Health Service, granted the statusof the Republican Su Jok therapy Center. In line withthe approved plan it turned into the leading education-al, research, organizational and methodologic centeron Su Jok therapy in the Republic of Kazakhstan. In itsactivity the Center is closely associated with the statebodies and institutions of health service, with the Ka-zakh and International Su Jok acupuncture associa-tions, public organizations, governmental and non-governmental establishments to be found both in theRepublic of Kazakhstan and outside of it.

The Republican Center of Su Jok therapy wouldplace its major emphasis on the primary training andadvanced studies of Su Jok specialists, on the provi-sion of highly qualified therapeutic and consultativeaid. The Center seeks the all-round promotion andimplementation of Su Jok therapy techniques, it of-fers all sort of the relevant instructions and methodo-

SU JOK CENTERIN THE SYSTEM OF STATE MEDICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH SERVICE

S.A.Zhanaidarov, M.B.Abuzyarova(on the pattern of the Su Jok Center activity in Kazakhstan)

ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÖÅÍÒÐÂ ÑÈÑÒÅÌÅ ÃÎÑÓÄÀÐÑÒÂÅÍÍÎÃÎ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÑÊÎÃÎ ÎÁÐÀÇÎÂÀÍÈß

È ÇÄÐÀÂÎÎÕÐÀÍÅÍÈß

Ñ.À.Æàíàéäàðîâ, Ì.Á.Àáóçÿðîâà(íà ïðèìåðå ðàáîòû Ñó Äæîê Öåíòðà â Êàçàõñòàíå)

Page 65: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 65

logic assistance for the national institutions and spe-cialists, as well as participation in the activities ofcommittees involved in licensing and granting thequalifying categories, etc.

Within the six years of its being in operation, theRepublican Center can boast over 80 educationalcycles aimed to teach the fundamentals of Su Jok ther-apy on the budgetary- and self-supporting-based prin-ciple, with about a quarter of the scope of teachingactivities performed outside of the Kazakh capital. Thecourses were attended by a total of 900 doctors. Thecontingent of the students included virtually all themedical specialties � including such rare ones as fo-rensic medicine doctors or geneticists. The phenome-non can conceivably be accounted for by the out-standing merits of the Su Jok approach and an un-precedented range of indications in favor of its appli-cation. Moreover, our training courses were attendedby quite a few number of nursing staff, medical stu-dents, as well as by non-certified individuals.

One very important aspect in the activities of ourCenter would include the arrangement of annual sem-inars designed to provide advanced studies for the SuJok therapy doctors and specialists. The seminars areconducted by Prof. Park Jae Woo � the visiting pro-fessor to the KazSATI, and attended by the audienceof 200-300 people who arrive from all the Kazakhregions regardless of the fact that some of them aresituated far-away from the capital. Incidentally, thearea of Kazakhstan is 4-5 times as much as that occu-pied by France or Ukrain, with this country extend-ing in its vastness for about 800km.

The subject matter of the seminars will be con-stantly updated to include the latest concepts anddevelopments of the Su Jok therapy. Interest in theseminars is never eroded, which is confirmed by anever-growing number of specialists coming from oth-er countries of the region and from abroad. Further-more, the autumnal Almaty seminar headed by Prof.Park Jae Woo, which has already become a tradition,is expected to acquire the status of the interregionalone. Specialists from the neighboring countries of Cen-tral Asia will be invited to take part in it. Not only willthe annual event of such a scale � arranged at theRepublican Su Jok therapy Center � provide refresh-er studies and skill improvement on a permanent ba-sis, but it also can ensure the sharing of experience,exchange of ideas, and would offer consultations ofvarious sort. Besides, the cited event could create andsustain a unique, elated mood, the spirit of like-mind-edness and optimism among those who are earnest intheir efforts to master the magnificent Su Jok therapysystem through hard work and handsome dedication.

Drawing on the previous experience, we do be-lieve that the very existence of the Su Jok Center at

òåðàïèè, ðàçíîîáðàçíàÿ êîíñóëüòàòèâíàÿ è ìå-òîäè÷åñêàÿ ïîìîùü ó÷ðåæäåíèÿì è ñïåöèàëèñ-òàì, ó÷àñòèå â ðàáîòå êîìèññèé ïî ëèöåíçèðî-âàíèþ è ïðèñâîåíèþ êâàëèôèêàöèîííûõ êàòå-ãîðèé è äð.

Çà øåñòü ëåò íà áàçå Öåíòðà ñîñòîÿëîñü ñâûøå80 ó÷åáíûõ öèêëîâ îáó÷åíèÿ îñíîâàì Ñó Äæîêòåðàïèè íà áþäæåòíîé è õîçðàñ÷åòíîé îñíîâå,ïðè÷åì ïðèìåðíî ÷åòâåðòàÿ ÷àñòü èç íèõ ïðîèñ-õîäèëà â äðóãèõ ãîðîäàõ. Îáùåå êîëè÷åñòâî êóð-ñàíòîâ-âðà÷åé, ïðîñëóøàâøèõ ýòîò öèêë, ñîñòà-âèëî 900 ÷åëîâåê. Êîíòèíãåíò îáó÷àåìûõ áûë ïðåä-ñòàâëåí âðà÷àìè ïðàêòè÷åñêè âñåõ ìåäèöèíñêèõñïåöèàëüíîñòåé (äàæå âåñüìà ðåäêèõ, íàïðèìåð,òàêèõ êàê ñóäåáíî-ìåäèöèíñêèå ýêñïåðòû èëè âðà-÷è-ãåíåòèêè), ÷òî îáúÿñíÿåòñÿ, êîíå÷íî, îñîáû-ìè äîñòîèíñòâàìè ìåòîäà, â òîì ÷èñëå áåñïðåöå-äåíòíîé øèðîòîé ïîêàçàíèé ê åãî èñïîëüçîâà-íèþ. Êðîìå òîãî, íåìàëî ìåäðàáîòíèêîâ ñðåäíå-ãî çâåíà, ñòóäåíòîâ-ìåäèêîâ, à òàêæå îòäåëüíûõëèö áåç ìåäèöèíñêîãî îáðàçîâàíèÿ òàêæå ïðîøëèêóðñ îáó÷åíèÿ â íàøåì Öåíòðå.

Âàæíîé ñîñòàâíîé ÷àñòüþ ðàáîòû íàøåãî Öåí-òðà ÿâëÿåòñÿ îðãàíèçàöèÿ åæåãîäíîãî ñåìèíàðà óñî-âåðøåíñòâîâàíèÿ äëÿ âðà÷åé è ñïåöèàëèñòîâ ïîÑó Äæîê òåðàïèè, êîòîðûå ïðîâîäèò ïðîôåññîðÏàê ×æý Âó, ÿâëÿþùèéñÿ «visiting professor» Êàç-ÃÈÓÂ. Íà ýòè ñåìèíàðû ïîñòîÿííî ñîáèðàåòñÿ ïî200-300 ñëóøàòåëåé èç âñåõ ðåãèîíîâ Êàçàõñòàíà,íåñìîòðÿ íà çíà÷èòåëüíóþ óäàëåííîñòü ìíîãèõ èçíèõ îò Àëìàòû (òåððèòîðèÿ Êàçàõñòàíà â ÷åòûðå-ïÿòü ðàç ïðåâûøàåò òåððèòîðèþ òàêèõ ñòðàí, êàêÔðàíöèÿ èëè Óêðàèíà, à ïðîòÿæåííîñòü ñòðàíû ñâîñòîêà íà çàïàä ñîñòàâëÿåò ïðèìåðíî 800 êì). Òå-ìàòèêà ñåìèíàðà êàæäûé ðàç âêëþ÷àåò íîâåéøèåíàïðàâëåíèÿ è ðàçðàáîòêè Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè. Èí-òåðåñ ê ñåìèíàðó íåèçìåííî âåëèê, íà íåãî ïðè-åçæàþò âñå áîëüøå ñïåöèàëèñòîâ èç äðóãèõ ñòðàí.Îñåííåìó àëìàòèíñêîìó ñåìèíàðó ïðîôåññîðà Ïàê×æý Âó, ñòàâøåìó óæå òðàäèöèîííûì, ïðåäïîëà-ãàåòñÿ ïðèäàòü ñòàòóñ ìåæðåãèîíàëüíîãî ñ ïðèãëà-øåíèåì ñëóøàòåëåé èç ñîñåäíèõ ñòðàí ÑðåäíåéÀçèè. Åæåãîäíîå ïðîâåäåíèå ñòîëü áîëüøîãî ìå-ðîïðèÿòèÿ íà áàçå Ðåñïóáëèêàíñêîãî öåíòðà ÑóÄæîê òåðàïèè îáåñïå÷èâàåò íå òîëüêî ïîñòîÿííîåäîïîëíèòåëüíîå îáó÷åíèå è ïîâûøåíèå êâàëèôè-êàöèè, íî è îáìåí îïûòîì, íîâûìè èäåÿìè, êîí-ñóëüòèðîâàíèå, êðîìå òîãî, ñîçäàåò è ïîääåðæè-âàåò îñîáóþ ïðèïîäíÿòóþ àòìîñôåðó, äóõ åäèíî-ìûñëèÿ è îïòèìèçìà ñðåäè òåõ, êòî ïîñâÿòèë ñåáÿñåðüåçíîìó è ãëóáîêîìó èçó÷åíèþ çàìå÷àòåëüíîéëå÷åáíîé ñèñòåìû Ñó Äæîê.

Îñíîâûâàÿñü íà ïîëó÷åííîì îïûòå, ìû ïîëà-ãàåì, ÷òî ôóíêöèîíèðîâàíèå Ñó Äæîê Öåíòðà ïðè

ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÖÅÍÒÐ Â ÑÈÑÒÅÌÅ ÃÎÑÓÄÀÐÑÒÂÅÍÍÎÃÎ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÑÊÎÃÎ ÎÁÐÀÇÎÂÀÍÈß È ÇÄÐÀÂÎÎÕÐÀÍÅÍÈß

Page 66: SU JOK

66 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

the state-run educational medical institution, such asKazSATI, has the advantages of its own:

First, this provides an opportunity to teach the SuJok techniques for doctors of the most varied range ofspecialties given the broadest geographical distribu-tion of the places of their residence (basically, this ischaracteristic of any Advanced training institute-ATI).Indeed, the number of people who take interest inthe new therapeutic system would be substantially in-creased provided the introductory Su Jok lectures aredelivered along with a variety of advanced studies (prac-tical health matters concerning all medical special-ties). At the same time, the major classes involvingthe Su Jok therapy will be offered during the latterpart of the day. And this is very important indeed,since a lot of doctors who arrived from the most re-mote areas would be given a brilliant opportunity tostudy the Su Jok therapy and concurrently becomemore advanced in their own specialty.

Second, being part of a state-run ATI, it is muchmore easier to establish contacts with local healthservice bodies, in particular, when on an out-of-townteaching sessions.

Third, as the issue of implementing some changesin the system of health service is raised, it becomespossible to introduce the relevant corrections and pro-posals without any delay. For example, the studyingof the fundamentals of Su Jok therapy is highly desir-able to be included into the program intended to trainthe family doctors to become fit for what is called thefamily-oriented medical ambulatories. These arethought to become the basic institutions within theframework of the system set to render the first medi-cosanitary aid.

And lastly, in many doctors� opinion (sometimes,even, in the non-medical opinion) the license � cer-tificate, diploma � granted by a state-run ATI wouldhave the major advantage, or, as it were, the «legit-imacy». This would largely contribute to facilitatingthe procedure to obtain the relevant licenses by insti-tutions and individual specialists.

As you can see, the most efficient and reasonableway of implementing the Su Jok therapy into thehealth-service practices lies in organizing and runningthe Su Jok Center on the basis of the State AdvancedTraining Institute. This approach would promote themore speedy involvement of a broader medical com-munity into the said process. The Su Jok therapy couldindeed be applied at the treatment-and-prophylacticinstitutions elsewhere and everywhere. Besides, fol-lowing the above approach, the recognition of Su Jokas an extremely important and largely versatile thera-peutic system will soon be established by all.

ãîñóäàðñòâåííîì ó÷åáíîì ìåäèöèíñêîì çàâåäå-íèè, êàêèì ÿâëÿåòñÿ ÊàçÃÈÓÂ, èìååò âïîëíåîïðåäåëåííûå ïðåèìóùåñòâà:

âî-ïåðâûõ, ïîÿâëÿåòñÿ âîçìîæíîñòü îáó÷àòü ÑóÄæîê òåðàïèè âðà÷åé ñàìûõ ðàçíûõ ñïåöèàëüíîñ-òåé ïðè ìàêñèìàëüíî øèðîêîé ãåîãðàôèè èõ ïðî-æèâàíèÿ (ýòî õàðàêòåðíî äëÿ ëþáîãî ÈÓÂ). ×èñ-ëî ëþäåé, çàèíòåðåñîâàâøèõñÿ íîâîé ñèñòåìîé,ñóùåñòâåííî óâåëè÷èâàåòñÿ, åñëè íà ðàçíîîáðàç-íûõ êóðñàõ óñîâåðøåíñòâîâàíèÿ (ïðàêòèêè ïî âñåìâðà÷åáíûì ñïåöèàëüíîñòÿì) ÷èòàòü îçíàêîìèòåëü-íûå ëåêöèè, à îñíîâíûå çàíÿòèÿ ïî Ñó Äæîê òå-ðàïèè ïðîâîäèòü âî âòîðîé ïîëîâèíå äíÿ. Ïîñëå-äíåå âåñüìà âàæíî, òàê êàê äëÿ ìíîæåñòâà âðà-÷åé, ïðèåõàâøèõ èç «ãëóáèíêè», ïîÿâëÿåòñÿ âîç-ìîæíîñòü ïðîéòè îáó÷åíèå Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèèîäíîâðåìåííî ñ óñîâåðøåíñòâîâàíèåì ïî ñâîåéñïåöèàëüíîñòè;

âî-âòîðûõ, ïðåäñòàâëÿÿ ãîñóäàðñòâåííûé ÈÓÂ,ëåã÷å óñòàíîâèòü êîíòàêòû ñ îðãàíàìè çäðàâîîõ-ðàíåíèÿ íà ìåñòàõ, â ÷àñòíîñòè, ïðè îðãàíèçà-öèè âûåçäíûõ ó÷åáíûõ öèêëîâ;

â-òðåòüèõ, ïðè ïðîâåäåíèè ðàçëè÷íûõ ïðåîá-ðàçîâàíèé â ñèñòåìå çäðàâîîõðàíåíèÿ ïîÿâëÿåòñÿâîçìîæíîñòü ñâîåâðåìåííî âíîñèòü ñîîòâåòñòâó-þùèå êîððåêòèâû è ïðåäëîæåíèÿ. Íàïðèìåð, îáó-÷åíèå îñíîâàì Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè êðàéíå æåëà-òåëüíî âêëþ÷èòü â ïðîãðàììó ïîäãîòîâêè ñåìåé-íûõ âðà÷åé äëÿ òàê íàçûâàåìûõ «ñåìåéíûõ âðà-÷åáíûõ àìáóëàòîðèé», êîòîðûå ïðåäïîëàãàåòñÿñäåëàòü â Ðåñïóáëèêå Êàçàõñòàí îñíîâíûì ó÷ðåæ-äåíèåì â ñèñòåìå îêàçàíèÿ ïåðâè÷íîé ìåäèêî-ñàíèòàðíîé ïîìîùè;

íàêîíåö, â-÷åòâåðòûõ, ñâèäåòåëüñòâî (óäîñòî-âåðåíèå, äèïëîì) ãîñóäàðñòâåííîãî ÈÓ â ãëàçàõìíîãèõ âðà÷åé (è íå òîëüêî âðà÷åé) îáëàäàåò áîëü-øèì âåñîì, òàê ñêàçàòü, «ëåãèòèìíîñòüþ», ÷òî èîáëåã÷àåò ïîëó÷åíèå ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèõ ëèöåíçèéó÷ðåæäåíèÿì è îòäåëüíûì ñïåöèàëèñòàì.

Òàêèì îáðàçîì, îðãàíèçàöèÿ è ôóíêöèîíèðî-âàíèå Ñó Äæîê Öåíòðà íà áàçå Ãîñóäàðñòâåííîãîèíñòèòóòà óñîâåðøåíñòâîâàíèÿ âðà÷åé ïðåäñòàâ-ëÿåòñÿ âåñüìà ýôôåêòèâíîé è ðàöèîíàëüíîé ôîð-ìîé âíåäðåíèÿ Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè â ïðàêòèêó çäðà-âîîõðàíåíèÿ. Ïîäîáíûé âàðèàíò ñïîñîáñòâóåò áî-ëåå áûñòðîìó ðàñïðîñòðàíåíèþ Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèèñðåäè øèðîêîãî êðóãà âðà÷åé, ïîâñåìåñòíîìóèñïîëüçîâàíèþ â ëå÷åáíî-ïðîôèëàêòè÷åñêèõ ó÷-ðåæäåíèÿõ è ñêîðåéøåìó îáùåìó ïðèçíàíèþ ÑóÄæîê òåðàïèè â êà÷åñòâå ÷ðåçâû÷àéíî âàæíîé èâî ìíîãîì óíèâåðñàëüíîé ëå÷åáíîé ñèñòåìû.

SU JOK CENTER IN THE SYSTEM OF STATE MEDICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH SERVICE

Page 67: SU JOK

Founded in cooperation with the International SuJok Acupuncture Association (President � Prof. ParkJae Woo).

Three-year medical Training Program (One-yearProgram for Medical Doctors and Nurses). Resident train-ing in the city of Almaty, Kazakhstan, in the subsidiarybranches network in other countires, The combined formof education is also a possibility.

The Program starts in September 1999.Applications may be sent right now.Applications from candidates will be invited addi-

tionally in the middle of the term.You are expected to become the first group of inter-

nationally qualified Su Jok acupuncture and Onnurimedicine specialists.

Establishment of sisterhood relationship is welcome.Whenever any college or institute has need of our

program for teaching or training purposes, please contactour ONNURI COLLEGE!

ONNURI-COLLEGE

Phone: (7-095)-140-34-62,(7-3272)-62-7709

Fax: (7-095)-413-85-20E-mail: [email protected]: www.onnuricollege.com

www.onnuri.orgwww.sujok.ru

Ó÷ðåæäåí â ñîòðóäíè÷åñòâå ñ ÌåæäóíàðîäíîéÀññîöèàöèåé Ñó Äæîê Àêóïóíêòóðû (Ïðåçèäåíò �ïðîôåññîð Ïàê ×æý Âó).

Òðåõãîäè÷íàÿ ïðîãðàììà îáó÷åíèÿ (äëÿ âðà÷åé èìåäñåñòåð � îäèí ãîä).

Î÷íîå îáó÷åíèå â ã. Àëìàòû (Êàçàõñòàí) èëè âñåòè ôèëèàëîâ â äðóãèõ ñòðàíàõ. Âîçìîæíà êîìáè-íèðîâàííàÿ ôîðìà îáó÷åíèÿ.

Íà÷àëî çàíÿòèé ñ ñåíòÿáðÿ 1999 ãîäà.Çàÿâêè ïðèíèìàþòñÿ ñåé÷àñ!Äîïîëíèòåëüíûé íàáîð â ñåðåäèíå ñåìåñòðà.Âû áóäåòå â ÷èñëå ïåðâûõ ñïåöèàëèñòîâ ïî Ñó

Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðå è Îííóðè ìåäèöèíå, èìåþùèõìåæäóíàðîäíóþ êâàëèôèêàöèþ.

Áóäåì ðàäû ñîòðóäíè÷åñòâó ñ Âàìè.Åñëè Âàø êîëëåäæ èëè èíñòèòóò çàèíòåðåñî-

âàí â ïðîãðàììàõ îáó÷åíèÿ, ïîæàëóéñòà, ñâÿçûâàé-òåñü ñ Îííóðè êîëëåäæåì!

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ-ÊÎËËÅÄÆ

Tåë: (7-095)-140-34-62,(7-3272)-62-7709

Ôàêñ: (7-095)-413-85-20E-mail: [email protected]: www.onnuricollege.com

www.onnuri.orgwww.sujok.ru

ONNURI COLLEGEstate licenseNo.0001129

Almaty, Kazakhstan

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ-ÊÎËËÅÄÆãîñóäàðñòâåííàÿ ëèöåíçèÿ

¹0001129

Àëìàòû, Êàçàõñòàí The museum of fine arts in AlmatyÌóçåé èñêóññòâ â Àëìàòû

Page 68: SU JOK

68 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

 íàñòîÿùèé ìîìåíò â Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè ðàç-ðàáîòêà êîìïüþòåðíûõ ïðîãðàìì èäåò â äâóõ íà-ïðàâëåíèÿõ: ñîçäàíèå ïðîãðàìì-ó÷åáíèêîâ è äè-àãíîñòè÷åñêèõ ïðîãðàìì.

Ïðîãðàììû-ó÷åáíèêè îðèåíòèðîâàíû íà ïîëüçî-âàòåëåé, ñòðåìÿùèõñÿ ãëóáîêî èçó÷èòü ìåòîäû ÑóÄæîê òåðàïèè. Îñíîâíûì ïðåèìóùåñòâîì îáó÷à-þùåé ïðîãðàììû ïåðåä ó÷åáíèêîì-êíèãîé ÿâëÿ-åòñÿ âîçìîæíîñòü ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíî ïðîêîíòðîëè-ðîâàòü ñåáÿ â ïðàâèëüíîñòè óñâîåíèÿ ìàòåðèàëà.Äëÿ ýòîãî â ïðîãðàììû âêëþ÷åíû òåñòû ðàçíîéñòåïåíè ñëîæíîñòè. Âåñü íåîáõîäèìûé òåîðåòè-÷åñêèé ìàòåðèàë ïîäàåòñÿ ëàêîíè÷íî, ÿñíî è õî-ðîøî ïðîèëëþñòðèðîâàí.

Òàêèì îáðàçîì, öåëüþ äàííûõ ïðîãðàìì ÿâ-ëÿåòñÿ êà÷åñòâåííîå îáó÷åíèå âñåõ æåëàþùèõ,âêëþ÷àÿ òåõ, êòî â ïåðâûé ðàç ñîïðèêàñàåòñÿ ñÑó Äæîê òåðàïèåé.

Òðàäèöèîííî îáó÷åíèå îñóùåñòâëÿåòñÿ ñòóïåí-÷àòî. Ïåðâûé óðîâåíü çíàíèé � ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåò-ñòâèÿ êèñòåé è ñòîï � îòðàæåí â ïðîãðàììå«Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà òåëà ÷åëîâåêà». Âòîðîé óðîâåíü çíà-íèé � ëå÷åíèå ïî áåëü-ìåðèäèàíàì � â ïðîãðàì-ìå «Òåðàïèÿ òåêóùåé ýíåðãèè». Ñëåäóþùèé óðî-âåíü íàéäåò ñâîå îòðàæåíèå â ïðîãðàììå ó÷åáíè-êà ïî ýíåðãåòè÷åñêîé ñèñòåìå òåëà, êîòîðàÿ â íà-ñòîÿùèé ìîìåíò ïëàíèðóåòñÿ ê ðàçðàáîòêå.

Äàííûå îáó÷àþùèå ïðîãðàììû ìîæíî ðàñ-ñìàòðèâàòü îáùèì áëîêîì, òàê êàê îíè èìåþò

At present their compilation at the Su Jok Acade-my is underway to pursue dual purpose, aimed tocreate the teaching programs and diagnostic programs.

The teaching programs, for one, are designed so asto be employed by the users striving to have a very goodcommand of the Su Jok therapy techniques. The majoradvantage of the teaching program over a text-book liesin the fact that the program allows you to ascertainquite independently whether you have had a good graspof the knowledge obtained. To help the matters, thesaid programs can boast the availability of tests of var-ied complexity. Moreover, the theoretical aspects ofthe program in question are presented in a most con-cise, explicit, and adequately illustrated manner.

Thus, the teaching programs seek the best meth-ods for training the enthusiasts, including new en-trants into the Su Jok therapy.

The training procedure would conventionally in-volve a stage-wise approach. The first stage of knowl-edge dedicated to the hands-and-feet correspondencesystems is well represented in the program entitled «TheHuman-Body Homo-System». The second stage wouldinvolve the byol-meridians treatment data to be foundin the «Energy Flowing Therapy» program. The nextstage of the relevant knowledge will be highlighted inthe program described in the body energy systems man-ual. This program is currently expected to be compiled.

The cited on-line tutorials can be treated as a sin-gle cluster, because they are noted for similar inter-face, a unified style, and very logical continuity. At the

Îáçîðíàÿ ñòàòüÿ, ïðåäëàãàåìàÿ íèæå, îòêðû-âàåò ñåðèþ ìàòåðèàëîâ, â êîòîðûõ Ñó Äæîê Àêà-äåìèÿ áóäåò ïîäðîáíî çíàêîìèòü ÷èòàòåëåé æóð-íàëà ñî âñåìè íîâèíêàìè â îáëàñòè êîìïüþòåð-íûõ ðàçðàáîòîê. Âû ñìîæåòå ïîëó÷èòü ïîäðîáíóþèíôîðìàöèþ î êàæäîé ïðîãðàììå è ñäåëàòü ñâîéâûáîð. Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèÿ æäåò âàøèõ îòçûâîâ ïîïîâîäó êà÷åñòâà ïðîãðàìì è ïðåäëîæåíèé ïî èõóñîâåðøåíñòâîâàíèþ.

The present review article will launch the publica-tion of a series of material covering in considerable de-tail the Su Jok Academy�s latest advancements in itssoftware package development. You are expected toobtain adequate information with regard to any pro-gram available, and to make your own choice. We shallbe happy to hear from our subscribers and to knowtheir comments and recommendations concerning theprograms quality and their further refinement.

COMPUTER PROGRAMSFOR SU JOK THERAPY SPECIALISTS

ÊÎÌÏÜÞÒÅÐÍÛÅ ÏÐÎÃÐÀÌÌÛÄËß ÑÏÅÖÈÀËÈÑÒÎÂ Â ÎÁËÀÑÒÈ ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÒÅÐÀÏÈÈ

V.L.Nikolayeva, M.D., lecturerat the International Su Jok Acupuncture Association

Â.Ë.Íèêîëàåâà, ê.ì.í., ïðåïîäàâàòåëüÌåæäóíàðîäíîé àññîöèàöèè Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû

COMPUTER PROGRAMS ÊÎÌÏÜÞÒÅÐÍÛÅ ÏÐÎÃÐÀÌÌÛ

Page 69: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 69

same time, each program would appear as an inte-gral, complete product capable of being self-correct-ed on specific subject-matters (fig. 1).

The diagnostic programs will essentially stand outas expert�s programs. They are purposed to provideinstruction for a doctor, to offer him an alternative toattacking the problem on hand. Here the ways to makethe energy-based diagnosis and to choose a method ofcorrection of the patient�s energy balance are thor-oughly discussed. Indeed, the programs of this sortcould be mighty interesting for medical practitioners,because they are set to make every provision to thedoctor right on his working place.

Currently available there are two versions of theproposed diagnostic program.

The second version, which is the most recent one,is notable for a number of extra potentialities. Again,this version should by no means be regarded as thefinal one and unlikely to be refined or updated. This isjust a stage in its ever-lasting development. As the newmethods of diagnostics become formulated, they aresure to complement the existing program and enhanceits capabilities.

Either the previous versions or the hooks will beperfectly integral in their identity � emerging, es-sentially, as independent full-fledged programs. In fact,

ñõîäíûé èíòåðôåéñ, åäèíûé ñòèëü è ëîãè÷åñêóþïðååìñòâåííîñòü.  òî æå âðåìÿ êàæäàÿ ïðîãðàì-ìà � ýòî öåëîñòíûé çàâåðøåííûé ïðîäóêò ñ âîç-ìîæíîñòÿìè ñàìîêîíòðîëÿ ïî êîíêðåòíûì òå-ìàì (ðèñ. 1).

Äèàãíîñòè÷åñêèå ïðîãðàììû ïî ñóòè ñâîåé ÿâ-ëÿþòñÿ ýêñïåðòíûìè. Èõ ïðåäíàçíà÷åíèå � ïðî-êîíñóëüòèðîâàòü âðà÷à, äàòü åìó âàðèàíò âîçìîæ-íîãî ðåøåíèÿ ïðîáëåìû. Ðå÷ü èäåò î ïîñòàíîâêåýíåðãåòè÷åñêîãî äèàãíîçà è âûáîðå ìåòîäà êîð-ðåêöèè ýíåðãåòè÷åñêîãî ñîñòîÿíèÿ ïàöèåíòà. Áå-çóñëîâíî, ïðîãðàììû òàêîãî òèïà ìîãóò ñèëüíîçàèíòåðåñîâàòü ïðàêòèêóþùèõ âðà÷åé, ïîñêîëüêóñíàáæåíû âñåì íåîáõîäèìûì, ÷òîáû áûòü ïîìîù-íèêîì âðà÷à ïðÿìî íà åãî ðàáî÷åì ìåñòå.

 íàñòîÿùèé ìîìåíò ñóùåñòâóþò äâå âåðñèèäèàãíîñòè÷åñêîé ïðîãðàììû. Âòîðàÿ âåðñèÿ (áî-ëåå ïîçäíÿÿ) îñíàùåíà äîïîëíèòåëüíûìè âîç-ìîæíîñòÿìè. Íî è ýòà âåðñèÿ íå ÿâëÿåòñÿ çàêëþ-÷èòåëüíîé è îêîí÷àòåëüíîé. Ýòî ñâîåãî ðîäà ýòàï.Ïî ìåðå òîãî êàê íîâûå ìåòîäû äèàãíîñòèêè áó-äóò ôîðìàëèçîâàíû, îíè äîïîëíÿò è ðàñøèðÿòýòó ïðîãðàììó.

È ïðåäûäóùèå âåðñèè, è äîáàâëÿåìûå áëîêèîáëàäàþò àáñîëþòíîé öåëîñòíîñòüþ, ÿâëÿÿñü ïî

Fig. 1. Computer program headpieceÐèñ. 1. Çàñòàâêà êîìïüþòåðíîé ïðîãðàììû

ÊÎÌÏÜÞÒÅÐÍÛÅ ÏÐÎÃÐÀÌÌÛ ÄËß ÑÏÅÖÈÀËÈÑÒÎÂ Â ÎÁËÀÑÒÈ ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÒÅÐÀÏÈÈ

Page 70: SU JOK

70 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

different versions of a diagnostic program have thecapacity to solve a variety of problems. This is done inline with the approach adopted by the doctor who �in trying to make the more accurate diagnosis � willbe guided in his efforts by a number of diagnostictechniques. Sometimes the doctor would want to takeinto consideration the greatest possible number ofsigns and tokens. The need to combine a set of signs isa difficult task; in this case the diagnostic computerprogram is highly likely to facilitate the solution ofthe whole problem.

The important merit of the said program is itsability to provide a comprehensive approach to solv-ing a problem. As a result, energy-based diagnosis willbe made, involving the multilevel bodily constitu-tion and the predominant energies of different di-mensions.

The Su Jok Academy is relentless in its strivings tocreate the teaching programs and to enrich the diag-nostic ones. Incorporation of all the programs into asingle compact disc for the ease of manipulating bythe user is in sight.

ñâîåé ñóòè ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíûìè ïîëíîöåííûìèïðîãðàììàìè. Ðàçíûå âåðñèè äèàãíîñòè÷åñêîéïðîãðàììû ðåøàþò çàäà÷è ïîäîáíî òîìó, êàêâðà÷ ïðè ïîñòàíîâêå äèàãíîçà ðóêîâîäñòâóåòñÿîäíèì, äâóìÿ, òðåìÿ èëè áîëåå äèàãíîñòè÷åñ-êèìè ïîäõîäàìè. Èíîãäà âðà÷ ïûòàåòñÿ ó÷åñòüìàêñèìàëüíîå êîëè÷åñòâî ïðèçíàêîâ. Ñîïðÿæå-íèå áîëüøîãî ÷èñëà ïðèçíàêîâ � íåïðîñòàÿ çà-äà÷à äëÿ âðà÷à, ïîýòîìó äèàãíîñòè÷åñêàÿ êîì-ïüþòåðíàÿ ïðîãðàììà ìîæåò ñóùåñòâåííî îáëåã-÷èòü åå ðåøåíèå.

Âàæíûì äîñòîèíñòâîì òàêîé ïðîãðàììû ÿâ-ëÿåòñÿ êîìïëåêñíûé ïîäõîä ê çàäà÷å. Ðåçóëüòàòîìÿâëÿåòñÿ ïîñòàíîâêà ýíåðãåòè÷åñêîãî äèàãíîçà �ìíîãîóðîâíåâîé êîíñòèòóöèè è äîìèíèðóþùèõýíåðãèé íà ðàçíûõ óðîâíÿõ.

Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèÿ ïðîäîëæàåò ðàáîòó ïî ñî-çäàíèþ îáó÷àþùèõ ïðîãðàìì è ðàñøèðåíèþ äè-àãíîñòè÷åñêîé ïðîãðàììû.  ïåðñïåêòèâå ïëàíè-ðóåòñÿ îáúåäèíåíèå âñåõ ïðîãðàìì íà åäèíîì êîì-ïàêò-äèñêå äëÿ óäîáñòâà ïîëüçîâàòåëåé.

As more and more votaries of Su Jok therapy

become inspired by its achievements, they tend to

embark on writing lyrical verses and even larger poems

dedicated to the subject. So we have come up with the

idea of introducing a new column which follows. Indeed,

the people of high skills would evince their inborn

talents in many a sphere. Gifted people would come to

work for Su Jok and show their admiration for the

method through the words of writing. We will be very

thankful for our readers if they choose to contribute to

our journal their poems, literary sketches or short stories

about Su Jok therapy.

In this issue you can see a poem which is whole-

hearted in its devotion to Su Jok. The author is Lyudmila

S.Pankova from Almaty (Kazakhstan), an experienced

doctor of excellent background for whom the Su Jok

practice had become her life�s work.

Ìû ðåøèëè îòêðûòü â íàøåì æóðíàëå ñëåäó-

þùóþ ðóáðèêó, ïîòîìó ÷òî Có Äæîê òåðàïèÿ

âäîõíîâëÿåò ìíîãèõ ñâîèõ ïîñëåäîâàòåëåé íà ñî-

çäàíèå ñòèõîâ è äàæå ïîýì. Òàëàíòëèâûå ëþäè

òàëàíòëèâû âî âñåì; à ïîñêîëüêó â Ñó Äæîê ÷à-

ñòî ïðèõîäÿò ëþäè ÿðêèå, íåîðäèíàðíûå, òî èõ âîñ-

õèùåíèå ìåòîäîì íàõîäèò ñâîå îòðàæåíèå â

òâîð÷åñòâå. Ìû áóäåì ðàäû ïîëó÷èòü îò íàøèõ

÷èòàòåëåé ñòèõè, ïîýìû, ìîæåò áûòü, ýññå èëè

ðàññêàçû, ïîñâÿùåííûå Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè.

 ýòîì íîìåðå ìû ïóáëèêóåì ïîýìó î Ñó

Äæîê, êîòîðóþ íàïèñàëà çàìå÷àòåëüíûé îïûò-

íûé âðà÷ Ëþäìèëà Ñòåïàíîâíà Ïàíêîâà èç ã.Àë-

ìàòû (Êàçàõñòàí), äëÿ êîòîðîé Ñó Äæîê ñòàë

äåëîì æèçíè.

COMPUTER PROGRAMS FOR SU JOK THERAPY SPECIALISTS

Page 71: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 71

The Universe resounding...And there came a voice reverberating to and froAcross the Universe � Originator of the greatHomo-Hetero law!Echoing in such words as follow.«I am...� I am...� the One who�s sentThe Master over to you to have my Sovereign Will

performed.»And therefore,Do turn the Genesis� immortal pagesAnd try to trace the origin of thingsBack to the times when life on EarthWas silent � plunged in darkness �Yet bore the vital spark of you and me,Devoutly conceived by the Creator�s greatness.And then it�s happened.Lord did His mighty worksBy making human body, hands, and feet � alike,By graciously elaborating Su Jok style for lifeAll aimed to help Man to survive!How could one fail to grow fond of Su Jok treasures:Of multicolored energies of yellow, black and red,Of heat and hotness, wind, humidity and coldnessAnd of the sea and river points of wonder,And voiceless streams and gentle outflows!Who dares to ignore Su Jok divine attireThat prides itself on hotness in the stomach,Humidity in spleen, heat in the hearts all seething with desire;That brings the happiness into the liver, and lasting joy

into the kidneys;And � which is more � that adds to the serenity of mind

and wisdomOf those fragile human beings!I feel attached to Su Jok solid merits,And even mesmerized by their insistent callOn me to use Six Energies, Five Elements of EarthThat form a massive ring so tense to wear -Yet never harmful in its true and matchless worth.The Su Jok way would hover in a Wind breath,In wholesome humidity of Earth;Its sinew you can feel in dryness of all metalsAnd in delightful coldness of waters.I worship great Homo-Hetero Law � and always will �And its Eight Origins� transcendent unity in healingPerformed by magic of their diamond-patterned piccadill.We all would die lest that law should die,Because when deathless � it can provide for the allotted

span of lifeOf each and every human being...I have by now reached the end of Su Jok storyMy brethren! I believe there can�t be anybodyWho would deny my word of gloryBeing uttered, in order to exalt Love, God,The Universe, our Home Earth � and Homo!

Çâó÷èò âñåëåííàÿ...Çâó÷èò Âñåëåííàÿ: �ß åñìü... ß åñìü...�Ñîçäàòåëü Ãîìî-Ãåòåðî çàêîíà!�ß ê âàì Ó÷èòåëÿ ïîñëàëÌîþ èñïîëíèòü âîëþ íåïðåêëîííî.�À ïîñåìó:Îòêðîé ñòðàíèöó êíèãè ÁûòèÿÈ ïðî÷èòàé, ÷òî áûëî îò Íà÷àëà.Êîãäà Çåìëÿ âî òüìå åùå ìîë÷àëà,À â çàìûñëå Òâîðöà óæ áûëè òû è ÿ.È ñîòâîðèë Ãîñïîäü ïîõîæåñòü òåëà, ðóê è íîã,È ñëîã Ñó Äæîêà ñîòâîðèë îò âåêà.À ýòî íóæíî áûëî äëÿ òîãî,×òîá ëåã÷å áûëî âûæèòü ×åëîâåêó!È ìîæíî ëè íå ïîëþáèòü Ñó ÄæîêÇà öâåò ýíåðãèé � êðàñíûé, æåëòûé, ÷åðíûé,Çà æàð, òåïëî è âëàæíîñòü, âåòåð, õîëîä,Çà òî÷êè ìîðÿ è ðåêè, ïîòîê, èñòîê!Çà æàð â æåëóäêå, âëàæíîñòü ñåëåçåíêè,Çà òåïëîòó, æåëàíèå ñåðäåö,Çà ñ÷àñòüå â ïå÷åíè è ðàäîñòü â ïî÷êåÈ çà ñîçíàíèå è ìóäðîñòü, íàêîíåö!Ñó Äæîêà ñëîã òåïåðü ìåíÿ ìàíèò,Êàê óëüòèìàòóì ìíå áåñïðåêîñëîâíûé,Ãäå Øåñòü Ýíåðãèé, Ýëåìåíòîâ Ïÿòü Çåìëè êîëüöå, â êîòîðîì òåñíî, íî íå áîëüíî.Ñó Äæîêà ñëîã � è â äóíîâåíüè âåòðà,Ñó Äæîêà ñëîã � âî âëàæíîñòè Çåìëè,Ñó Äæîêà ñëîã � è â ñóõîñòè ìåòàëëà,Ñó Äæîêà ñëîã � è â õîëîäå âîäû!Ïðåêðàñåí Ãîìî-Ãåòåðî çàêîí,Çàêîí Âîñüìè Íà÷àë Àëìàçíîé ïèêàäèëüè;Ìû óìèðàåì, ÷òîá íå óìåð îí,À îí áåññìåðòåí, ÷òîáû âñå ìû æèëè.È çàâåðøàÿ çäåñü Ñó Äæîêà ñëîã,Ñêàæó, äðóçüÿ, ïîñëåäíåå ÿ ñëîâî:Ïðåâûøå âñåõ � Ëþáîâü è Áîã,Âñåëåííàÿ, Çåìëÿ è Ãîìî!

LITERARY PAGE ËÈÒÅÐÀÒÓÐÍÀß ÑÒÐÀÍÈ×ÊÀ

Page 72: SU JOK

72 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

Óòâåðæäàþò, ÷òî åùå äî ýïîõè ðàñöâåòà êóëü-òóð Øóìåðà è Äðåâíåãî Åãèïòà ñóùåñòâîâàëà öè-âèëèçàöèÿ, íàó÷íûå è òåõíîëîãè÷åñêèå äîñòèæå-íèÿ êîòîðîé ïðåâîñõîäèëè äàæå ñîâðåìåííûéóðîâåíü. Îäíàêî ïîñëå òîãî êàê ïðèðîäíûå êàòàê-ëèçìû ñòåðëè ñ ëèöà Çåìëè ñòðàíó, ãäå æèë ýòîòíàðîä, îò âåëèêîé öèâèëèçàöèè îñòàëèñü ëèøüâîñïîìèíàíèÿ, êîòîðûå ïðåâðàòèëèñü â ìèôû èëåãåíäû.

Âîçìîæíî, äðåâíååãèïåòñêèå æðåöû, ïîëó-÷èâøèå çíàíèÿ îò âûøåóïîìÿíóòîé òåõíîëîãè-÷åñêè ðàçâèòîé «äîïîòîïíîé» öèâèëèçàöèè, òùà-òåëüíî ñêðûëè èõ â ñâîèõ ñàìûõ òàéíûõ ðèòóàëàõ.Îäíàêî ñìåíÿëèñü ñòîëåòèÿ, à ñ íèìè äèíàñòèè,ïðàâèâøèå Äðåâíèì Åãèïòîì; èñòèííîå çíàíèåè äåéñòâèòåëüíûé ñìûñë òåõ ìîãóùåñòâåííûõïðàêòèê ïîñòåïåííî ïðåâðàòèëèñü â ïîâåðüÿ. Èî÷åâèäíî, ÷òî òàê íàçûâàåìûå «îêêóëüòíûå» òàé-íû, äîøåäøèå äî íàñ ñî âðåìåí øóìåðñêîé,äðåâíååãèïåòñêîé èëè âàâèëîíñêîé öèâèëèçà-öèé, ÿâëÿþòñÿ íå ÷åì èíûì, êàê íàó÷íûìè çíà-íèÿìè, êîòîðûå íåêîãäà áûëè ñïåöèàëüíî îáëå-÷åíû â ôîðìó, äåëàþùóþ èõ ïîíÿòíûìè ëþäÿìòîãî âðåìåíè.

Ñîãëàñíî Ãåðîäîòó, êîòîðûé ïîëó÷èë ñâåäå-íèÿ îò åãèïåòñêèõ æðåöîâ, ïèñüìåííàÿ èñòîðèÿåãèïòÿí íà÷èíàëàñü çà 11340 ëåò äî ýïîõè, â êî-òîðóþ æèë ñàì Ãåðîäîò, èëè ïî÷òè çà 14 òûñÿ÷å-ëåòèé äî íàøåãî âðåìåíè. Äèîäîð Ñèöèëèéñêèéâ ïåðâîì âåêå íàøåé ýðû ïèñàë: «Åãèïòÿíå áûëèïðèøëûìè ëþäüìè, êîòîðûå â äàëåêèå âðåìåíàïîñåëèëèñü íà áåðåãàõ Íèëà, ïðèíåñÿ ñ ñîáîéöèâèëèçàöèþ ñâîåé ðîäíîé ñòðàíû, èñêóññòâîïèñüìåííîñòè è ñîâåðøåííûé ÿçûê. Îíè ïðèøëèîòòóäà, ãäå çàõîäèò ñîëíöå, è áûëè ñàìûìè äðåâ-íèìè èç ëþäåé».

Áåçóñëîâíî, íàèáîëåå î÷åâèäíûì íàñëåäèåìäðåâíåãî äîäèíàñòè÷åñêîãî ïåðèîäà ÿâëÿþòñÿñôèíêñû è ïèðàìèäû. Íà ïðîòÿæåíèè ñòîëåòèé îíèäàþò îáèëüíóþ ïèùó äëÿ äèñêóññèé ìåæäó èñòî-ðèêàìè, ó÷åíûìè, ìèñòèêàìè è àëõèìèêàìè.

As the thinking goes, even before the time at whichthe earliest great civilizations of Sumers and Egyptreached their acme there existed one that did out-shine the modern world�s state of the art in scienceand technology. Nowadays, however, nothing but thememory remains of the great civilization of the past� which became myths and legends � after naturaldisasters razed to the ground the home country ofthose people of wisdom.

The priests of ancient Egypt who could draw onthe knowledge possessed by that technologically de-veloped «antiquated» civilization, might have beencareful enough to conceal it in their most esotericrituals. As the centuries went by, and the dynastiesthat ruled Egypt began and declined, the actual knowl-edge and ultimate truth of the mighty practices of thedim and distant past have been gradually degenerat-ing into popular beliefs and superstitions. The so-called«occult» mysteries that came down to us from theancient civilizations of Sumers, Egypt and Babylondo seem to be nothing else but the then scientificknowledge specifically enfolin the form comprehensi-ble to the people of that epoch.

According to Herodotus who received the first-hand information from Egyptian priests, the recordedhistory of Egypt dates back to 11,340 years before thetime of the great historian himself, or nearly 14 mil-lenia before the Christian Era. Diodorus Siculus point-ed out in the 1st century A.D. that the Egyptians werethe strangers who came to settle on the sides of theNile river at the hoary old times. They brought withthem the civilization of their home land, the art ofwriting, and perfect spoken language. The Egyptiansarrived from where the sun goes down, and they werethe most ancient people on earth.

By far the most prominent heritage of pre-dynastictimes are the Sphinx and the Pyramid. They have beenthe subject of centuries-old and most profound debatebetween historians, scholars, mystics and alchemists.

The word «pyramid» is recognized to have beenderived from the Greek word ëvp, or fire, which

THE ENIGMAS OF ANCIENT EGYPT

ÇÀÃÀÄÊÈ ÄÐÅÂÍÅÃÎ ÅÃÈÏÒÀL.I.Zabrodina, M.D., lecturer at the International Su Jok Acupuncture Association

Ë.È.Çàáðîäèíà, âðà÷, ïðåïîäàâàòåëü Ìåæäóíàðîäíîé àññîöèàöèè Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû

Out from the dim and distant past came to us whatis nowadays known as the pyramid miracles. Mightthe octahedron-like shape have been the reason be-hind the mystery?

Ïðåäñòàâëåíèÿ î ÷óäåñíûõ ñâîéñòâàõ ïèðàìèäïðèøëè ê íàì èç ãëóáèíû âåêîâ... íî íå êðîåòñÿëè èõ ñåêðåò â îêòàýäðè÷åñêîé ôîðìå?

INTO THE REMOTE PAST ÈÇ ÃËÓÁÈÍÛ ÂÅÊÎÂ

Page 73: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 73

Ñëîâî «ïèðàìèäà», ïî îáùåìó ïðèçíàíèþ,ïðîèñõîäèò îò ãðå÷åñêîãî ñëîâà ëvp � îãîíü,÷òî îçíà÷àåò ñèìâîëè÷åñêîå ïðåäñòàâëåíèå Åäè-íîãî Áîæåñòâåííîãî Ïëàìåíè, æèçíè âñåõ ñî-çäàíèé. Åñòü òàêæå ïðåäïîëîæåíèå, ÷òî ñëîâî«ïèðàìèäà» îçíà÷àåò «ìåðà ïøåíèöû»; íåêîòî-ðûå èññëåäîâàòåëè ïðåäïî÷èòàþò êîïòñêîå çíà-÷åíèå � «äåëèìîå íà äåñÿòü». Ïîñâÿùåííûå ïðî-øëîãî ñ÷èòàëè ôîðìó ïèðàìèäû èäåàëüíûì ñèì-âîëîì ñåêðåòíîé äîêòðèíû è èíñòèòóòîâ, ïðåä-íàçíà÷åííûõ äëÿ åå ðàñïðîñòðàíåíèÿ. Ïèðàìèäàÿâëÿåòñÿ àðõåòèïîì Ñâÿùåííîé ãîðû, èëè Âû-ñî÷àéøåãî Ìåñòà Áîãà, êîòîðàÿ, êàê ïîëàãàþò,íàõîäèòñÿ «ïîñåðåäü» çåìëè è îòíîñèòñÿ ê ñêà-çî÷íîìó Îëèìïó.

Ïèðàìèäà áûëà ñîâåðøåííûì ñèìâîëîì ìèê-ðîêîñìà è ìàêðîêîñìà, ãðîáíèöåé áîãà Îñèðèñà.Îñèðèñ ïðåäñòàâëÿåò ìàíèôåñòàöèþ ñîëíå÷íîéýíåðãèè, è, ñëåäîâàòåëüíî, åãî äîì åñòü ýìáëåìàÂñåëåííîé.

×åðåç ìèñòè÷åñêèå ïðîõîäû è êàìåðû Âåëè-êîé Ïèðàìèäû ïðîõîäèëè èíèöèèðîâàííûå äðåâ-íîñòè. Îíè âõîäèëè êàê ëþäè, à âûõîäèëè êàêáîãè. Ýòî áûëî ìåñòîì «âòîðîãî ðîæäåíèÿ», «ëî-íîì» ìèñòåðèé.

Âî âðåìÿ ìèñòåðèé íîâûì ïîñâÿùåííûì � íåî-ôèòàì � îòêðûâàëîñü Áîæåñòâåííîå Èìÿ. Ñàìî ýòîçíàíèå äåëàëî ÷åëîâåêà è åãî Òâîðöà îñîçíàþùè-ìè äðóã äðóãà. Óçíàâàÿ Èìÿ, èíèöèèðîâàííûé ñàìñòàíîâèòñÿ ïèðàìèäîé, â êàìåðàõ êîòîðîé áåñ÷èñ-ëåííîå ìíîæåñòâî äðóãèõ ÷åëîâå÷åñêèõ ñóùåñòâìîãëè áû ïðèíÿòü äóõîâíîå ïðîñâåòëåíèå. Ïîñâÿ-ùåíèå â Âûñøåå Çíàíèå áûëî îòêðûòî äàëåêîíå êàæäîìó � äàæå íå êàæäîìó åãèïåòñêîìóæðåöó. Ïðåæäå ÷åì ìàãè îêàçûâàëèñü ãîòîâû êÂûñøåìó Ïîñâÿùåíèþ, èì ïðèõîäèëîñü âûïîë-íÿòü ìíîæåñòâî çàäà÷ è ïðîõîäèòü ìíîæåñòâîèñïûòàíèé. Êàæäîå èñïûòàíèå ñëóæèëî ìåðèëîìóðîâíÿ èíòåëëåêòà, ìîðàëüíîé ñòîéêîñòè è ñèëûäóõà êàíäèäàòà. Íèêîìó íå ðàçðåøàëîñü ïðîõîäèòüèñïûòàíèÿ âòîðîé ðàç. Ïðè ïîñâÿùåíèè ïåðâîåèñïûòàíèå áûëî íàñòîëüêî òÿæåëûì, ÷òî íå îá-ëàäàþùèé ñèëüíûì äóõîì êàíäèäàò ìîã ïðîñòîèñïóãàòüñÿ è îòêàçàòüñÿ îò ïîñâÿùåíèÿ. Îäíàêî,åñëè îí ïðîäîëæàë ñëåäîâàòü ïðîöåññó ïîñâÿùå-íèÿ, åìó îòêðûâàëè ïåðâûå ñèìâîëû òàéíîãî çíà-íèÿ. Åñëè æå îí íå ïðîõîäèë ïîñëåäóþùèõ èñïû-òàíèé, òî íå ìîã èçáåæàòü íåèçìåííîãî è æåñò-êîãî çàêîíà ñìåðòè ñðåäè ìàãîâ.  ýòîì ñëó÷àå îíáîëüøå íèêîãäà íå âèäåë ñîëíå÷íîãî ñâåòà. (Êñòà-òè, MAGOS � ìàã � ñëîâî, øèðîêî èñïîëüçî-âàâøååñÿ ðàíåå è ðàñïðîñòðàíåííîå ñåé÷àñ, � ýòîñëîâî ãðå÷åñêîå è ÿâëÿåòñÿ îáûêíîâåííûì ïðî-

came to be used as a symbolic representation of theSingle Divine Flame � the life of all creation. The«pyramid» is thought by some to have the meaningof a «measure of wheat», while other researchers willsee in it a Coptic version of «the one divisible by ten».The shape of the pyramid was regarded by the initi-ates of the past as an ideal symbol of some secretdoctrine and the institutions intended for its dis-semination. The Pyramid was approached as the ar-chetype of the Sacred mountain, or of the SupremeAbode of God, believed to be lying in the «middle»of the earth and related to the fabulous mountain ofOlympus.

The Pyramid has been standing as the ideal em-blem of the macrocosm and microcosm, the tomb ofgod Osiris. Given that Osiris appeared as the manifes-tation of the solar energy, so his house (the tomb)may be regarded as the emblem of the Universe.

Through the mystic passageways and chambers ofthe Great Pyramid passed the illumined of antiquity.They entered its portals as men; they came forth asgods. It was the place of the «second birth», the «womb»of the Mysteries.

During the Mysteries the Divine name was revealedto the freshly dedicated � or neophytes. The veryknowledge of it made man and his Creator cognizantof each other. Once the Name became known to thenew initiate, he himself could be likened to Pyramidwhose chambers emerged affordable for a countlessnumber of other human beings to attain spiritualenlightenment. The conferment of the Higher Teach-ings, though, was granted to only a limited number ofinitiates � there were no exceptions at all discrimi-nating even in favor of Egyptian priests. Indeed, pri-or to their finding themselves ready for SupremeInitiation into the Mysteries, the magos had to ac-complish a lot of tasks and survive a lot of tests. Eachand every test stood as a measure of intelligence, mo-rale and will-power of a candidate. Nobody was al-lowed to try and pass a test for the second time. Dur-ing the course of initiation the primary test was socomplicated and exhaustive that a candidate who lackedhigh moral might well become frightened and likelyto withdraw from the procedure. However, if he wasallowed to go further ahead, the initial symbols ofesoteric knowledge were revealed to him. In the eventhe failed to pass subsequent stages of the testing hecouldn�t have avoided a most cruel and horrible sen-tence declared on the unlucky person in compliancewith the law: the victim was prohibited from everseeing the sunlight again. (Incidentally, the wordMAGOS, which was in common usage in the pastand is frequently used today, is the corrupted Greekderivation from the words MOG, MEGH, MAGH

ÇÀÃÀÄÊÈ ÄÐÅÂÍÅÃÎ ÅÃÈÏÒÀ

Page 74: SU JOK

74 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

THE ENIGMAS OF ANCIENT EGYPT

èçâîäíûì ïîíÿòèé MOG, MEGH, MAGH, êî-òîðûå íà ïåõëåâè è çåíä � äâóõ ÿçûêàõ ÄðåâíåãîÂîñòîêà � îáîçíà÷àþò «æðåö», «ìóäðûé», «âåëè-êîëåïíûé».)

Ãðå÷åñêèå ôèëîñîôû � Ôàëåñ, Ïèôàãîð, Ïëà-òîí è Åâäîêñ áûëè ñàìûìè çíàìåíèòûìè èç òåõ÷óæåñòðàíöåâ, êîòîðûå ïðîøëè ìíîãî÷èñëåííûåèñïûòàíèÿ èíèöèàöèè.

Ïèôàãîð áûë ïîñâÿùåí ñâîèì ìàñòåðîì, ïðî-ðîêîì Ñîèõèñîì. Ïèôàãîð ïîñëå ñâîèõ ñòðàíñòâèé,èñïîëüçóÿ ïîëó÷åííûå çíàíèÿ, îñíîâàë â Êðîòî-íå (Þæíàÿ Èòàëèÿ) øêîëó, êîòîðóþ ÷àñòî íà-çûâàþò óíèâåðñèòåòîì.  ýòîé øêîëå èçó÷åíèþãåîìåòðèè, ìóçûêè è àñòðîíîìèè ïðèäàâàëîñüáîëüøîå çíà÷åíèå. Ïèôàãîð îòêðûë, ÷òî ìóçûêàèìååò òåðàïåâòè÷åñêîå âëèÿíèå, îí òàêæå ýêñïå-ðèìåíòèðîâàë ñ öâåòîì, à ñâîèõ áîëüíûõ îí èç-ëå÷èâàë, äåêëàìèðóÿ èì ñòèõè èç «Èëèàäû» è«Îäèññåè» Ãîìåðà.

Åãèïòÿíå Âåëèêóþ Ïèðàìèäó àññîöèèðîâàëèñ Ãåðìåñîì, áîãîì ìóäðîñòè è ïèñüìà. Ñîîòíåñå-íèå Ãåðìåñà ñ Ïèðàìèäîé çàíîâî óòâåðæäàåò òîòôàêò, ÷òî íà ñàìîì äåëå Ïèðàìèäà ÿâëÿåòñÿ ïåð-âûì Õðàìîì Ìèñòåðèé, ïåðâîé ñòðóêòóðîé, êî-òîðàÿ ÿâëÿåòñÿ õðàíèëèùåì èñòèí, ëåæàùèõ âîñíîâå èñêóññòâ è íàóê.

Òðåóãîëüíàÿ ôîðìà ïèðàìèäû òàêæå ïîäîáíàïîçå òåëà ÷åëîâåêà, êîòîðóþ îí ïðèíèìàåò âîâðåìÿ äðåâíèõ ìåäèòàòèâíûõ óïðàæíåíèé. Ìèñ-òåðèè ó÷àò, ÷òî áîæåñòâåííûå ýíåðãèè îò áîãîâ

meaning a «priest», «wise», or superb in Pahlavi andZand � two languages of the ancient Orient).

The most prominent among the foreigners whosucceeded in passing numerous initiation tests werethe Greek philosophers Thales, Pythagoras, Plato andEudoxus.

After returning from his wanderings, Pythagorasestablished a school, or as it has been often called, auniversity, at Crotona, in Southern Italy. A great im-portance was attached there to studying geometry,music and astronomy. Pythagoras discovered that mu-sic had great therapeutic power. He also experimentedwith color; curative processes among his sick patientswere promoted by the healing value of certain versesfrom the Iliad and Odyssey of Homer.

By the Egyptians the Great Pyramid was associat-ed with Hermes, the god of wisdom and letters. Hence,establishing a close link between Hermes and the Pyr-amid will be yet another proof that the latter doesindeed represent the earliest Temple of Mysteries �the structure of prime importance to serve as a reser-voir of truths forming the foundation of all the artsand sciences.

The triangular form of the Pyramid also is similarto the posture assumed by the body during the an-cient meditative exercises. The Mysteries of the pasttaught that the divine energies from the gods descendedupon the top of the Pyramid, which was likened toan inverted tree with its branches below and its rootsat the apex. From this inverted tree the divine wisdom

Photo 1. General view of the Great Pyramid (ñenter) in Gizeh, EgyptÔîòî 1. Îáùèé âèä Âåëèêîé Ïèðàìèäû (â öåíòðå) â Ãèçå, Åãèïåò

Page 75: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 75

íèñõîäÿò íà âåðøèíó Ïèðàìèäû, êîòîðàÿ óïî-äîáëÿåòñÿ ïåðåâåðíóòîìó äåðåâó, ñ êðîíîé âíèçóè êîðíåì ââåðõó. Èç ýòîãî ïåðåâåðíóòîãî äåðåâàìóäðîñòü Òâîðöà ðàñïðîñòðàíÿåòñÿ âíèç ïî íàêëîí-íûì ñòîðîíàì è ðàñòåêàåòñÿ ïî ìèðó (ôîòî 1).

Ñóùåñòâóåò ïðåäïîëîæåíèå, ÷òî åñëè áû óäà-ëîñü èññëåäîâàòü îñíîâàíèå ïèðàìèäû, òî ìû îá-íàðóæèëè áû çàîñòðÿþùóþñÿ êíèçó êîíñòðóêöèþ,ÿâëÿþùóþñÿ çåðêàëüíûì îòðàæåíèåì íàçåìíîé÷àñòè, ò.å. íàøåìó âçîðó îòêðûëñÿ áû îêòàýäð �îäíî èç ñèììåòðè÷íûõ ãåîìåòðè÷åñêèõ òåë, îïè-ñàííûõ Ïèôàãîðîì (ðèñ. 1). Åñëè ýòî ñîîòâåòñòâó-åò äåéñòâèòåëüíîñòè, òî â ïîäçåìíîé ÷àñòè ïèðà-ìèäû ìîæíî áûëî áû îáíàðóæèòü îòâåòû íà ìíî-ãèå âîïðîñû, âñòàþùèå ïåðåä èññëåäîâàòåëÿìè.

Íà ðàâíèíå áëèç Ãèçû, íàïðîòèâ Êàèðà âîç-âûøàþòñÿ òðè ïèðàìèäû, ñëåãêà ðàçëè÷àþùèåñÿïî ðàçìåðó (ôîòî 1).

Êðóïíåéøàÿ èç òðåõ ïèðàìèä ðàñïîëîæåíà íàñåâåðå, íàïðîòèâ äåëüòû Íèëà, è ïðåäñòàâëÿåòñîáîé ñèìâîë ñèëû ïðèðîäû. Âòîðàÿ íàõîäèòñÿíà ðàññòîÿíèè ïîëåòà ñòðåëû îò ïåðâîé è ñèìâî-ëèçèðóåò äâèæåíèå, òðåòüÿ ðàñïîëîæåíà íà ðàñ-ñòîÿíèè áðîñêà êàìíåì îò âòîðîé è ÿâëÿåòñÿ ñèì-âîëîì âðåìåíè. Âîêðóã ïîñëåäíåé � Âåëèêîé Ïè-ðàìèäû � ðàñïîëàãàþòñÿ òðè ïèðàìèäû ìåíüøåãîðàçìåðà, à îãðîìíûå ðàçâàëèíû êàìíåé íåïîäà-ëåêó óêàçûâàþò, ÷òî ðÿäîì ñòîÿëà è ñåäüìàÿ ïè-ðàìèäà, íå ñîõðàíèâøàÿñÿ äî íàøèõ äíåé.

 ïîñëåäíåå âðåìÿ èññëåäîâàòåëè îïóáëèêîâà-ëè íåñêîëüêî êíèã, â êîòîðûõ ïðèâîäÿòñÿ ðå-

is disseminated by streaming down the diverging sidesand radiating throughout the world (photo 1).

It is theorized that if we managed to explore thevery base of the Pyramid, there could be found a sub-terranean structure tapering down � a mirror reflec-tion of what can be seen straight on the earth�s sur-face. In other words, there would be exposed beforeour eyes the octahedron � one of the symmetricalgeometric solids described by Pythagoras (fig. 1). Ifthat supposition proved to be valid, the subterraneanportion of the Pyramid could become helpful in get-ting so many answers to the questions that challengethe researchers.

On a rocky plateau in the vicinity of Cairo therestand three great pyramids of Giza of minor differ-ence in size (photo 1).

The largest of the three will be located due north,just opposite the Nile estuary. It comprehends thesymbol of the nature�s power. The second pyramidlies an arrow�s shot away from the first one, epito-mizing the movement phenomena. The third pyra-mid, which is a stone�s throw away from the secondone, was erected to define the symbol of time. En-compassing the latter � Great Pyramid � there arethree pyramids of minor size, while the huge moundsof stone debris found nearby would be indicative ofthe site of the seventh pyramid that failed to survive.

Several books have been put out over recent yearswhich provide the reader with the accurate measure-ment findings regarding the Great Pyramid. The geo-metrical precision of its layout testifies to the all-em-

A � King's Chamber (óñûïàëüíèöàôàðàîíà)

B � Air Vents (âåíòèëÿöèîííûå êàíàëû)C � Antechamber (ïåðåäíåå ïîìåùåíèå

óñûïàëüíèöû)D � Grand Gallery (ãëàâíàÿ ãàëëåðåÿ)E � Ascending Passage (ïîäíèìàþùèéñÿ

ïðîõîä)F � Horizontal Passage To Queen's Chamber

(ãîðèçîíòàëüíûé ïðîõîä, âåäóùèéê óñûïàëüíèöå æåíû ôàðàîíà)

G � Queen's Chamber (óñûïàëüíèöàæåíû ôàðàîíà)

H � Descending Passage (îïóñêàþùèéñÿïðîõîä)

I � The Well (âåðòèêàëüíûé ïðîõîä)J � Small Room In Well (íåáîëüøîå

ïîìåùåíèå ïî ëèíèè âåðòèêàëüíîãîïðîõîäà)

K � Subterranean Chamber (ïîäçåìíîåïîìåùåíèå)

Fig. 1. Cross section of the Great Pyramid of Gizeh, EgyptÐèñ. 1. Ñå÷åíèå Âåëèêîé Ïèðàìèäû Ãèçû, Åãèïåò

A BB

CD

GF

EI

J

HK

ÇÀÃÀÄÊÈ ÄÐÅÂÍÅÃÎ ÅÃÈÏÒÀ

Page 76: SU JOK

76 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

çóëüòàòû òî÷íûõ îáìåðîâ Âåëèêîé Ïèðàìèäû. Ìà-òåìàòè÷åñêàÿ òî÷íîñòü ïîñòðîéêè ñâèäåòåëüñòâó-åò î ñîâåðøåíñòâå ïîçíàíèé åãèïòÿí â äàííîé íà-óêå. Òàê, óãîë ìåæäó êàæäîé èç ãðàíåé è ïëîñêî-ñòüþ îñíîâàíèÿ ñîñòàâëÿåò 51 ãðàäóñ 51 ìèíóòó14 ñåêóíä. Îòíîøåíèå ïåðèìåòðà îñíîâàíèÿ êâûñîòå ñîñòàâëÿåò 3,14159, ò.å. ðàâíî ÷èñëó Ïè.Êðîìå òîãî, âûñîòà Ïèðàìèäû 147,8 ì, à ðàññòî-ÿíèå îò Çåìëè äî Ñîëíöà 149,5 ìëí. êì. Òî åñòü,âûñîòà Ïèðàìèäû ñîîòâåòñòâóåò îäíîé ìèëëèàðä-íîé ÷àñòè óêàçàííîé àñòðîíîìè÷åñêîé âåëè÷èíûïðè ïîãðåøíîñòè ëèøü 1%.

Îñíîâíîé åäèíèöåé èçìåðåíèÿ, êîòîðóþ èñ-ïîëüçîâàëè ïðè ñîçäàíèè Ïèðàìèäû, áûë «ïèðà-ìèäàëüíûé ëîêîòü», ðàâíûé 635,66 ìì. ÐàäèóñÇåìëè ñîñòàâëÿåò 6350,7 êì, èëè îäèí ïèðàìè-äàëüíûé ëîêîòü, ïîìíîæåííûé íà 10 ìèëëèîíîâ.

Äëèíà ñòîðîíû îñíîâàíèÿ ñîñòàâëÿåò 365,24ïèðàìèäàëüíûõ ëîêòÿ; ýòî ÷èñëî ñîîòâåòñòâóåòêîëè÷åñòâó äíåé â òðîïè÷åñêîì ñîëíå÷íîì ãîäó.È âñÿ Âåëèêàÿ Ïèðàìèäà áóêâàëüíî íàïîëíåíàòàêèìè ñîâïàäåíèÿìè.

Çàãàäêà Âåëèêîé Ïèðàìèäû è ìíîãèå äðóãèåçàãàäêè äðåâíîñòè âñå åùå îæèäàþò ñâîåãî ðàç-ðåøåíèÿ. Âîçìîæíî, ýòî óäàñòñÿ áóäóùåìó ïî-êîëåíèþ àðõåîëîãîâ èëè ïóòåøåñòâåííèêîâ âîâðåìåíè.

Åäèíñòâåííîå, â ÷åì ìû ìîæåì áûòü àáñîëþò-íî óâåðåíû, ýòî òî, ÷òî ðàíî èëè ïîçäíî ìû âåð-íåìñÿ â ñâîé äóõîâíûé äîì. Âñëåä çà äðåâíèì åãèï-òÿíèíîì, íà ïîðîãå Òâîðöà âëèâàÿñü â áåñêîíå÷-íîå Ãîìî, íàøà äóøà ñìîæåò ïðîèçíåñòè:

ß íå ÷èíèë çëà ëþäÿì.ß íå ïîäíèìàë ðóêó íà ñëàáîãî.ß íå áûë ïðè÷èíîé íåäóãà.ß íå ïðèêàçûâàë óáèâàòü.ß íå ãàñèë æåðòâåííîãî îãíÿ â ÷àñ åãî...ß ÷èñò, ÿ ÷èñò, ÿ ÷èñò.

ËÈÒÅÐÀÒÓÐÀ

1. Ìåððè Õîóï. Ðàçãàäêà òàéí Äðåâíåãî Åãèïòà2. Ìýíëè Ï. Õîëë. Ýíöèêëîïåäè÷åñêîå èçëîæåíèå

ãåðìåòè÷åñêîé ñèìâîëè÷åñêîé Ôèëîñîôèè3. Åãèïåòñêèå ìèñòåðèè, «Ñîôèÿ»

bracing and most profound knowledge of the Egyp-tians in this particular sphere. Thus, all the sides willrise from the base at an angle of 51°51'14''. The ratioof the base perimeter to the height will amount to3,14159 � i.e. it is equal to the Pi transcendentalnumber. Besides, the Pyramid�s height amounts to147,8m, while the distance from our Planet to theSun runs into 149.5 million km. In other words, theheight of the Great Pyramid would correspond to onebillionth of the said astronomical value, with the er-ror being as petty as 1%.

The basic unit of measurement used in the build-ing of the Pyramid was the pyramidal cubit equal to635,66 mm. The Earth�s radius is known to be 6357,0km, or else one pyramidal cubit multiplied by 10million.

One side of the Pyramid base amounts to 365,24pyramidal cubits; this number would correspond tothe number of days making up the tropical solaryear. In fact, the entire Great Pyramid will be notablefor a good deal of coincidences of similar nature.

The enigma of the Great Pyramid, as well as manyother enigmas and riddles of antiquity do indeedremain to be dissolved. Perhaps, this could be per-formed by the next generation of archeologists ortime-travelers.

The only thing where we can feel entirely confi-dent is that sooner or later we shall return to ourdear home of spiritual fulfillment. Much like an an-cient Egyptian reaching the threshold of the Creatorin an effort to stream in the endless Homo, our soulcould utter such words as follow:

I�ve brought no evil to my brethren,And never sought to harm the weaker one.I�ve caused no ailment with my thoughts or actionsAnd had no living person put to death.I�ve never tried to quench the sacrificial fire�My soul is pure, pure, like the God�s attire.

REFERENCES

1. Mary Hope. Unraveling the Mysteries of AncientEgypt.

2. Manly P.Hall. An Encyclopedic Outline of Hermet-ic Symbolical Philosophy.

3. The Egyptian Mysteries, Sofia Publishers

THE ENIGMAS OF ANCIENT EGYPT

Forthcoming Publications!

Atlas of the Human Body Energy System (by Prof. Park, Jae Woo). United body energy system:diamond energy system, chakras energy system, meridian energy system, correspondence energy system, etc.

Page 77: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 77

Ïàöèåíò À., 43 ãîäàÆàëîáû íà ïîñòîÿííóþ çàëîæåííîñòü íîñà,

áîëåå ñèëüíóþ ñëåâà, òóïóþ áîëü â îáëàñòè ãàé-ìîðîâîé è ëîáíîé ïàçóõ, áîëü ñëåâà â îáëàñòè øåèè íàäïëå÷üÿ, çàòðóäíåííûé ïîâîðîò ãîëîâû è íå-êîòîðîå îòêëîíåíèå åå âëåâî, íåáîëüøóþ çÿá-êîñòü, ñóáôåáðèëüíóþ òåìïåðàòóðó, ðàçäðàæè-òåëüíîñòü, ñíèæåíèå ðàáîòîñïîñîáíîñòè. Ïðè ïå-ðåîõëàæäåíèè áîëü â îáëàñòè ïàçóõ óñèëèâàåòñÿíàñòîëüêî, ÷òî ïàöèåíò íî÷üþ âûíóæäåí âñòàâàòü,ïðèíèìàòü îáåçáîëèâàþùèå ïðåïàðàòû; ïîâûøà-åòñÿ òåìïåðàòóðà.

Ïðè âíåøíåì îñìîòðå: ïàöèåíò íåâûñîêîãî ðî-ñòà ñ õîðîøî ðàçâèòîé ìóñêóëàòóðîé, ïîäâèæíûé;äâèæåíèÿ ðåçêèå, óãëîâàòûå. Ðàáîòà ñâÿçàíà ñ ïî-ñòîÿííîé ôèçè÷åñêîé íàãðóçêîé; â àíàìíåçå �âèðóñíûé ãåïàòèò À. Âñå ýòè ïðèçíàêè, à òàêæåæàëîáû íà ðàçäðàæèòåëüíîñòü óêàçûâàþò íà èç-áûòî÷íîñòü ýíåðãèè Âåòðà â êîíñòèòóöèè, ðåàê-öèè íà îõëàæäåíèå ãîâîðÿò îá èçáûòêå ýíåðãèèÕîëîäà. Ðåàêöèè â âèäå âîñïàëèòåëüíûõ ïðîöåñ-ñîâ ñâèäåòåëüñòâóþò îá èçáûòêå ýíåðãèè Òåïëà.

Ñó Äæîê äèàãíîç: êîíñòèòóöèÿ åäèíûõ ýíåð-ãèé ïàöèåíòà áûëà ðàñöåíåíà êàê êîíñòèòóöèÿ èç-áûòî÷íîñòè ýíåðãèè Âåòðà. Äîìèíèðóþùàÿ îñü �Òåïëî-Ñóõîñòü (ðèñ. 1).

Male patient A., age 43He complained of condition characterized by its

nose being constantly stuffed, which was more pro-nounced from the left. He also had dull pains in theregion of the antrum of Highmore and frontal sinus-es, pain from the left in the neck and upper armregion. His complaints concerned a difficulty in turn-ing the head and its being somewhat inclined to theleft. He feels the cold and has subfebrile temperature.The patient� attitude is characterized by irritability. Hisworking ability is diminished. When exposed to coldair, his pain in the sinuses is so intensified that thepatient has to get up at night and to take analgesics.His body temperature would rise at that moment.

He is tall in appearance, with well developedmusculature, quick in moving. His movements arejerky, awkward. The patient is engaged in work requir-ing constant physical efforts. His anamnesis reportsabout virus hepatitis A. All these signs and the irrita-bility would point to an excessive Wind energy in hisconstitution. The way he responds to cold environ-ment is indicative of an excessive Coldness. His in-flammatory processes would testify to an excessiveHeat energy.

The Su Jok diagnosis: the unified energies consti-tution of the patient was estimated to be that of anexcessive Wind energy. Its predominant axis is one ofHeat-Dryness (fig. 1).

In so far as the troublesome problems of the pa-tient did involve the region under control of the LeftUpper Side Border meridian, the treatment was tobe provided taking into account the regional circula-tion specific to the Left Upper Side meridian.

With the Heat-Dryness axis of the patient pre-dominating, his line of circulation in the Left UpperSide meridian should be defined by the external chakraof Heat (fig. 2).

The fact that the Heat energy was in excess wasevidenced by higher temperature; the excessivenessin the Dryness energy was accounted for by sharppain and a difficulty to turn the head. The exposure toexcessive cold experienced by the patient prior to theabove condition was suggestive of an excessive Cold-ness energy. Fig. 3 shows the regional energies ratio.

CLINICAL OBSERVATION REVIEW

ÀÍÀËÈÇ ÊËÈÍÈ×ÅÑÊÈÕ ÍÀÁËÞÄÅÍÈÉN.A.Ivanova, M.D., Su Jok Academy faculty member

Í.À.Èâàíîâà, ê.ì.í., âðà÷ Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè

Fig. 1. Symmetrical axial constitution of 6Ki.Ðèñ. 1.Ñèììåòðè÷íàÿ îñåâàÿ êîíñòèòóöèÿ

Øåñòè Êè.

Hotness �Æàð �

Humidity �Âëàæíîñòü �

Dryness �Ñóõîñòü �

Coldness +Õîëîä +

Wind +Âåòåð +

Heat +Òåïëî +

IN THE CLINICAL SETTING ÊËÈÍÈ×ÅÑÊÈÉ ÐÀÇÄÅË

Page 78: SU JOK

78 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

CLINICAL OBSERVATION REVIEW

Ïîñêîëüêó ïðîáëåìû, áåñïîêîèâøèå ïàöèåí-òà, êàñàëèñü ðåãèîíà, êîíòðîëèðóåìîãî ËåâûìÂåðõíèì Áîêîâûì Ïîãðàíè÷íûì ìåðèäèàíîì, òîëå÷åíèå íåîáõîäèìî áûëî ïðîâîäèòü ñ ó÷åòîìðåãèîíàëüíîé öèðêóëÿöèè â Ëåâîì Âåðõíåì Áî-êîâîì Ïîãðàíè÷íîì ìåðèäèàíå.

Äîìèíèðîâàíèå ó ïàöèåíòà îñè Òåïëî-Ñóõîñòüóêàçûâàëî íà òî, ÷òî íàïðàâëåíèå öèðêóëÿöèè âËåâîì Âåðõíåì Áîêîâîì ìåðèäèàíå îïðåäåëÿëîñüâíåøíåé ÷àêðîé Òåïëà (ðèñ. 2).

Îá èçáûòî÷íîñòè ýíåðãèè Òåïëà ñâèäåòåëüñòâî-âàëà ïîâûøåííàÿ òåìïåðàòóðà, îá èçáûòî÷íîñòèýíåðãèè Ñóõîñòè � îñòðàÿ áîëü è çàòðóäíåííûéïîâîðîò ãîëîâû. Ïðåäøåñòâîâàâøåå ýòîìó ñîñòî-ÿíèþ ïåðåîõëàæäåíèå óêàçûâàëî íà èçáûòî÷íîñòüýíåðãèè Õîëîäà. Íà ðèñ. 3 èçîáðàæåíî ðåãèîíàëü-íîå ñîîòíîøåíèå ýíåðãèé.

The Heat and Dryness energies were sedated andthe Wind and Humidity tonification was performed(in accordance with the axes rule) in the Left UpperSide Border byol-meridian in the individual right handcorrespondence system (fig.4).

During the therapeutic procedure the head assumeda normal, straight position; pain in the neck area ceased,head movements became unhampered.

The next night pains in the nose accessory sinusesappeared far less troublesome, the nose showed mu-copurulent discharges, and the body temperaturedropped. Given that the Humidity energy grew mani-fest in what could be seen as the nose discharges, andthe Heat energy still retained some of its excess (not

Fig. 2. The line of energy circulation in the LeftUpper Side meridian

Ðèñ. 2.Íàïðàâëåíèå öèðêóëÿöèè ýíåðãèè â ËåâîìÂåðõíåì Áîêîâîì Ïîãðàíè÷íîì ìåðèäèàíå

Ïðîâåäåíî òîðìîæåíèå ýíåðãèé Òåïëà è Ñó-õîñòè è òîíèçàöèÿ ýíåðãèé Âåòðà è Âëàæíîñòè(ïî ïðàâèëó îñåé) â Ëåâîì Âåðõíåì ÁîêîâîìÏîãðàíè÷íîì áåëü-ìåðèäèàíå â èíäèâèäóàëüíîéñèñòåìå ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ïðàâîé êèñòè (ðèñ. 4).

Âî âðåìÿ ïðîöåäóðû ãîëîâà ïåðåñòàëà îòêëî-íÿòüñÿ âëåâî, óøëà áîëü èç îáëàñòè øåè, äâèæå-íèÿ ãîëîâû ñòàëè ñâîáîäíûìè.

Íà ñëåäóþùèé äåíü íî÷üþ áîëü â ïðèäàòî÷-íûõ ïàçóõàõ íîñà çíà÷èòåëüíî óìåíüøèëàñü, èçíîñà ïîÿâèëèñü âûäåëåíèÿ ñëèçèñòî-ãíîéíîãî õà-ðàêòåðà, òåìïåðàòóðà òåëà ñíèçèëàñü. Ïîñêîëüêóñòàëà ïðîÿâëÿòüñÿ ýíåðãèÿ Âëàæíîñòè (âûäåëåíèÿèç íîñà), åùå ñîõðàíÿëñÿ èçáûòîê ýíåðãèè Òåïëà

Fig. 3. The cross-link constitution of the axesÐèñ. 3.Ïåðåêðåñòíàÿ êîíñòèòóöèÿ îñåé

Hotness �Æàð �

Humidity �Âëàæíîñòü �

Dryness +Ñóõîñòü +

Coldness +Õîëîä +

Wind �Âåòåð �

Heat +Òåïëî +

Coldness (Õîëîä)

Dryness (Ñóõîñòü)

Humidity (Âëàæíîñòü)

Wind (Âåòåð)

Heat (Òåïëî)

Hotness (Æàð)

Darkness (Òüìà)

Brightness (Ñâåò)

Fig. 4. Sedation of the Heat and Dryness energies,tonification of the Wind and Humidity energiesin the Left Upper Side byol-meridian.

Ðèñ. 4.Òîðìîæåíèå ýíåðãèé Òåïëà è Ñóõîñòè,òîíèçàöèÿ ýíåðãèé Âåòðà è Âëàæíîñòè âËåâîì Âåðõíåì Áîêîâîì Ïîãðàíè÷íîì áåëü-ìåðèäèàíå

Page 79: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 79

very high temperature) with the feeling of the coldstill there � the local energies ratio had become asfollows (fig. 5).

(íåáîëüøàÿ òåìïåðàòóðà) è îñòàâàëàñü çÿáêîñòü(Õîëîä), òî ëîêàëüíîå ñîîòíîøåíèå ýíåðãèé ñòà-ëî òàêèì, êàê èçîáðàæåíî íà ðèñ. 5.

Ïðîâåäåíî ëå÷åíèå: òîðìîæåíèå Õîëîäà, Òåï-ëà, Âëàæíîñòè è òîíèçàöèÿ Æàðà, Ñóõîñòè, Âåò-ðà â Ëåâîì Âåðõíåì Áîêîâîì Ïîãðàíè÷íîì áåëü-ìåðèäèàíå (íàïðàâëåíèå öèðêóëÿöèè ýíåðãèè òîæå) (ðèñ. 6).

The treatment included: sedation of Coldness,Heat, Humidity and tonification of Hotness, Dry-ness, Wind in the Left Upper Side Border byol-me-ridian (the line of energy circulation being unchanged)(fig. 6).

With the second procedure over, the dischargesfrom the nose essentially stopped, the temperaturebecame normal, the feel of the cold disappeared.

A total of four procedures were performed (onewas done as per the first layout, and the three as perthe second). As a result, the patient�s general condi-tion was completely restored to health.

Male patient V., age 75His complaints concerned a hampered and slowed

urination (residual urine showed 100 ml), generalweakness, the feel of the cold. The USI-based find-ings pointed to the prostate adenoma with concre-ments.

His other ailments, according to anamnesis, in-cluded multiple atherosclerosis, cataract in both eyes,diabetes mellitus (type 2). There is virtually no rise inarterial pressure. The patient was noted for his punc-tuality, smart bearing, the reticence with his speechbeing characterized by clear-cut structural patterns.

The patient�s symptoms were revealing an exces-siveness in the energies of Coldness (the troubles con-cerning the urinogenital system) and of Dryness (hisstrong will-power, sclerotic processes, prostate ade-noma). His good memory and diabetic condition point-ed out to a relative excess in Humidity. The general

Ïîñëå âòîðîé ïðîöåäóðû âûäåëåíèÿ èç íîñàïðàêòè÷åñêè ïðåêðàòèëèñü, òåìïåðàòóðà íîðìà-ëèçîâàëàñü, ïðîøëà çÿáêîñòü.

Âñåãî ïðîâåäåíî ÷åòûðå ïðîöåäóðû (îäíà �ïî ïåðâîé ñõåìå, òðè � ïî âòîðîé), â ðåçóëüòàòåêîòîðûõ ñàìî÷óâñòâèå ïàöèåíòà ïîëíîñòüþ íîð-ìàëèçîâàëîñü.

Ïàöèåíò Â., 75 ëåò.Æàëîáû íà çàòðóäíåííîå è çàìåäëåííîå ìî÷å-

èñïóñêàíèå (îñòàòî÷íàÿ ìî÷à � 100 ìë), îáùóþñëàáîñòü, çÿáêîñòü. Ïî äàííûì ÓÇÈ � àäåíîìàïðîñòàòû ñ êîíêðåìåíòàìè.

 àíàìíåçå: ðàñïðîñòðàíåííûé àòåðîñêëåðîç,êàòàðàêòà îáîèõ ãëàç, ñàõàðíûé äèàáåò II òèïà.Ïîâûøåíèÿ àðòåðèàëüíîãî äàâëåíèÿ ïðàêòè÷åñ-êè íå áûâàåò. Îáðàùàëè íà ñåáÿ âíèìàíèå ïóíê-òóàëüíîñòü, ïîäòÿíóòîñòü ïàöèåíòà, à òàêæå ìîë-÷àëèâîñòü ïðè ÷åòêîé ñòðóêòóðèðîâàííîñòè ðå÷è.

 ñèìïòîìàõ ïàöèåíòà ïðîÿâëÿëàñü èçáûòî÷-íîñòü ýíåðãèé Õîëîäà (ïðîáëåìû ìî÷åïîëîâîéñèñòåìû) è Ñóõîñòè (âîëåâîé õàðàêòåð, ñêëåðî-

Fig. 5. Symmetrical axial constitution of the 6KiÐèñ. 5.Ñèììåòðè÷íàÿ îñåâàÿ êîíñòèòóöèÿ

Øåñòè Êè

Hotness �Æàð �

Humidity +Âëàæíîñòü +

Dryness �Ñóõîñòü �

Coldness +Õîëîä +

Wind �Âåòåð �

Heat +Òåïëî +

Fig. 6. Sedation of the Coldness, Heat and Humidityenergies; tonification of the Hotness, Drynessand Wind energies in the Left Upper SideBorder byol-meridian.

Ðèñ. 6.Òîðìîæåíèå ýíåðãèé Õîëîäà, Òåïëà èÂëàæíîñòè, òîíèçàöèÿ ýíåðãèé Æàðà,Ñóõîñòè è Âåòðà â Ëåâîì ÂåðõíåìÁîêîâîì Ïîãðàíè÷íîì áåëü-ìåðèäèàíå

Coldness (Õîëîä)

Dryness (Ñóõîñòü)

Humidity (Âëàæíîñòü)

Wind (Âåòåð)

Heat (Òåïëî)

Hotness (Æàð)

Darkness (Òüìà)

Brightness (Ñâåò)

ÀÍÀËÈÇ ÊËÈÍÈ×ÅÑÊÈÕ ÍÀÁËÞÄÅÍÈÉ

Page 80: SU JOK

80 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

impression about the patient will be suggestive of adeficiency in the Wind energy (he is rather inactivein movement in the course of the day), in the Heatenergy (the feel of the cold; the need to wear warmclothes on all occasions), and in the Hotness energy(quite evident diminution of vitality). His Su Jok-baseddiagnosis: the constitution notable for an excessiveunified Dryness energy (with the Hotness-Coldnessaxis being predominant) (fig. 7).

òè÷åñêèå ïðîöåññû, àäåíîìà ïðîñòàòû). Õîðîøàÿïàìÿòü è íàëè÷èå ñàõàðíîãî äèàáåòà óêàçûâàëè íàîòíîñèòåëüíûé èçáûòîê ýíåðãèè Âëàæíîñòè. Èñ-õîäÿ èç îáùåãî âïå÷àòëåíèÿ îò ïàöèåíòà, ìîæíîáûëî äóìàòü î íåäîñòàòî÷íîñòè ýíåðãèé Âåòðà(ìàëîïîäâèæíîñòü â òå÷åíèå äíÿ), Òåïëà (îùó-ùåíèå çÿáêîñòè, ïîñòîÿííî òåïëî îäåò), Æàðà(âûðàæåííîå ñíèæåíèå æèçíåííîãî òîíóñà). ÑóÄæîê äèàãíîç: êîíñòèòóöèÿ èçáûòî÷íîñòè Ñóõî-ñòè (äîìèíèðóþùàÿ îñü Æàð-Õîëîä) (ðèñ. 7).

Ïðîáëåìû ïàöèåíòà áûëè õðîíè÷åñêèìè è êà-ñàëèñü ñîñòîÿíèÿ âñåãî îðãàíèçìà, ïðè ýòîì ÿâíîâûÿâëÿëñÿ îáùèé íåäîñòàòîê ýíåðãèè. Ïîýòîìóëå÷åíèå áûëî íà÷àòî ñ ïðîãðåâàíèÿ ìîêñàìè áà-çèñíûõ òî÷åê (ïðåæäå, ÷åì ïåðåðàñïðåäåëÿòü ýíåð-ãèè, íàäî óâåëè÷èòü èõ ïðèòîê â îðãàíèçì). Çàòåìíà âíóòðåííèõ ÷àêðàõ ïðîâîäèëèñü òîíèçàöèÿýíåðãèè Âåòðà è Òåïëà è òîðìîæåíèå ýíåðãèèÑóõîñòè (ðèñ. 8). Ýòîò ìåòîä ëå÷åíèÿ áûë âûáðàíâ ñâÿçè ñ òåì, ÷òî â êîíñòèòóöèè ïàöèåíòà ýíåð-ãèÿ Ñóõîñòè ñâÿçàíà îñÿìè ñ ýíåðãèÿìè Òåïëà èÂåòðà; êðîìå òîãî, òîíèçàöèÿ ýíåðãèé Âåòðà èÒåïëà äîëæíà ñïîñîáñòâîâàòü îñëàáëåíèþ èçáû-òî÷íûõ ýíåðãèé Õîëîäà è Âëàæíîñòè (ñì. ñóáîñèíà ðèñ. 7).

The patient�s disorders were of chronic characterand were associated with the somatic status of thebody, the general deficiency of energy being clearlydefined. Accordingly, the treatment was started by theapplication of moxas in order to heat up the basicpoints (because prior to redistributing the energies,their inflow into the organism will have to be in-creased). Then the internal chakras were engaged totonify the Wind and Heat energies and to sedate theDryness energy (fig.8). This technique was chosen dueto the fact that in this patient�s constitution the Dry-ness energy is connected through its axes with theHeat and Wind energies; moreover, as a result of theHeat and Wind energies tonification, the excessiveenergies of Coldness and Humidity will be reduced instrength (see the subaxes in fig. 7).

After six therapeutic procedures his problems con-cerning the urinary system have proved to be by farthe less acute. His complexion, pale as it was beforethe therapy, had become of high color instead; therewas no more feel of the cold, and his vitality showedan improvement, as did the way he spoke. The gener-al condition of the patient was found to have im-proved by 70% according to his own estimate.

×åðåç øåñòü ïðîöåäóð æàëîáû ïàöèåíòà íàïðîáëåìû ìî÷åâûâîäÿùåé ñèñòåìû çíà÷èòåëüíîóìåíüøèëèñü, ó ïàöèåíòà ïîÿâèëñÿ ðóìÿíåö (äîýòîãî îí áûë áëåäåí), ïðîøëà çÿáêîñòü, ïîâû-ñèëñÿ æèçíåííûé òîíóñ. Ïàöèåíò çàìåòèë, ÷òî åìóñòàëî ëåã÷å ðàçãîâàðèâàòü. Îáùåå ñîñòîÿíèå ïîîöåíêå ïàöèåíòà óëó÷øèëîñü íà 70%.

Fig. 7. Symmetrical axial constitution of 6KiÐèñ. 7.Ñèììåòðè÷íàÿ îñåâàÿ êîíñòèòóöèÿ

Øåñòè Êè

Hotness �Æàð �

Humidity +Âëàæíîñòü +

Dryness +Ñóõîñòü +

Coldness +Õîëîä +

Wind �Âåòåð �

Heat �Òåïëî �

Fig. 8. Tonification of the Wind and Heat energiesand sedation of the Dryness energy

Ðèñ. 8.Òîíèçàöèÿ ýíåðãèé Âåòðà è Òåïëà èòîðìîæåíèå ýíåðãèè Ñóõîñòè

1 * ↑KL2 * ↓BA3 * ↑FE

CLINICAL OBSERVATION REVIEW

Page 81: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 81

Ïðèåõàâ ñ ìóæåì â êîìàíäèðîâêó â Âàøèíã-òîí, â Ïîñîëüñòâå Ðîññèè íà äîñêå îáúÿâëåíèé ÿóâèäåëà îáðàùåíèå: «Îñòîðîæíî � Poison Ivy!»,à ðÿäîì ôîòîãðàôèÿ ðàñòåíèÿ è îïèñàíèå òîãî,÷òî ïðîèçîéäåò, åñëè ê íåìó ïðèêîñíóòüñÿ. Ïðå-äóïðåæäåíèå çâó÷àëî ãðîçíî � ñíà÷àëà êîíòàêò-íûé äåðìàòèò, à ïîòîì ïîïàäàíèå òîêñèíà âêðîâü, åãî ðàñïðîñòðàíåíèå ïî âñåìó îðãàíèçìóè ïîÿâëåíèå ñûïè, çóäà è îòåêîâ.

Âûÿñíÿþ èç àìåðèêàíñêîé ìåäèöèíñêîé ëè-òåðàòóðû, ÷òî çàáîëåâàíèå ñ òàêèìè ñèìïòîìàìèâûçûâàåòñÿ âåùåñòâîì Urushiol, êîòîðîå âûäåëÿ-åòñÿ èç ñòåáëÿ è ëèñòüåâ ðàñòåíèÿ Poison Ivy. Ïîñâîåìó âîçäåéñòâèþ íà êîæó Urushiol ÿâëÿåòñÿ îä-íèì èç ñàìûõ òîêñè÷íûõ. Äîñòàòî÷íî îäíîé ìèë-ëèàðäíîé äîëè ãðàììà ýòîãî âåùåñòâà, ÷òîáû âûç-âàòü çàáîëåâàíèå, è, ïî îöåíêàì ó÷åíûõ, 5 óíöèé(îêîëî 150 ãðàìì) ìîãëè áû ïîðàçèòü âñåõ æèâ-øèõ â ìèðå ëþäåé çà ïîñëåäíèå íåñêîëüêî òûñÿ-÷åëåòèé. Åùå îäíà åãî îñîáåííîñòü � ýòîò ÿä ìî-æåò ñîõðàíÿòüñÿ íà îäåæäå, îáóâè, áûòîâûõ ïðåä-ìåòàõ è ïðèâîäèòü ê âîçíèêíîâåíèþ çàáîëåâàíèé÷åðåç 6�12 ìåñÿöåâ. 85% íàñåëåíèÿ ïðåäðàñïîëî-æåíû ê ýòîé áîëåçíè â ñëó÷àå êîíòàêòà ñ ðàñòå-íèåì. Äëÿ ÑØÀ ýòî ïðàêòè÷åñêè ñòèõèéíîå áåä-ñòâèå, òàê êàê òàêèõ ðàñòåíèé, à èõ íåñêîëüêîâèäîâ, â Àìåðèêå èçîáèëèå, è óáåðå÷üñÿ îò êîí-òàêòîâ, îñîáåííî äåòÿì, ïîðîþ ñòàíîâèòñÿ íå-âîçìîæíî. Poison Ivy íå ðàñòåò òîëüêî íà Àëÿñêå èâ ïóñòûíÿõ. Åæåãîäíî 50 ìèëëèîíîâ àìåðèêàíöåâîáðàùàþòñÿ çà ìåäèöèíñêîé ïîìîùüþ.

Íà ñåãîäíÿøíèé äåíü â ÑØÀ íåò íàäåæíûõìåòîäîâ ïðîôèëàêòèêè è ëå÷åíèÿ äàííîãî çàáî-ëåâàíèÿ. Èñïîëüçóåìûå àíòèãèñòàìèííûå ïðåïà-ðàòû îêàçûâàþò ìàëîâûðàæåííûé ýôôåêò. Çàáî-ëåâàíèå ìîæåò îáîñòðÿòüñÿ íåñêîëüêî ðàç â ãîä è÷àùå âñåãî ïðèíèìàåò õðîíè÷åñêóþ ôîðìó.

È âîò ìîé ïåðâûé ñëó÷àé ïî ïðèìåíåíèþ ÑóÄæîê òåðàïèè â ñâÿçè ñ ýòèì çàáîëåâàíèåì.

During an official business trip to the UnitedStates I came with my husband to the Russian Em-bassy in Washington. I saw a notice board and paidheed to the warning: «Poison Ivy! Danger»! Therewas also a photo of a plant, nearby, along with thedescription that explained what happens once youhave touched the plant. The symptoms in question �rather alarming, and even ominous in themselves �sounded thus: the diseased condition would start withcontact dermatitis, to be followed by the toxin en-tering the blood stream, with its subsequent spreadthroughout the body � resulting in the onset of skineruption, symptomatic pruritus, and edemas.

After consulting some American books of refer-ence I learned that the disease characterized by thesaid symptoms will be brought on by Urushiol, a sub-stance found in the stem and leaves of the Poison Ivyplant. In terms of its impact on the skin, Urushioldoes emerge as one of the most toxic substances present.In order to cause disease, this agent need be onlyone billionth gram by weight; according to the schol-ars� estimate, five ounces (about 150g) of it couldhave affected the whole lot of people inhabiting theearth throughout the past few thousands of years. Thereis one more special feature about this substance. Thispoison is likely to be kept intact in the clothes, foot-wear, household articles � only to cause disease withinthe period of 6 to 12 months. About 85% of the pop-ulation would appear susceptible to the cited diseaseafter their exposure to the dreadful plant.

In the USA the situation looks like a natural disas-ter for all intents and purposes. In point of fact, theplants of similar type in that country are plentiful andrepresented by several species. It is, therefore, doesseem to be impossible to avoid contact with thoseplants, especially for children. Poison Ivy would notbe found only in Alaska or the desert parts of the USA.The annual number of Americans who have to go to

THE CASES IN POINT

ÑËÓ×ÀÈ ÈÇ ÏÐÀÊÒÈÊÈ

«POISON IVY! DANGER»!

«ÎÑÒÎÐÎÆÍÎ � POISON IVY!»

L.V.Matskevich, Su Jok acupuncture doctor, Medical station,Embassy of the Russian Federation in Washington (USA)

Ë.Â.Ìàöêåâè÷, âðà÷ Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû â ìåäïóíêòåÏîñîëüñòâà Ðîññèéñêîé Ôåäåðàöèè â Âàøèíãòîíå (ÑØÀ)

Page 82: SU JOK

82 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

THE CASES IN POINT

see a doctor because of this problem would run into50 million. As of today, the USA lacks the reliablemethods capable of ensuring prevention and treat-ment of the disease under discussion. The currentlyused antihistaminic preparations prove to be of subtleeffect. The disease is likely to exacerbate several timesper year; in point of fact, it would tend to make thevictim chronically sick.

And now comes my first case of applying the SuJok therapy in what involved the need to reverse theeffects of that insidious disease.

A man came to my medical room, clad in an amplesports kit. His movements were impeded by clearlypronounced edemas. This was my patient, aged 36,who had been suffering from the disease for four years,caused by contact with the Poison Ivy plant. The dis-ease manifested itself as acute dermatitis, with its ery-themato-edematous background against which thevesicles appeared, either getting drier to form crust-ing or becoming ruptured to produce weeping ero-sions. The eruptions with bullous edemas affected thejoints areas, thus constraining the scope of movements.The eruptions also spread further to reach limbs andthe abdomen surface, and were characterized by se-vere itching. The exacerbations of this sort occurred 2-3 times a year. During the two recent occurrences theAmerican doctors had to resort to the steroid hor-mones in order to deal with the disease.

So, my first therapeutic session was aimed at seda-tion of humidity and heat in the A-Dryness (followingthe branch energies pattern) (fig.1), and sedation ofthe AH-Humidity (as per main energies pattern) (fig.2).The vesicles grew diminished in size even right in thecourse of the procedure; the itching proved to be es-sentially discontinued. The patient, amazed at the out-come of my treatment, came away in a different �quickened and steady � gait. He was assigned a home-

Êî ìíå â êàáèíåò çàõîäèò ìóæ÷èíà â ïðîñòîð-íîì ñïîðòèâíîì êîñòþìå, ñ òðóäîì ïåðåäâèãàÿñüèç-çà ÿðêî âûðàæåííûõ îòåêîâ. Ïàöèåíò 36 ëåò,÷åòûðå ãîäà íàçàä ïîñëå êîíòàêòà ñ ðàñòåíèåìPoison Ivy íà÷àë ñòðàäàòü ýòèì çàáîëåâàíèåì. Îíîïðîÿâëÿëîñü ÿðêî âûðàæåííûì äåðìàòèòîì � íàýðèòåìàòîçíî-îòå÷íîì ôîíå ôîðìèðóþòñÿ ïóçû-ðè, ïîäñûõàþùèå â êîðêè èëè âñêðûâàþùèåñÿ ñîáðàçîâàíèåì ìîêíóùèõ ýðîçèé. Âûñûïàíèÿ ñ áóë-ëåçíûìè îòåêàìè çàõâàòûâàëè îáëàñòè ñóñòàâîâ,îãðàíè÷èâàÿ îáúåì äâèæåíèé, ðàñïðîñòðàíÿëèñüïî êîíå÷íîñòÿì è íà ïîâåðõíîñòè æèâîòà, ñîïðî-

âîæäàÿñü ñèëüíûì çóäîì. Òàêèå îáîñòðåíèÿ ó ïà-öèåíòà âîçíèêàëè äâà-òðè ðàçà â ãîä. Ïîñëåäíèåäâà ðàçà àìåðèêàíñêèìè äîêòîðàìè äëÿ ëå÷åíèÿóæå èñïîëüçîâàëèñü ñòåðîèäíûå ãîðìîíû.

Ïðîâîæó ïåðâûé ñåàíñ � òîðìîæåíèå Âëàæ-íîñòè è Òåïëà â À-Ñóõîñòè (ïî îòðàñëåâûì ýíåð-ãèÿì) (ðèñ. 1) è òîðìîæåíèå À-Âëàæíîñòè (ïî îñ-

Fig. 2. Sedation of AH-HumidityÐèñ. 2.Òîðìîæåíèå À-Âëàæíîñòè

F

J

B

G

K

C

1, 2, 3 ↓Ñ, ↑G, ↓F4 J ↓IV5 Y ↓IV

1

2

3

4

5

F

J

B

G

K

C

Fig. 1. Sedation of Humidity in the AH-DrynessÐèñ. 1.Òîðìîæåíèå Âëàæíîñòè â À-Ñóõîñòè

1, 2, 3 B ↓IV, ↑VI, ↓II4 J ↓IV

2 3 1

4

F

J

B

G

K

C

Fig. 3. Tonification of Wind in the AH-DrynessÐèñ. 3.Òîíèçàöèÿ Âåòðà â À-Ñóõîñòè

1, 2, 3 B ↑I, ↓IV, ↑VI4 J ↑I

13

4

2

Page 83: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 83

task that included the placement of magnets in keepingwith a prescribed layout in order to tonify the gall-bladder byol-meridian and to sedate the large-intes-tine byol-meridian. By the second day he retained butslight intumescence and cutaneous covering hypere-mia; the vesicles turned into the crusts getting dry, andthere was no itching at all. It took for me two moresessions before I could see the patient�s healing skin.The last session was aimed at providing a faster regen-eration of the cutaneous covering, which was securedthrough the tonification of wind in the AH-Dryness(according to the branch energies pattern) (fig.3). Twelvemonths have elapsed since the treatment procedures,with no signs of the diseased condition to be observed.The patient felt safe and well.

This revealing experience has demonstrated thatthe Su Jok type of acupuncture is the most time-sav-ing and effective way of dealing with diseases causedby the Poison Ivy plant.

íîâíûì ýíåðãèÿì) (ðèñ. 2). Ïóçûðè óæå âî âðåìÿïðîöåäóðû íà÷àëè óìåíüøàòüñÿ â ðàçìåðàõ, çóäïðàêòè÷åñêè ïðåêðàòèëñÿ. Óäèâëåííûé ïàöèåíòóøåë ñîâåðøåííî äðóãîé ïîõîäêîé.  êà÷åñòâå äî-ìàøíåé ðàáîòû åìó áûëî ïðåäëîæåíî ñòàâèòü ìàã-íèòû ïî ñõåìå ñ öåëüþ òîíèçàöèè áåëü-ìåðèäèà-íà æåë÷íîãî ïóçûðÿ è òîðìîæåíèÿ áåëü-ìåðèäèà-íà òîëñòîé êèøêè. Íà âòîðîé äåíü ñîõðàíèëàñü íå-áîëüøàÿ îòå÷íîñòü, ãèïåðåìèÿ êîæíûõ ïîêðîâîâ,ïóçûðè ïðåâðàòèëèñü â ïîäñûõàþùèå êîðêè, çóäàíå áûëî. Åùå äâà òàêèõ ñåàíñà ïîòðåáîâàëîñü, ÷òî-áû óâèäåòü çàæèâàþùóþ êîæó. Ïîñëåäíèé ñåàíñáûë íàïðàâëåí íà áûñòðóþ ðåãåíåðàöèþ êîæíûõïîêðîâîâ � òîíèçàöèÿ Âåòðà â À-Ñóõîñòè (ïî îò-ðàñëåâûì ýíåðãèÿì) (ðèñ. 3). Ïîñëå ëå÷åíèÿ ïðî-øåë ãîä áåç ïðèçíàêîâ çàáîëåâàíèÿ.

Îïûò ðàáîòû ïîêàçàë, ÷òî Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíê-òóðà ïîçâîëÿåò áûñòðî è íàäåæíî ëå÷èòü çàáîëå-âàíèå, âûçâàííîå ÿäîì ðàñòåíèÿ Poison Ivy.

 ôåâðàëå 1997 ã. ìåíÿ ïîïðîñèëè ïîëå÷èòü ëî-øàäü íà Ìîñêîâñêîì èïïîäðîìå. Êîíü ïî èìåíèÊîðåííîé ïîëó÷èë òðàâìó â íèæíåé òðåòè ëåâîãîáåäðà è èç-çà áîëåé íå ìîã âûñòóïàòü â áåãàõ îêî-ëî ÷åòûðåõ ìåñÿöåâ (ôîòî 1).

Ïî çàêîíó Ïîäîáèÿ íà «ñòîïàõ» ëîøàäè äîëæ-íû áûòü ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ. Ìíå áûëî î÷åíüèíòåðåñíî ïðîâåñòè òàêîå ëå÷åíèå ìåòîäîì ÑóÄæîê, òàê êàê ñòðîåíèå «ñòîïû» ëîøàäè ñèëüíîîòëè÷àåòñÿ îò ñòðîåíèÿ êèñòè è «ñòîïû» ÷åëîâåêà.

Êîíå÷íî, â ñèñòåìå ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ñòîïû ëîøàäèäîëæíà ïðîåöèðîâàòüñÿ ëîøàäü. Ìíå óäàëîñü íàéòèòî÷êè ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ áîëüíîé êîíå÷íîñòè ëîøàäè èïîëå÷èòü åå ïðè ïîìîùè Ñó Äæîê ìèêðîèãë. Ïîñëåïîñòàíîâêè èãë êîíü ïåðåñòàë ðåàãèðîâàòü íà ïàëü-ïàöèþ ìåñòà òðàâìû. Äî ïîñòàíîâêè èãë îí îòâå÷àëíà ïàëüïàöèþ áîëåâîé çîíû áåñïîêîéñòâîì è ïî-äåðãèâàíèåì íîãè. Èãëû áûëè îñòàâëåíû â «ñòîïå»íà íåñêîëüêî ÷àñîâ, ïîñëå ÷åãî êîíü ìîã ïðèñòó-ïèòü ê òðåíèðîâêàì è áîëüøå íå ùàäèë íîãó. Êàêäîïîëíåíèå ê ëå÷åíèþ õîçÿéêà ëîøàäè â òå÷åíèåíåäåëè ïðîâîäèëà ìàññàæ â çîíàõ ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ïðèïîìîùè íàðåçíîãî áîëòà â êà÷åñòâå ìàññàæåðà.

In February 1997 I was allotted the task of tryingto treat a horse from the Moscow-based hippodrome.The horse, named Korennoy, had got a rather pain-ful injury in the lower third of the left thigh, andwas unable to take part in the races for about fourmonths (photo 1).

In keeping with the Similarity law, the horse�sfeet should arguably possess .the body correspond-ences. I must say that it was mighty interesting for meto carry out necessary therapy on the strength of theSu Jok approach. The fact is that in structural termsthe horse foot would greatly differ from the man�sfoot and hand.

It is beyond argument, of course, that a horse isbound to be projected into the system correspondingto the horse�s foot. I did succeed in localizing thepoints that correspond to the injured limb of thehorse, and in providing the soughtafter treatmentby means of Su Jok microneedles. Secondary to theneedles removal, the Korennoy horse ceased to re-spond to the palpation of the trauma-affected area,

TREATING A HORSE THROUGH THEFOOT CORRESPONDENCE SYSTEM

ËÅ×ÅÍÈÅ ËÎØÀÄÈ ÏÎÑÈÑÒÅÌÅ ÑÎÎÒÂÅÒÑÒÂÈß ÑÒÎÏÛ

S.V.Gafurova, Su Jok Academy faculty member

Ñ.Â.Ãàôóðîâà, âðà÷ Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè

ÑËÓ×ÀÈ ÈÇ ÏÐÀÊÒÈÊÈ

Page 84: SU JOK

84 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

THE CASES IN POINT

HEARING FROM THE INDIAN DOCTORS...

ÍÀÌ ÏÈØÓÒ ÈÇ ÈÍÄÈÈ...

Mrs. Viruben Vyas, Sri-Satya Sai Medical Center Bombay (India)

Âèðóáåí Âèàñ, ìåäèöèíñêèé öåíòð Øðè-Ñàòüÿ Ñàè, ã.Áîìáåé, Èíäèÿ

as against the condition observed before their inser-tion. At that time the state of the horse was charac-terized by anxiety and the leg jerking following thepalpation of the tender region. The needles were leftover in the horse�s foot for a few hours, after whichthe horse�s training could be resumed, and there wasno need for it to spare the leg any more. As an ad-junct to the therapy, the owner of the horse wascareful enough to perform massage in the relevantcorrespondence areas using a screw bolt for the pur-pose.

Summing up, this clinical case is a dramatic dem-onstration of the view that not only does the Homo-system exist in man, but in animals as well. Moreo-ver, this case establishes that the Su Jok approach islikely to bring therapeutic success in veterinary prac-tice, too.

In terms of its potential economic impact on theagricultural performance, this efficient, harmless andcost-effective method does emerge as unmistakinglyand greatly advantageous for national economies ofthe countries of the world. So it is essential that thistype of Su Jok approach should be given careful studiesto be implemented in the agricultural sphere of humaneconomic activity.

Ýòîò êëèíè÷åñêèé ñëó÷àé áëåñòÿùå ïîäòâåðæ-äàåò íàëè÷èå Ãîìî-ñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ íå òîëü-êî ó ÷åëîâåêà, íî è ó æèâîòíûõ, à òàêæå äîêàçû-âàåò, ÷òî ìåòîä Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè ìîæíî ñ óñïå-õîì ïðèìåíÿòü íå òîëüêî â ìåäèöèíå, íî è â âå-òåðèíàðèè. Êàê ýôôåêòèâíûé, áåçâðåäíûé èäåøåâûé ìåòîä ëå÷åíèÿ æèâîòíûõ îí ìîæåò ïðè-íåñòè áîëüøóþ ýêîíîìè÷åñêóþ âûãîäó â ñåëüñ-êîì õîçÿéñòâå è äîëæåí áûòü ðåêîìåíäîâàí äëÿèçó÷åíèÿ è âíåäðåíèÿ â ýòîé îáëàñòè ÷åëîâå÷åñ-êîé äåÿòåëüíîñòè.

Photo 1. Four legs patient � the Korennoy horseÔîòî 1. ×åòâåðîíîãèé ïàöèåíò � êîíü Êîðåííîé

The new theory of the Su Jok acupuncture andacupressure was carefully worked out by ProfessorPark Jae Woo in his own right around eleven yearsago. And it was a great piece of luck for me and mycolleagues to attend the lectures delivered by the Pro-fessor during his first visit to India in January 1991.

Prior to my having become familiar with the SuJok therapy I used to treat patients with body acu-puncture, applied the kinesiology approach, the tech-niques based o Reiki and other Oriental therapy. How-ever, things have changed ever since I, among otherpeople, was given a series of lectures by Prof. Park JaeWoo. So, in a span of seven years I have been practic-ing Su Jok on 95% of my patients with the applica-tion of microneedles, magnets, seeds, beeds, mox-ibuxion, etc. Of course, my interest in the Su Jokmethod of therapy was greatly aroused and I became

Îäèíàäöàòü ëåò íàçàä ïðîôåññîðîì Ïàê ×æýÂó áûëà ðàçðàáîòàíà íîâàÿ ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíàÿ òåî-ðèÿ Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû è àêóïðåññóðû. Íàìî÷åíü ïîâåçëî â òîì, ÷òî ìû ñìîãëè ïîñåòèòü ëåê-öèè ïðîôåññîðà Ïàê ×æý Âó â ÿíâàðå 1991 ã.,êîãäà îí âïåðâûå ïðèåõàë â Èíäèþ.

Äî èçó÷åíèÿ Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè ÿ îáû÷íî ëå-÷èëà ñâîèõ ïàöèåíòîâ êîðïîðàëüíîé àêóïðåññó-ðîé, ïðèìåíÿëà çíàíèÿ êèíåçèîëîãèè, ìåòîäè-êè Ðåéêè è äðóãèå âîñòî÷íûå ìåòîäû ëå÷åíèÿ.Ïîñëå êóðñà ëåêöèé ïðîôåññîðà Ïàê ×æý Âó óæåâ òå÷åíèè ïîñëåäíèõ ñåìè ëåò ÿ ëå÷ó ìåòîäîì ÑóÄæîê òåðàïèè 95% ñâîèõ ïàöèåíòîâ, ïðèìåíÿÿìèêðîèãëû, ìàãíèòû, ñåìåíà, áóñèíû, ìîêñó èò.ä. Ìîé èíòåðåñ ê Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè, åñòåñòâåí-íî, çíà÷èòåëüíî âîçðîñ ïîñëå òîãî, êàê ÿ ñòàëà

Page 85: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 85

1. Ðåáåíîê ñ çàäåðæêîé óìñòâåííîãî ðàçâèòèÿÄåâî÷êà øåñòè ëåò ïî èìåíè Ïðèòè (ôîòî 3).

Îíà íå ïðîÿâëÿëà íèêàêèõ ýìîöèé, íè íà ÷òî íåðåàãèðîâàëà, íàõîäèëàñü â ïîñòåëè è ìî÷èëàñü ïîäñåáÿ. Ìíîãèå âðà÷è ïûòàëèñü ïîìî÷ü åé ðàçëè÷íû-ìè ìåòîäàìè, âêëþ÷àÿ øîêîòåðàïèþ. Îíà áîÿëàñüïðèêîñíîâåíèÿ ëþáîãî ÷åëîâåêà, êðîìå ìàòåðè.

its devout supporter secondary to highly successfuloutcome of my professional efforts (photo 2).

Photo 3. The girl Priti undergoing her treatmentÔîòî 3. Âî âðåìÿ ëå÷åíèÿ äåâî÷êè Ïðèòè

äîñòèãàòü óäèâèòåëüíûõ ðåçóëüòàòîâ â ëå÷åíèè(ôîòî 2).

Ïî îáðàçîâàíèþ ÿ áàêàëàâð â îáëàñòè ïñèõî-ëîãèè, è óìåíèå îáùàòüñÿ ñ ëþäüìè âî ìíîãîìïîìîãàåò ìíå ïðè ðàáîòå ñ ïàöèåíòàìè. Âñåãäàïîìíþ ñëîâà ïðîôåññîðà Ïàêà î òîì, ÷òî íåîá-õîäèìî ñîâåðøåíñòâîâàòü ñåáÿ, è î òîì, ÷òî êà-÷åñòâî âàæíåå, ÷åì êîëè÷åñòâî.

ß îñîáåííî âíèìàòåëüíî íàáëþäàþ çà ïàöè-åíòîì, êîãäà îí ïðèõîäèò â ìîþ êëèíèêó, çà òåì,êàê îí äâèãàåòñÿ, æåñòèêóëèðóåò, ñèäèò, ðàçãî-âàðèâàåò. Îáðàùàþ âíèìàíèå òàêæå íà òî, êàêóþîäåæäó îí âûáèðàåò è êàêèå ïðåäïî÷èòàåò öâåòà,íà åãî ïðèâû÷êè, ïðèñòðàñòèÿ è àíòèïàòèè. Ýòîïîìîãàåò ìíå ïðàâèëüíî ïîñòàâèòü Ñó Äæîê äè-àãíîç è ýôôåêòèâíî ïðîâåñòè ëå÷åíèå. Êðîìå òîãî,ìíå íðàâèòñÿ îáó÷àòü Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè, ïîòîìó÷òî çíàíèå ýòîãî ìåòîäà ïîçâîëÿåò ëþäÿì ñïðàâ-ëÿòüñÿ ñî ìíîãèìè ïðîáëåìàìè ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíî,áåç êîíñóëüòàöèè ó âðà÷à è áåç ïðèìåíåíèÿ ëå-êàðñòâ.

Ïðåïîäàâàíèå ÿ ïðîâîæó íà õèíäè, ìàðàòè,ãóäæàðàòè (ÿçûêè íàðîäîâ Èíäèè) è íà àíãëèéñ-êîì ÿçûêàõ.

Õî÷ó îïèñàòü äâà îñîáî çàïîìíèâøèõñÿ ñëó÷àÿèç ìîåé ïðàêòèêè.

Photo 2. Mrs. Viruben Vyas and her patientsÔîòî 2. Ãîñïîæà Âèðóáåí Âèàñ è åå ïàöèåíòû

Given that I am Bachelor of Arts majoring in psy-chology, my ability to have a way with one helped mea lot in managing the patients. In my approach to themI am always guided by Prof. Park�s advice to continuous-ly develop yourself, and never forget that the quality �not quantity � should be always the best priority.

I am keeping the patients under most careful ob-servation as they enter my clinic, paying attention tothe way they move, gesticulate, sit or talk. I am alsointerested in the type and color of clothes he or shewears, their reflex habits, likes and dislikes. This proveshelpful in making an adequate Su Jok diagnosis andperforming treatment in a most efficient way. And last-ly, I do enjoy teaching people in the Su Jok therapytechnique, because as soon as they learn the methodthey are fairly likely to cope with many health-relatedproblems on their own, without having to consultdoctor�s advice or take medicines.

The method under discussion is taught by me inHindi, Marathi, Gujarati (these are local languagesspoken in India), and in English.

Now here are two specific cases to consider, de-rived from my experience.

1. Mentally retarded childThis is a little girl named Priti, six years of age

(photo 3). She appeared not to have any emotion atall, responded to nothing, kept her bed, and urinat-ed when in bed. Many doctors had given her differenttreatments, including shock therapy. Because of thatshe had a fear of being touched by anybody except forher mother.

ÑËÓ×ÀÈ ÈÇ ÏÐÀÊÒÈÊÈ

Page 86: SU JOK

86 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

1, 2, 3 I ↑III, ↓VI, ↑IV4 X ↑III

Fig. 2. Tonification of the brain HotnessÐèñ. 2.Òîíèçàöèÿ Æàðà ãîëîâíîãî ìîçãà

A

I

E

L

D

H

214

3

Íà óðîâíå ýìîöèé ó íåå äîìèíèðîâàë Èíü-Ñòðàõ.Ïðîâîäèëîñü ëå÷åíèå: òîðìîæåíèå Èíü-Ñòðà-

õà íà ïðàâîé ñòîïå â òå÷åíèè 20 äíåé (ðèñ. 1).

At the emotional level she was dominated by YinFear.

Her treatment included: sedation of Yin Fear onthe right foot in the course of twenty days (fig. 1).

Further treatment was aimed at strengthening hermental and speech faculties (fig. 2).

Eighteen months have elapsed, and the girl startedto walk in her room, take her food without assist-ance, and sometimes even go for a walk outdoors. Whenthe parents brought Priti to a school for the mentallyretarded, the school principal failed to detect any signsuggestive of her impaired intelligence.

2. Lumbar painThe sick patient was a businessman who invested a

large sum of money into securities. When all of a suddenthe securities began to drop in value, he develped a lotof Yang Fear in him, which brought on the right-sideischias. Accordinagly, my target was the urinary-blad-der meridian � actually the Coldness (Fear) point init, in order for the Yang Fear to be sedated. This iswhere I placed a mere single seed that proved potentenough to substantially alleviate the patient�s pain asearly as the following day � to his honest and utteramasement. And he expressed his noble gratitude to theefficacy of the Su Jok therapy.

1 * ↓H2 * ↑E3 * ↓A4 * ↓VI

Fig. 1. Sedation of Yin-Fear on the right footÐèñ. 1.Òîðìîæåíèå Èíü-Ñòðàõà íà ïðàâîé ñòîïå

3

1

2

4

Äàëüíåéøåå ëå÷åíèå áûëî íàïðàâëåíî íà ðàç-âèòèå óìñòâåííûõ ñïîñîáíîñòåé, ðå÷è ðåáåíêà(ðèñ. 2).

×åðåç ïîëòîðà ãîäà ëå÷åíèÿ îíà íà÷àëà õîäèòü,ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíî åñòü è äàæå ñòàëà ïðîãóëèâàòüñÿïî óëèöàì. À êîãäà ðîäèòåëè ïîâåëè åå â øêîëóäëÿ äåòåé ñ çàäåðæêîé óìñòâåííîãî ðàçâèòèÿ, äè-ðåêòîð øêîëû íå íàøåë ó Ïðèòè íèêàêèõ ïðè-çíàêîâ ñíèæåíèÿ èíòåëëåêòà.

2. Áîëü â ïîÿñíèöåÏàöèåíò áèçíåñìåí, îí âëîæèë áîëüøóþ ñóì-

ìó äåíåã â öåííûå áóìàãè. Êîãäà öåíà íà íèõ ñòà-ëà ïàäàòü, ó íåãî ïîÿâèëñÿ ßí-Ñòðàõ, ïðèâåäøèéê ðàçâèòèþ ïðàâîñòîðîííåãî èøèàcà. ß ïðèëîæè-ëà åìó òîëüêî îäíî çåðíûøêî â òî÷êó Ñòðàõà (Õî-ëîäà) íà ìåðèäèàíå ìî÷åâîãî ïóçûðÿ, ïðîâåäÿòîðìîæåíèå ßí-Ñòðàõà. Ýòî îäíî çåðíûøêî ïðè-âåëî ê çíà÷èòåëüíîìó óìåíüøåíèþ áîëè óæå íàñëåäóþùèé äåíü. Îí áûë óäèâëåí è î÷åíü áëàãî-äàðåí Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè.

THE CASES IN POINT

Scientific Works and Clinical Cases on ONNURI Medicine and Su Jok Acupuncture!

You are requested to join in his ONNURI magazine with your precious clinical experiences and scientificactivities on these methods. Please send your articles to the following address:

Address: Su Jok Academy, P.O. box 66, 121614, Moscow, RussiaE-mail: [email protected]

[email protected]

Page 87: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 87

Îííóðè Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèÿ, áëàãîäàðÿ ãëóáî-êîìó ñìûñëó, çàëîæåííîìó â ñàìîé ñóòè ýòîéòåîðèè, äàâíî óæå ïðåâðàòèëàñü èç íåîðäèíàð-íîãî íàïðàâëåíèÿ ìåäèöèíû â øèðîêîå îáùå-ñòâåííîå äâèæåíèå. Îäíèì èç ãëàâíûõ ïðèíöè-ïîâ ýòîãî äâèæåíèÿ ÿâëÿåòñÿ åãî îáùåäîñòóï-íîñòü. À îñíîâíàÿ åãî öåëü � äàòü âîçìîæíîñòü

êàæäîìó ÷åëîâåêó ïî÷óâñòâîâàòüñåáÿ â îïðåäåëåííîé ñòåïåíèíåçàâèñèìûì â âîïðîñàõ ïîä-äåðæàíèÿ ñâîåãî çäîðîâüÿ,ñïîñîáíûì ïîìî÷ü ñåáå èîêðóæàþùèì êàê â ñàìûõïðîñòûõ, áàíàëüíûõ ñëó-÷àÿõ, òàê è òîãäà, êîãäàñ÷åò èäåò íà ìèíóòû, àïîáëèçîñòè íåò ìåäè-öèíñêîãî ðàáîòíèêà.

Êíèãà «Ñó Äæîê äëÿâñåõ» íåáîëüøàÿ ïîîáúåìó, íî ñîäåðæèò îã-ðîìíîå êîëè÷åñòâî èí-ôîðìàöèè, äîñòàòî÷íîëåãêîé è äîñòóïíîé äëÿïîíèìàíèÿ êàæäîãî óìå-þùåãî ÷èòàòü. Èçó÷èòü

äàííóþ êíèãó � íå çíà÷èò, ÷òî åå ìàòåðèàë íàäîçàïîìíèòü, ïîòðàòèâ ìíîãî âðåìåíè è ñèë. Äîñ-òàòî÷íî åãî ïîíÿòü. È â ïåðâîì ðàçäåëå ïðîôåñ-ñîð Ïàê ×æý Âó ïîäðîáíî è äîõîä÷èâî îáúÿñíÿ-åò ïðèíöèïû ïîäîáèÿ è ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ êèñòè èñòîïû òåëó ÷åëîâåêà. Îçíàêîìèâøèñü ñ äàííûìðàçäåëîì, ÷èòàòåëü ìîæåò ñòàòü íåçàâèñèìûì,

Thanks to the thoughtful profoundness underlyingthe intrinsic value of the Onnuri Su Jok therapy, it haslong transformed from an unconventional aspect ofmedicine into a broad-scale and socially-oriented move-ment. One of the fundamentals of this movement is itspopular nature. Its prime object consists in allowing eve-rybody to acquire the feeling of a person in his or herown right when it comes tofoster health, and to be ableto aid recovery of himself andpeople around you at least inmost simple or trivial cases.This is becoming the matterof paramount importancewhen it goes about the last-minute decision with no med-ical staff nearby.

Although rather small involume, the «Su Jok forEverybody» book does ap-pear to be hugely informa-tive. It contains the data whichare straightforward and compre-hensible for everybody who canread. As you embark on studying thecited book, you don�t need to remem-ber word-by-word what you have read through. Whatis needed is to grasp the meaning of the whole thing.

Thus, it is the first section of the book where Prof.Park Jae Woo gives, in the most easy to understandway, the details of the principles characterizing thesimilarity and correspondences of hands and feet to thehuman body. After becoming familiar with the said

Çà ïðîøåäøèå ãîäû èçäàíî ìíîãî êíèã ïî ÑóÄæîê òåðàïèè. Äëÿ òåõ, êòî òîëüêî íà÷èíàåò èçó-÷àòü Îííóðè ìåäèöèíó, ðóáðèêà «Êíèæíûé êëóá»ñòàíåò ñâîåîáðàçíûì êîìïàñîì â ìèðå ýòèõ êíèã,à òå, êòî óæå äàâíî ïðàêòèêóåò ýòè ìåòîäû ëå÷å-íèÿ Ñó Äæîê, ñìîãóò óçíàòü î íîâèíêàõ ëèòåðàòó-ðû è ïåðåèçäàíèÿõ óæå èçâåñòíûõ ó÷åáíèêîâ.

Over the past years many books on Su Jok therapyhave been published. For those who have come to studythe Onnuri medicine the «We Comment» column isgoing to become a unique beacon shining in the realmof books. Meanwhile, those who have long practicedthe Su Jok therapy techniques would be able to learnabout and appreciate the most recent publications andreissues of well-known text-books and manuals.

SU JOK FOR EVERYBODYBRIEF REVIEW OF THE BOOK BY PROF PARK JAE WOO

ÑÓ ÄÆÎÊ ÄËß ÂÑÅÕÊÐÀÒÊÀß ÐÅÖÅÍÇÈß ÍÀ ÊÍÈÃÓ ÏÐÎÔÅÑÑÎÐÀ ÏÀÊ ×ÆÝ ÂÓ

V.A.Kolodkin, M.D., Chief Doctor of Su Jok Academy

Â.À.Êîëîäêèí, ãëàâíûé âðà÷ Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè

BOOK-LOVERS CLUB ÊÍÈÆÍÛÉ ÊËÓÁ

Page 88: SU JOK

88 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

ñïîñîáíûì èñïîëüçîâàòü ëå÷åáíûå ñèñòåìû êèñ-òåé è ñòîï â ëþáûõ óñëîâèÿõ, äàæå íå èìåÿ ïîäðóêîé íè÷åãî, êðîìå ñîáñòâåííûõ ðóê! Íî è íàýòîì ïðåèìóùåñòâà Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè íå çàêàí-÷èâàþòñÿ. Àâòîð ó÷èòûâàåò òå ñëó÷àè, êîãäà îá-ñòàíîâêà íå äàåò âðåìåíè è âîçìîæíîñòåé äëÿíà÷èíàþùåãî â Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè ïîäóìàòü èâûáðàòü ïðàâèëüíûé ïóòü â ëå÷åíèè. Äëÿ ïîäîá-íûõ ñèòóàöèé â êíèãå èìåþòñÿ ðèñóíêè, ðàçíî-îáðàçíî è îðèãèíàëüíî èëëþñòðèðóþùèå çîíûñîîòâåòñòâèÿ íà êèñòè è ñòîïå ðàçëè÷íûì îáëà-ñòÿì îðãàíèçìà ÷åëîâåêà.

×èòàòåëþ äàåòñÿ âîçìîæíîñòü âûáîðà íàèáîëååóäîáíîé ñèñòåìû ëå÷åáíîãî âîçäåéñòâèÿ. Íàïðè-ìåð, êàæäûé ñìîæåò óáåäèòüñÿ, ÷òî ñòèìóëÿöèÿòî÷åê ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ïîçâîíî÷íèêó â íåêîòîðûõñëó÷àÿõ áîëåå óäîáíà ñ èñïîëüçîâàíèåì ëå÷åáíîéñèñòåìû «íàñåêîìîãî»; ÷òî íåìàëûõ ðàçìåðîâ ó÷à-ñòîê ïîðàæåíèÿ â òåëå ÷åëîâåêà ìîæåò áûòü ïðåä-ñòàâëåí îäíîé òî÷êîé â ëå÷åáíîé ìèíè-ñèñòåìåíà êèñòè è ñòîïå.

Ìåòîäèêå ëå÷åáíîãî âîçäåéñòâèÿ íà òî÷êè ñî-îòâåòñòâèÿ ïîñâÿùåíà øåñòàÿ ãëàâà êíèãè.  íåéïðåäñòàâëåíû ðàçëè÷íûå âèäû ñòèìóëÿòîðîâ, ïðè-ìåíÿåìûõ â Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè êàê ñ ëå÷åáíîé öå-ëüþ, òàê è äëÿ ïðîôèëàêòèêè ðàçëè÷íîãî ðîäàïàòîëîãè÷åñêèõ ñîñòîÿíèé, îïèñàíà òåõíèêà ðà-áîòû èíñòðóìåíòàìè.

Çàâåðøàåò êíèãó ðàçäåë êëèíè÷åñêèõ íàáëþ-äåíèé. Çäåñü âðà÷è èç ðàçíûõ ñòðàí ïðèâîäÿò ìíî-ãî÷èñëåííûå ñëó÷àè, â êîòîðûõ Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèÿïðîäåìîíñòðèðîâàëà ñâîþ âûñîêóþ ýôôåêòèâ-íîñòü ïðè ñàìûõ ðàçíîîáðàçíûõ áîëåçíÿõ.  êàæ-äîì ñëó÷àå êîðîòêî îïèñàíà è ìåòîäèêà ëå÷åáíî-ãî âîçäåéñòâèÿ ïî ñèñòåìàì ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ êèñòåéè ñòîï.

Êíèãà «Ñó Äæîê äëÿ âñåõ» ïðåäñòàâëÿåò èíòå-ðåñ è äëÿ ìåäèöèíñêèõ ðàáîòíèêîâ, â òîì ÷èñëåäëÿ âðà÷åé ðàçëè÷íûõ ñïåöèàëüíîñòåé. Ñó Äæîêòåðàïèÿ îáÿçàòåëüíî íàéäåò ïðèìåíåíèå â ëå÷å-íèè ïàöèåíòîâ êàê â ñòàöèîíàðå, òàê è â óñëîâè-ÿõ ïîëèêëèíè÷åñêîãî ïðèåìà. Ìåòîä Ñó Äæîêìîæåò áûòü èñïîëüçîâàí â êà÷åñòâå îäíîãî èç ýëå-ìåíòîâ êîìïëåêñíîãî ìåäèöèíñêîãî âîçäåéñòâèÿè êàê ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíîå, îñíîâíîå ëå÷åáíîå íàïðàâ-ëåíèå.

Êíèãà «Ñó Äæîê äëÿ âñåõ» ïîëüçóåòñÿ áîëü-øîé ïîïóëÿðíîñòüþ âî ìíîãèõ ñòðàíàõ è â íàñòî-ÿùåå âðåìÿ ïåðåâåäåíà íà íåñêîëüêî ÿçûêîâ.

section, the reader is likely to become independent inhis efforts to heal, and he would be able to use thetherapeutic systems of hands and feet under any con-ditions, even when he has to manipulate solely by hisown hands! Yet the advantages offered by the Su Joktherapy would not stop here. The author is resourcefulenough to foresee those cases where the circumstanceswould not allow a Su Jok beginner to take his time tothink over the most adequate way of providing neces-sary treatment. To help the matters in these cases thebook is lavishly illustrated with figures ingeniously in-dicating in a variety of ways the hand and feet zonescorresponding to different parts of the human body.

The reader is presented with the opportunity tochoose the most appropriate system of therapeuticmodality. For instance, each and every person is like-ly to find out that stimulating the backbone corre-spondence points in some cases looks more appropri-ate provided it is based on the insect therapeutic sys-tem. In addition, the reader will become aware of thefact that a rather sizable affected area of the humanbody could be represented by means of a single pointin the therapeutic mini-system to be found upon thehand and foot.

The 6th Chapter of the book presents the techniqueof therapeutic effect produced on the correspondencepoints. Here you can find a range of stimulators to beapplied in the Su Jok therapy either for treatment pur-poses or as preventive measures in dealing with dis-eased conditions. The techniques of manipulating theinstruments and devices are described as well.

The book ends with the section devoted to clinicalobservations. Here the doctors from many corners ofthe world will share their experience with referenceto many cases demonstrating especial efficacy of theSu Jok approach when challenged by the most diverserange of diseases. And each case is provided with adescription of the technique of therapeutic modalityinvolving the hands and feet correspondence systems.

The «Su Jok for Everybody» book is indeed of inter-est to general practitioners, as well as to doctors special-izing in different spheres of medicine. In fact, the Su Joktherapy is bound to be of value in managing diseasesand illnesses both on the in-patient and out-patient ba-sis. The Su Jok method can be employed either as one ofthe elements of a combined medical approach or as aself-sufficient, single-handed aspect of therapy.

The offered book is widely accepted in many coun-tries of the world, and it has been translated intoseveral foreign languages.

SU JOK FOR EVERYBODY BRIEF REVIEW OF THE BOOK BY PROF PARK JAE WOO

To order Onnuri Medicine and Su Jok therapy books,please contact: Subal Co. Fax: (7-095)-140-34-62, E-mail: [email protected]

Page 89: SU JOK

ÎÍÍÓÐÈ ÌÅÄÈÖÈÍÀ ¹1 89

Äèàãíîñòè÷åñêèå ùóïû ðàçëè÷íûõ âèäîâ èñ-ïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ïîèñêà ëå÷åáíûõ òî÷åê ñîîòâåò-ñòâèÿ è èõ ñòèìóëÿöèè ñ ïîìîùüþ òî÷å÷íîãî ìàñ-ñàæà. Âñå ïðàêòèêóþùèå Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèþ çíà-êîìû ñ äèàãíîñòè÷åñêèìè ïàëî÷êàìè èç ìåòàë-ëà, äåðåâà è äðóãèõ ìàòåðèàëîâ.  ðàáîòå ïðèõîäèòñÿèñïîëüçîâàòü îäíîâðåìåííî íåñêîëüêî ïîäîáíûõèíñòðóìåíòîâ ñ çàêðóãëåíèÿìè ðàçíûõ äèàìåòðîâíà êîíöàõ ùóïà.

Ïðè ïîèñêå òî÷åê ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ âðà÷ó ïðèõî-äèòñÿ ðåøàòü äâå çàäà÷è.

1. Íóæíî ïîäîáðàòü íà-êîíå÷íèê îïòèìàëüíîãîäèàìåòðà, ñîîòâåòñòâóþ-ùåãî ðàçìåðó ïðåäïîëàãà-åìîãî ïàòîëîãè÷åñêîãîî÷àãà ñ ó÷åòîì âåëè÷èíûñèñòåìû ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ.

2. Íåîáõîäèìî íàæè-ìàòü íà âñå òî÷êè ïðåäïî-ëàãàåìîé çîíû ñîîòâåò-ñòâèÿ ñ îäèíàêîâîé ñè-ëîé, ÷òîáû íàéòè îäíó

ãëàâíóþ áîëåçíåííóþ òî÷êó.Ðàáîòà â ñèñòåìå ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ çíà÷èòåëüíî îá-

ëåã÷àåòñÿ ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè íîâîãî êîìáèíèðî-âàííîãî äèàãíîñòè÷åñêîãî ùóïà, ñíàáæåííîãî÷åòûðüìÿ ðàçíûìè íàêîíå÷íèêàìè (ôîòî 1).

Ïåðâûé � ñ íàèìåíüøèì äèàìåòðîì � äëÿïîèñêà òî÷åê â ìèíè-ñèñòåìå, ñèñòåìå «íàñåêî-ìîãî» êèñòåé è ñòîï è äðóãèõ ìàëåíüêèõ ñèñòåìàõñîîòâåòñòâèÿ, íàïðèìåð, àóðèêóëÿðíûõ.

Âòîðîé � äëÿ ðàáîòû â ñèñòåìå «íàñåêîìîãî»,â îñíîâíîé ñèñòåìå ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ êèñòåé è ñòîï,â äðóãèõ ñèñòåìàõ ñðåäíåãî ðàçìåðà, íàïðèìåð, âñèñòåìàõ ãðóäèíû, êëþ÷èöû, ãîëîâû.

Òðåòèé � äëÿ âîçäåéñòâèÿ íà òî÷êè â îáëàñòèâîçâûøåíèÿ áîëüøîãî ïàëüöà, ïÿòêè, â áîëüøèõñèñòåìàõ ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ ðóêè, íîãè, ëîïàòêè. Ýòîòíàêîíå÷íèê èñïîëüçóåòñÿ òàêæå ïðè âîçäåéñòâèèíà òî÷êè, ïðèìåíÿåìûå â êîðïîðàëüíîé àêóïóí-êòóðå.

Diagnostic probes of various types will be utilized tolocate treatment correspondence points to be stimulatedby applying the nerve-point massage. All the Su Jok ther-apy practitioners are manipulating with diagnostic sticksmade of metal, wood, and other materials. Incidental-ly, during the therapeutic procedure use would be madeof several such instruments at a time, which are notablefor the probe ends� rounding of varied diameters.

In their search of the correspondence points, thetherapists will have to work out two problems:

1. The probe tip should be of adequate diameterto suit the area of the con-jectural focal lesion, takinginto account the correspond-ence system magnitude.

2. Pressing his probeagainst all the points of thesupposed correspondencezone, the therapist manipu-lates in a way that exerts equalefforts to make sure that themain point of tenderness islocalized unmistakingly.

Manipulations involving a correspondence systemwill be largely facilitated provided there is employed anovel diagnostic probe of combined type fitted withfour different tips (photo 1).

The first tip � of the smallest diameter, intendedto be applied in search of points in the mini-system,in the hands and feet insect system, as well as inother, smaller types of correspondence systems �such as auricular ones, etc.

The second tip � will be of great help while workingin the insect system, in the main hand and feet corre-spondence system, as well as in other medium-scalesystems involving breast bone, collar bone, and head.

The third tip � is especially suitable for stimulat-ing the points located in the thumb thenor area, theheel region, in bigger correspondence systems of arm,leg, and shoulder blade. The cited tip could also beapplied in stimulating the points to be activated in thecorporal acupuncture.

Èç ýòîé ðóáðèêè ÷èòàòåëè æóðíàëà ñìîãóò óç-íàòü î íîâûõ èíñòðóìåíòàõ, ðàçðàáàòûâàåìûõ ñïå-öèàëüíî äëÿ Ñó Äæîê òåðàïèè.

From this column the journal�s readership canbecome familiar with brand new instruments devisedspecifically to meet the needs of the Su Jok therapy.

DIAGNOSTIC PROBE OF NOVEL DESIGN

ÍÎÂÛÉ ÄÈÀÃÍÎÑÒÈ×ÅÑÊÈÉ ÙÓÏYe.A.Ryabova, M.D., Su Jok Academy faculty member

Å.À.Ðÿáîâà, âðà÷ Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèè

DEVICES AND INSTRUMENTS ÈÍÑÒÐÓÌÅÍÒÛ

Page 90: SU JOK

90 ONNURI MEDICINE No.1

Âíóòðè ùóïà íàõîäèòñÿ ÷åòâåðòûé íàêîíå÷-íèê � ïðóæèíÿùèé ñòåðæåíü íåáîëüøîãî äèà-ìåòðà. Îí îãðàíè÷èâàåò ñèëó äàâëåíèÿ íà òî÷êó, àïî ãëóáèíå, íà êîòîðóþ ñòåðæåíü ïðè íàæàòèèóòîïàåò â ðó÷êå ùóïà, ìîæíî ñóäèòü î ñòåïåíèíàäàâëèâàíèÿ íà òî÷êó ñîîòâåòñòâèÿ.

Òàêèì îáðàçîì, êîìáèíèðîâàííûé äèàãíîñòè-÷åñêèé ùóï ïîçâîëÿåò ðåãóëèðîâàòü ñèëó íàäàâ-ëèâàíèÿ íà òî÷êè è ðàáîòàòü â ëþáûõ ñèñòåìàõñîîòâåòñòâèÿ.

Inside the probe there can be found the fourth tip �in the form of a spring-type rod of smaller size. It hasthe capacity to limit the pressure effort exerted on atreatment point. Furthermore, the distance at whichthe rod is retracted inside the probe�s handle wouldbe indicative of a pressure intensity with regard to acorrespondence point.

In this way, the combined diagnostic probe ena-bles the effort exerted upon the treatment points to beadequately controlled, and to manipulate with theprobe in any correspondence system.

DIAGNOSTIC PROBE OF NOVEL DESIGN

Ïðèñûëàéòå â ðåäàêöèþ âìåñòå ñ âàøèìè êîì-ìåíòàðèÿìè ôîòîãðàôèè, ïîñâÿùåííûå òåîðèè èïðàêòèêå Îííóðè ìåäèöèíû, åå âîçìîæíîñòÿì èïåðñïåêòèâàì. Ýòî ìîãóò áûòü ôîòîñíèìêè, ïî-êàçûâàþùèå êðàñîòó ÷åëîâå÷åñêîé äóøè, ðàäîñòüïîçíàíèÿ, òâîð÷åñêîãî ïîèñêà è îñâîáîæäåíèÿ îòáîëåçíè, à òàêæå ïðîÿâëåíèå Âîñüìè Êè èëè Øå-ñòè Êè â ïðèðîäå, îáùåñòâå è îðãàíèçìå ÷åëîâå-êà.Èíòåðåñíî áóäåò òàêæå óâèäåòü ðåçóëüòàòûïðîâåäåííîãî âàìè ëå÷åíèÿ, îïóáëèêîâàòü ôîòî-ãðàôèè âàøèõ öåíòðîâ, êëèíèê, ïðîâîäèìûõ êîí-ôåðåíöèé, ñåìèíàðîâ è ò.ä.

 êîíöå 2000 ãîäà áóäóò ïîäâåäåíû èòîãè êîí-êóðñà. Àâòîðû òðåõ ëó÷øèõ ðàáîò ïîëó÷àò â êà-÷åñòâå ïðèçà âñå ìîíîãðàôèè ïðîôåññîðà Ïàê×æý Âó, èçäàííûå â 1999-2000 ãîäàõ.

Æäåì âàøèõ ðàáîò!

Ðåäàêöèÿ

These are going to be the photographs with a com-mitment to the elegance of the human soul, to the joyof eternal quest for knowledge, of creative strivings,and becoming free from disease. The photographs arewelcome to demonstrate how the Eight Ki or Six Kiwould work their way into the realm nature, humancommunity, and the human body. It would be interest-ing to learn the outcome of your professional success,to see the medical centers and clinics you are workingat, and to know about conferences and seminars youarrange or attend.

The results of the photo-contest are to be madepublic by the end of the year 2000. The prize to winby the contributors of the three best photos will be acomplete set of monographs written by Professor ParkJae Woo and published over the period of 1990-2000.

We are looking forward to seeing photographsfrom you!

Editorial Board

WHO CAN QUALIFY FOR THE BEST PHOTO?

ÂÍÈÌÀÍÈÅ: ÊÎÍÊÓÐÑ ÍÀ ËÓ×ØÓÞ ÔÎÒÎÃÐÀÔÈÞ!

Page 91: SU JOK

Su Jok Academy¯ Our Academy offers outstanding opportunities for the

Onnuri-medicine (Su Jok therapy) education throughthe programs endorsed by the International Su Jok Ac-upuncture Association;

¯ The Academy will arrange the visiting series of the rel-evant lectures, as well as the on-the-job training ofmedical practitioners;

¯ It can provide any type of consulting service and meth-odological adivce;

¯ The Academy is involved in close cooperation with theuniversities, colleges and medical centers which areengaged in working out novel medical technologies,and which take interest in studying and teaching theOnnuri medicine techniqes.

Address: Su Jok Academy, P.O. box 66, 121614, Moscow, RussiaPhone: (7-095)-414-00-08Fax: (7-095)-413-85-20E-mail: [email protected]: www.sujok.ru

www.onnuri.ru.

Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèÿ¯ Ïðîâîäèò îáó÷åíèå Îííóðè-ìåäèöèíå (Ñó Äæîê

òåðàïèè) ïî ïðîãðàììàì, ïðåäóñìîòðåííûì Ìåæ-äóíàðîäíîé Àññîöèàöèåé Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû;

¯ Îñóùåñòâëÿåò âûåçäíûå öèêëû îáó÷åíèÿ è ñòàæè-ðîâêó íà ðàáî÷åì ìåñòå;

¯ Îêàçûâàåò âñå âèäû êîíñóëüòàòèâíîé è ìåòîäè÷åñ-êîé ïîìîùè;

¯ Ñîòðóäíè÷àåò ñ óíèâåðñèòåòàìè, êîëëåäæàìè, ìå-äèöèíñêèìè öåíòðàìè è ôèðìàìè, ðàçðàáàòûâàþ-ùèìè íîâûå ìåäèöèíñêèå òåõíîëîãèè è çàèíòåðå-ñîâàííûìè â èçó÷åíèè è ïðåïîäàâàíèè Îííóðè-ìåäèöèíû.

Àäðåñ: 121614, Ðîññèÿ, Ìîñêâà, à/ÿ 66, Ñó Äæîê ÀêàäåìèÿÒåë: (7-095)-414-00-08Ôàêñ: (7-095)-413-85-20E-mail: [email protected]: www.sujok.ru

www.onnuri.ru.

Su Jok moldsStanding as the visual

aids to study the Su Jokacupuncture are the hand,foot and fingers moldscarrying thereon the byol-meridians and the Six-energies byol-meridianpoints. These molds will alsoserve as the aids to work outpractical skills.

This type of human-being mold noted for themapping of the classicalcorporal meridians andmeridional points will serveas the visual aid to study thetopography of the humanbody corporal meridians.

Ñó Äæîê ìóëÿæèÌóëÿæè êèñòè, ñòîïû

è ïàëüöåâ ñ íàíåñåííû-ìè íà íèõ áåëü-ìåðèäèà-íàìè è òî÷êàìè ØåñòèÝíåðãèé áåëü-ìåðèäèà-íîâ ñëóæàò íàãëÿäíûìèïîñîáèÿìè äëÿ èçó÷åíèÿÑó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðû, àòàêæå ïðåäíàçíà÷åíû äëÿîòðàáîòêè ïðàêòè÷åñêèõíàâûêîâ.

Íà ìóëÿæå ÷åëîâåêàíàíåñåíû êëàññè÷åñêèåêîðïîðàëüíûå ìåðèäèàíûè òî÷êè. Ìóëÿæ îáëåã÷àåòèçó÷åíèå èõ òîïîãðàôèè.

Publications, teaching aids & materials (Video tapes,Computer programs), instruments and Lectures onONNURI medicine and SU Jok acupuncture (therapy),please contact:

Êíèãè, îáó÷àþùèå ìàòåðèàëû (âèäåîôèëüìû, êîì-ïüþòåðíûå ïðîãðàììû), èíñòðóìåíòû è ëåêöèè ïîÎííóðè ìåäèöèíå è Ñó Äæîê àêóïóíêòóðå (òåðàïèè),ïîæàëóéñòà, ñâÿçûâàéòåñü ñ:

ONNURI LTD(for International)

Web: www.onnuri.orgwww.sujok.ñom

E-mails: [email protected]@sujok.org

Fax: (82-2)-766-4588(82-2)-765-6202

«SUBAL» Co«ÑÓÁÀË»

Web: www. subal.ruwww. sujok.ru

E-mail: [email protected]: P.O. box 66, 121614,

Moscow, RussiaFax: (7-095)-140-3462

(7-095)-413-8520

Page 92: SU JOK

ÑONTENTSÑÎÄÅÐÆÀÍÈÅ

IN QUEST OF THE WAY TO BE HEALTHYÂ ÏÎÈÑÊÅ ÏÓÒÈ Ê ÇÄÎÐÎÂÜÞ ................................................................................................................. 1

EDITORIAL NOTEÎÒ ÐÅÄÀÊÖÈÈ ................................................................................................................................................. 3

ISSUES IN THEORY (ÂÎÏÐÎÑÛ ÒÅÎÐÈÈ)

Homo-system of the body (prof. Park, Jae Woo)Ãîìî-ñèñòåìà òåëà ÷åëîâåêà (ïðîô. Ïàê ×æý Âó) ................................................................................ 5

Eight-Origins theory (1) (prof. Park, Jae Woo)Òåîðèÿ Âîñüìè Íà÷àë (1) (ïðîô. Ïàê ×æý Âó) .................................................................................... 17

New approach to treatment and diagnosis following the 6 Ki principleÍîâûé ïîäõîä ê ëå÷åíèþ è äèàãíîñòèêå ïî Øåñòè Êè ........................................................................ 41

CLINICAL RESEARCH (ÊËÈÍÈ×ÅÑÊÈÅ ÈÑÑËÅÄÎÂÀÍÈß)

Clinical efficacy and major pathogenicity-suppressive effects of Su Jok therapyin cases involving «milder» form of hypertension (V.I.Molodan, D.K.Miloslavsky, A.A.Vodyanitsky)Êëèíè÷åñêàÿ ýôôåêòèâíîñòü è îñíîâíûå ïàòîãåíåòè÷åñêèå ìåõàíèçìû âîçäåéñòâèÿÑó Äæîê òåðàïèè ïðè «ìÿãêîé» ôîðìå ãèïåðòîíè÷åñêîé áîëåçíè (Â.È.Ìîëîäàí, Ä.Ê.Ìèëîñëàâñêèé, À.À.Âîäÿíèöêèé) .................................................................. 46

FACTS, DATES, COMMENTS (ÔÀÊÒÛ, ÄÀÒÛ, ÊÎÌÌÅÍÒÀÐÈÈ) ....................................................... 54

ONNURI-THERAPY CENTERS (ÖÅÍÒÐÛ ÎÍÍÓÐÈ-ÒÅÐÀÏÈÈ)

Su Jok Academy of Moscow as the school of thought for the followers of Onnuri Spirit (A.M.Torbina, A.S.Maltseva)Ñó Äæîê Àêàäåìèÿ â Ìîñêâå øêîëà ïîñëåäîâàòåëåé Äóõà Îííóðè (À.Ì.Òîðáèíà, À.Ñ.Ìàëüöåâà) ................ 57

Su Jok Center in the system of state medical education and health service (S.A.Zhanaidarov, M.B.Abuzyarova)Ñó Äæîê Öåíòð â ñèñòåìå ãîñóäàðñòâåííîãî ìåäèöèíñêîãî îáðàçîâàíèÿ è çäðàâîîõðàíåíèÿ

(Ñ.À.Æàíàéäàðîâ, Ì.Á.Àáóçÿðîâà) .............................................................................................. 64

Onnuri CollegeÎííóðè-Êîëåäæ ...................................................................................................................................... 67

COMPUTER PROGRAMS (ÊÎÌÏÜÞÒÅÐÍÛÅ ÏÐÎÃÐÀÌÌÛ)

Computer programs for Su Jok therapy specialists (V.L.Nikolayeva)Êîìïüþòåðíûå ïðîãðàììû äëÿ ñïåöèàëèñòîâ â îáëàñòè ñó äæîê òåðàïèè (Â.Ë.Íèêîëàåâà) .......................... 68

LITERARY PAGE (ËÈÒÅÐÀÒÓÐÍÀß ÑÒÐÀÍÈ×ÊÀ) .................................................................................. 71

INTO THE REMOTE PAST (ÈÇ ÃËÓÁÈÍÛ ÂÅÊÎÂ)

The enigmas of ancient Egypt (L.I.Zabrodina)Çàãàäêè Äðåâíåãî Åãèïòà (Ë.È.Çàáðîäèíà) .......................................................................................... 72

IN THE CLINICAL SETTING (ÊËÈÍÈ×ÅÑÊÈÉ ÐÀÇÄÅË)

Clinical observation review (N.A.Ivanova)Àíàëèç êëèíè÷åñêèõ íàáëþäåíèé (Í.À.Èâàíîâà) ................................................................................... 77

The cases in pointÑëó÷àè èç ïðàêòèêè ............................................................................................................................... 81

BOOK-LOVERS CLUB (ÊÍÈÆÍÛÉ ÊËÓÁ)

Su Jok for Everybody Brief review of the book by Prof. Park, Jae Woo (V.A.Kolodkin)Ñó Äæîê äëÿ âñåõ Êðàòêàÿ ðåöåíçèÿ íà êíèãó ïðîôåññîðà Ïàê ×æý Âó (Â.À.Êîëîäêèí) ................................. 87

DEVICES AND INSTRUMENTS (ÈÍÑÒÐÓÌÅÍÒÛ)

Diagnostic probe of novel design (Ye.A.Ryabova)Íîâûé äèàãíîñòè÷åñêèé ùóï (Å.À.Ðÿáîâà) ............................................................................................ 89